神学资料专用站点

Schaff-Herzog Religious Encyclopaedia

샤프-헤르초크 종교백과

百科全书 Schaff et al. 1882 general

支持语言状态

英 韩1%

英 6639/6639 原文 · 韩 75/6639 翻译 · 0 审核

6639 个条目

韩英对照查看
JEHOIAKIM Jehoiakim

韩

暂时没有译文正文。

英

**JEHOIAKIM,** je-hei'a-kim: Seventeenth king of Judah, second son of Josiah, and successor of Jehoahaz. His dates, according to the old chronology, are 609-598 B.C.; according to recent authorities 608-597 B.C. He was set on the throne by Pharaoh Necho in place of his brother Jehoahaz (q.v.), and his name changed from Eliakim. Through the defeat of Necho at Carchemish the Egyptian overlordship of Hither Asia was broken and the Judeans came practically under the sway of the Babylonians, though not for some time did a Babylonian force appear in the land. After remaining a vassal of Nebuchadrezzar for three years Jehoiakim rebelled, doubtless at the instigation of Egypt while the neighboring Edomites, Moabites, and Ammonites were encouraged to ravage his territory. Finally Jerusalem was besieged by the Babylonians, and possibly during the siege Jehoiakim died (II Kings xxiv. 6), though the Chronicler reports that Nebuchadrezzar put him in chains, which may be due to a confusion of Jehoiakim with his successor, or to an omission indicated in the Septuagint, which adds to II Chron. xxxvi. 8 "and buried him in the garden of Uzza." Ewald is of the opinion that the difficulties occasioned both by the brevity of the accounts and by their lack of agreement are solved by supposing that Jehoiakim was decoyed from the city, an assault made on him to take him prisoner, and that he was killed in the mêlée; in this way he accounts for the definiteness in the lamentation of Jeremiah. Jehoiakim (Joiakim) is also the name of a post-exilic high priest (Neh. xii. 10 sqq.), and (Joakim) of the husband of Susanna. (E. KAUTZSCH.) In 609 B.C. Pharaoh Necho advanced from Egypt against Babylon. Josiah, king of Judah, as ally of Babylon met him at Megiddo, was defeated and slain (II Kings xxiii. 29). The people of Jerusalem then made Jehoahaz king, passing by the elder brother, Jehoiakim, with the purpose doubtless of continuing the pro-Babylonian policy of Josiah. Three months later Necho placid Jehoiakim upon the throne and carried Jehoahaz to Egypt. Jerusalem was distracted. The court party favored Egypt, but Jehoiakim was not the people's choice. The anti-Egyptian party was incensed at the fine which Necho imposed--not on the royal treasury, but on the inhabitants (II Kings xxiii. 34, 35), and Jeremiah earnestly warned against the Egyptian alliance (Jer. xxvi). The Egyptian and Babylonian armies did not meet in 608, but the conflict was only postponed, and four years later, 605, Necho was back again. The intervening time was employed by Nebuchadrezzar in making alliances and suppressing enemies on the line of Necho's projected return. This appears from Berosus (Josephus, *Apion*, i. 19), who says that after the defeat of Necho at Carchemish in 605, "Nebuchadrezzar was sent by his father against the parts of Cœle-Syria and Phenicia which had revolted from him, and that he reduced the country under his dominion again." If they revolted they must have been in subordination of some sort. The interval 608 to 605 suggests itself as the time when that subordination took place. Judah was one of those countries. It had been friendly under Josiah. It must be made friendly under Josiah's son. The three years' vassalage (II Kings xxiv. 1) fits into this interval, It is a meaningless phrase applied to any other portion of Jehoiakim's reign. Jeremiah's silence also from the "beginning of Jehoiakim's reign to the "fourth year" of that reign (Jer, xxxvi. 1) is consistent with friendly relations between Judah and Babylon. During this interval, i.e., in 606 B.C., the young nobles of Judah were taken to Babylon (Dan. i. 1) to be brought up at court--an arrangement designed to promote good feeling between the subordinate and the dominant powers. That these young men became captives along with their whole nation was due to Jehoiakim's folly. But when, in 605, the tramp of the Egyptian army was heard again Jehoiakim put aside pretense and joined Necho. Necho's defeat at Carchemish threw the whole country into Nebuchadrezzar's hands. He punished the nations which had fallen away from allegiance to him by transporting some of their people to Mesopotamia (Josephus, ut sup.). Jerusalem was in great fear. A fast was proclaimed in Jehoiakim's fifth year (Jer. xxxxi * ? ? ? * Nebuchadrezzar venge* ? ? ? * of the clladrezzar,a vengeance did not fall ' g test Jehoiakimagw ement are solved *Nebuchadrezzar contented *himself Immediately all - , C11aldeana, Ammonites, and twith ravage Judah ( II Kings xxiv. 2). The Jewish monarchy existed thereafter only on sufferance. Jehoiakim reigned eleven years, dying in 597 B.C. He was not put to death by Nebuchadrezzar, as Josephus says, but may have perished by assassination, for he had filled Jerusalem with innocent blood and was a curse to his country. JOSEPH D. WILSON. BIBLIOGRAPHY: Sources are II Kings xxiii. 34-xxiv. 7; II Chron. xxxvi. 4-8; Jer. vii.-ix., x. 17-25, xiv.-xvii. 18, xviii.-xx., etc.; and the Book of Habakkuk. The subject is treated in the pertinent sections of the literature named under AHAB and in the Bible Dictionaries.
JEHOSHAPHAT Jehoshaphat

韩

暂时没有译文正文。

英

**JEHOSHAPHAT**, je-hesh'a-fat: Fourth king of Judah, son and successor of Asa. His dates, according to the old chronology, are 914-893 B.C.; according to Kamphausen, 876-852 B.C.; according to Duncker, 869-848 B.C.; according to Curtis *(DB*, i. 401), 876-851 B.C. He was an energetic ruler, whose extensive preparations for war and prudent measures (II Chron. xvii. 2, 12-13) induced Ahab of Israel to seek an alliance in view of the strained relations between Israel and the Syrians, and of the dangers arising from the pressure from the rising power of Assyria (e.g., the victory of Shalmaneser II. at Karkar; see ASSYRIA, VI., 3, § 8). Good relations with Israel were also desired by Jehoshaphat; accordingly he became only too intimate with the heathenized court of Samaria and sealed his friendship by arranging a marriage between his son Joram and Athaliah, daughter of Ahab and Jezebel. This alliance had its first test in an unsuccessful campaign against the Syrians, the object of which was to recapture the fortress of Ramoth in Gilead, which was important as the center of the country east of the Jordan (I Kings xxii. 1 sqq.). When Jehoshaphat returned he received a severe rebuke from the prophet Jehu, son of Hanani for entering into relations with those whom the Lord hated (II Chron. xix. 1 sqq.; cf. II Chron. xx. 34). Nevertheless, moved by his continued desire for a closer connection with the northern kingdom, he was ready to undertake, in company with Joram (q.v.), another campaign against the Moabites, who had revolted from Israel (II Kings iii.). This expedition, to which Edom was also forced to furnish aid, marched through the desert of Edom around the southern end of the Dead Sea, and was threatened with defeat through the lack of water in this region, when Elisha, for Jehoshaphat's sake, gave counsel and promised rescue and victory. King Mesha, besieged in his fortress Kir-hareseth (the modern Kerak), in his dire extremity offered his son as a sacrifice to the national god, Chemosh, whereupon, according to the mysterious statement in II Kings iii. 27, "there was great indignation against Israel" (i.e. on the part of Chemosh) and the allies were forced to turn back, so that they returned home without having accomplished their task. The Chronicler, who omits this story and does not allude to the activity of the prophet Elisha, speaks (II Chron. xx.) of a defensive, but more successful, expedition of Jehoshaphat against the Ammonites, Moabites, and *Meunim * (cf. II Chron. xx. 1, R.V. margin, but read *Mehamme'unim*). As this expedition is mentioned only by the Chronicler, many critics maintain that his story is a readjustment of the events related in II Kings iii., and credit it with no historic value. Nevertheless, in view of the great difference in all the principal details, it is best regarded as an account of an independent act of Jehoshaphat. Both earlier and later sources praise Jehoshaphat's piety and his reforming tendencies (I Kings xxii. 43, 46; II Chron. xvii. 3, 6, xix. 3). According to the Chronicler he was a zealous reformer of legal procedure (II Chron. xix. 5 sqq.), and sought to impress his judges with a true sense of their responsibilities. In each city of the land he established a court of justice, and in Jerusalem a supreme tribunal composed of the chiefs of the families, of Levites and of priests, entrusted with decision in the most difficult cases. In this tribunal a priest presided when the religious cases were tried, and a prince when the action was a civil one. Both sources tell of an unsuccessful mercantile venture of Jehoshaphat, though the narratives are not altogether concordant (I Kings xxii. 48; II Chron. xxi. 35, 37). He endeavored to reestablish the traffic to Ophir from Ezion-geber, but the newly equipped ships were wrecked by a storm. The picture of Jehoshaphat, although not without its shadows, is still the brightest presented by the house of David after Solomon's time. The land was densely populated (II Chron. xvii. 14 sqq.) and highly prosperous; little Judah was respected beyond her boundaries because of the wisdom and bravery of her king (II Chron. xvii. 10-11). Justice and religion flourished and developed, the sacred writings were carefully guarded and enriched. The king himself, another David in his piety, submitted to the sharp reproach of the prophets, was far-sighted, endowed with a noble, generous nature, and displayed tireless energy in his care for his people's welfare. That the condemnation of the well-meaning efforts of Jehoshaphat for a closer connection with the idolatrous royal house of Israel did not spring from narrow fanaticism was only too well proved immediately after his death, since the marriage of his son with Athaliah bore the worst possible fruits and robbed the land of the blessings which Jehoshaphat's reign had bestowed upon it. C. VON ORELLI. BIBLIOGRAPHY: The sources are I Kings xxii.; II Kings iii.; II Chron. xvii.-xxi. 1. The literature is given under AHAB. Consult also: C. F. Burney, *Notes on the Hebrew Text of Kings*, Oxford, 1903; *DB*, ii. 561; *EB*, ii. 2352-2353, cf. i. 770; *JE*, vii. 86-87.
JEHOVAH Jehovah

韩

暂时没有译文正文。

英

**JEHOVAH,** je-ho'va: An erroneous form of the divine name of the covenant God of Israel which appears first about 1520 A.D. The error arose from the fact that the utterance of the divine name, in original quadrilateral form (the tetragrammaton) YHWH, became unlawful in Jewish usage as early as the third Christian century and probably much earlier, at least outside the sacred precincts (cf. Ex. xx. 7; Lev. xxiv. 16, the Septuagint of which reads "name the name" for "blaspheme the name"). Consequently in reading the sacred text, "Adonai" (Heb. *Adhonai, * "my lord") was pronounced instead of it (or "Elohim" in case the collocation *Adhonai Yhwh occurred*) and the consonants of *Adhonai* were often written in the margin of the manuscripts. When the vowel punctuation was added, the vowels of *Adhonai* were written in the text with the tetragrammaton, which thus appeared to read *Yehowah* (rarely *Yehowih*), or, according to an older system of transliteration, *Jehovah*. This form, with anglicized pronunciation, entered the English Bible and so came into general use in warship and theology as one of the names of God, connoting especially his majesty and greatness. For the derivation, meaning, etc., of the Hebrew form, see Y AHWEH. In Christian theology since the Reformation "Jehovah" has become an expression inclusive of the three persons of the Trinity. In the case of the Third Person this is rather tacit than explicit; in the case of the Second Person, the inclusion is explicit. Thus C. Hodge remarks: "This manifested Jehovah [i.e., the *Malakh Yahweh* or "Angel of Yahweh"], who led his people under the Old-Testament economy, is declared to be the Son of God, the 26yoS, who was manifested in the flesh" (*(Systematic Theology*, i. 485; cf. "Christ is represented . . . as the Jehovah of the Old Testament, who led the Israelites through the wilderness," p. 512). Similarly Shedd first identifies the *Malakh Yahweh* with Yahweh and then says: "The Jehovah in the theophany was the same trinitarian person who is in the incarnation " (*Dogmatic Theology*, i. 110, New York, 1888). To the same purport may be cited A. H. Strong (*Systematic Theology*, p. 146, New York, 1902), A. A. Hodge (*Popular Lectures on Theological Themes*, i. 263, Philadelphia, 1887), S. Harris (*God the Creator and Lord of All*, i. 315, New York, 1896), W. F. Gess (*Das Dogma von Christi Person und Werk*, pp. 244-246, Basel, 1887), and dogmaticians in general. Church covenants not infrequently use the term "Jehovah-Jesus" to emphasize the deity of Christ. BIBLIOGRAPHY: See literature under YAHWEH.
JEHU Jehu

韩

暂时没有译文正文。

英

**JEHU** (Hebr. *Yehu*; Assyr. *Ya-u-a*: LXX. *lou*; Josephus, *leous*): Tenth king of Israel, a usurper, successor of Joram whom he slew. His dates, according to the old chronology, are 884-856 B.C.; according to Kamphausen, 843-815; according to Köhler, 881-853 B.C.; and according to Curtis (*DB*, i. 401), 842-815 B.C. The Books of Kings (I, xix. 16-17; ( II, ix.-x,) give a detailed account of the manner in which Jehu gained his throne, rooted out the house of Ahab, and exterminated the worship of Baal. The statement (II Kings x. 32-34) that during the reign of Jehu Hazael of Damascus took possession of the whole of the country east of the Jordan is to be understood of the whole of Bashan and Gilead. The rest of the recital, as well as I Kings xx. 22, and probably II Kings iii. 4-27, vi. 24-vii. 17 is derived from a special North-Israelitic source, both old and valuable. Jehu was a leader in Joram's army and, during the battle with the Armeans at Ramoth-gilead, had the chief command. As one day he was taking with his captains, a youth appeared, gave him a message from the prophet Elisha, anointed him king over Israel, and hastened away. Jehu then regarded himself as Yahweh's appointed instrument to execute justice upon Ahab ? ? ? He had the gates of the city guarded so that no news could reach Joram, and then hastened with a troop toward Jezreel. After two messengers despatched by Joram had been detained, Joram and his friend Ahaziah went to meet Jehu. In answer to the question whether he brought good news, he replied with the sinister remark that nothing could be good as long as the heathenish practises of Jezebel continued, and then sent an arrow through the heart of the fleeing Joram. Jehu ordered the dead body to be thrown into the neighboring field of Naboth, and then entered Jezreel. Jezebel, by his command, was hurled from the window at which she stood and mocked. The nobles, who felt no disposition to risk anything for the house of Ahab, submitted to Jehu, and he ordered them to appear before him the next day with the heads of the seventy princes who were in Samaria. He declared, hypocritically, that he was innocent of the death of the princes, which had been accomplished by the will of God in fulfilment of the words of Elisha, and then proceeded to slay all the relations of Ahab as well as his officials, friends and priests. Thereupon he advanced against Samaria. On his way thither, he slew forty-two princes of the house of David, who were on their way to Jezreel to visit their kindred ( II Kings x. 12-14). Jehu openly sided with the party which would not tolerate the worship of Baal and proceeded to do all in his power to extirpate it. All that is known of the subsequent twenty-eight years of Jehu's reign is that he fought unsuccessfully against the Arameans under Hazael (II Kings x. 32), who ascended the throne of Damascus about the same time as Jehu became king of Israel (II Kings viii. 7-15) and by the same means--regicide. The misfortune in this war with Syria is ascribed (II Kings x. 31) to Jehu's protection of the calf-worship in Israel, although the continuance of his dynasty for four generations is regarded as a reward for rooting out Baal-worship. W. LOTZ. BIBLIOGRAPHY: The sources are I Kings xix. 16-17; II Kings ix.-x.; II Chron. xxii. 7-9. The literature is given under AHAB (q.v.). Consult also: C. F. Burney, *Notes on the Hebrew Text of . . . Kings*, Oxford, 1903; *DB*, ii. 564-566; *EB*, ii. 2355-2357; *JE*, vii. 88-89.
JENKS, BENJAMIN Jenks, Benjamin

韩

暂时没有译文正文。

英

**JENKS, BENJAMIN:** English clergyman and theological writer; b. at Eaton-under-Haywood (13 m. s. of Shrewsbury), Shropshire, May, 1646; d. at Harley (8 m. s.e. of Shrewsbury), Shropshire, May 10, 1724. Very little is known of his life. After his ordination he officiated for a time as curate at Harley, and subsequently became vicar of the parishes of Harley and Kenley, and also chaplain to Francis, Viscount Newport, the patron of these livings. He is remembered for his *Prayers and Offices of Devotion for Families, and for particular Persons upon Most Occasions* (London, 1697; 2 vols., 1706; 26th ed. by C. Simeon, 1808; 13th ed. of Simeon's revision, 1866). Other works by Jenks are Meditations, with Short Prayers Annexed, in Ten Decades (London, 1701); *A Second Century of Meditations* (1704); and *The Poor Man's Companion* (1713).
JENNINGS, ARTHUR CHARLES Jennings, Arthur Charles

韩

暂时没有译文正文。

英

**JENNINGS, ARTHUR CHARLES:** Church of England; b. in London Dec. 19, 1847. He was educated at Jesus College, Cambridge (B.A., 1872), and was ordered deacon in 1873 and ordained priest in 1874. He was curate of St. Edward's, Cambridge (1873-74), and rector of Whittlesford, Cambridgeshire (1877-86). Since 1886 he has been rector of King's Stanley, Gloucestershire. Theologically he is a broad churchman. Besides contributing the commentary on Nahum, Haggai, Habakkuk, and Zephaniah to the fifth volume of C. J. Ellicott's *Old Testament Commentary* (London, 1884), was joint author of *Commentary on the Psalms* (2 vols., London, 1875-77); *Ecclesia Anglicana: A History of the Church of Christ in England . . . to the Present Times* (1882); *Synopsis of Ancient Chronology* (1886); *Manual of Church History* (2 vols., 1887-88; 3d ed., 1905); *Chronological Tables of the Events of Ancient History* (1888); and *Mediæval Church and the Papacy* (1909).
JEPHTHAH Jephthah

韩

暂时没有译文正文。

英

**JEPHTHAH,** jef'tha: The name of one of the Judges of Israel. It is related (Judges x. 6-xii. 7) that he was driven from his home because of illegitimate birth, and became captain of a band of freebooters in the land of Tob. When the Israelites of the East Jordanland were oppressed by the Ammonites, they sent for him to return and lead them against their enemies. This he consented to do if he were given the headship, which was promised him. After vainly trying by argument to induce the foe to retire, he made a vow to sacrifice whatever should come forth to meet him if he should return from the campaign victorious. He won a brilliant victory, and was met by his daughter on his return who consented to the performance of his vow, asking, however, a reprieve of two months. He performed the sacrifice, and a yearly celebration was established in which for four days the women lamented Jephthah's daughter. Jephthah was assailed by the Ephraimites for not summoning them to the battle, and in an ensuing conflict inflicted upon them a stinging defeat. He then ruled as judge for six years. ### Discussion of the Sources. Examination of the narrative shows that several sources are employed, and the story enclosed in the pragmatic framework is itself complex. Jephthah is mentioned as the son of Gilead by a foreign wife; but Gilead is the name of a district or of its population. Moreover, the section xi. 12-28 severs the continuity of the narrative and discusses the Moabites, whom the Hebrews had left unassailed (Num. xx. 14 sqq.), while xi. 34 shows that the hero had a house in Mizpah, which does not accord with verse 3. And it is difficult to relate the episode of the Ephraimitic conflict with the two months of the reprieve of Jephthah's daughter, since it is not likely that the Ephraimites would await the issue of that event. Many scholars have suspected an extension of the original text by interpolation, the passagexi. 12-28 especially being regarded as of late introduction, though this is opposed by Holzinger and Budde on the ground that the verses in which the Ammonites are mentioned (12-15, 27) show the same conception as the main portion of the narrative. It is probable, however, that this is an independent report which the redactor wished to bring into connection with the Ammonitic war. Wellhauaen and Frankenberg suspect also xii. 1-7 as a late interpolation founded upon viii. 1-3. While the individuality of this section differentiates it from viii. 1-3, it is probably taken from an independent source. Holzinger disposes of one of the difficulties by supposing that Jephthah, on his recall from Tob, acquired a residence in Mizpah. That a war with Moab is implied in xi. 12-28 goes well with the place names in verse 33, some of which are Moabitic, while others are Ammonitic, and thus a double narrative is suggested dealing with two episodes, which an addition in verse 33 of the Septuagint, "and unto Arnon," supports. Then the Moabitic war was later, and the residence in Mizpah already acquired goes well with the "I" and "me" of verse 27. Holzinger finds in xi. 29 a suggestion of a journey made by Jephthah in the West Jordanland ("and Manasseh") connecting xi. with xii. 1-6, and concludes that there are two sources combined inside the framework of this story. ### Historicity of the Narrative. Against the historical character of the narrative of the Ammonitic war there is no reasonable objection. Jephthah appears as an exile who has gained position as head of a band like that of David. The differences of the two sources do not oppose the historicity, since the events may be referred to different times and occasions, a war with the Ammonites and one with Moabites. The hero is not to be taken as a mythical invention to explain the celebration of the death of his daughter, and analogies of the event are not lacking in the history of other Semitic peoples. One is furnished by the story of II Kings iii. 27, and another comes out of Arabic history of the seventh Christian century (Tabari, i. 1073-1074), so that the historical character of the event which the celebration commemorated appears at least probable. Since in the narrative there is no mention of substitution, it must be that Jephthah really sacrificed his daughter. This was the understanding of the early exegetes until D. Kimchi, who asserted that the maiden was simply devoted to the service of Yahweh, an explanation which gained the approval of later Christian exegetes, who combined the idea with that of an enforced celibacy. The reason for this is not far to seek, since not only is human sacrifice in itself unusual for such a state of society, but it was supposed that the Pentateuchal legislation was well known in the time of the Judges (cf. Lev. xviii. 21, xx. 2-5, and see VOWS, I.; cf. also the Targum on Judges xi. 39); moreover emphasis was laid on the fact that the maiden bewailed not her life, but her virginity, as though condemned to a single life. Some support was gained from Ex. xxxviii. 8 and I Sam. ii. 22, though it is not said that the women mentioned here were celibates. But the true explanation of verse 37 doubtless is that the cause of the maiden's grief was that she must die without being either wife or mother. Some take refuge in a disjunctive in the statement of the vow (verse 31) making the last two clauses apply to different objects, human and animal. Other syntactical devices have been proposed with the object of getting rid of the sacrifice of a human being, but they all fail in view of the fact that the verb used in the passage ( *he'elah*) is that employed in the technical language of the ritual for sacrifice. Moreover, human sacrifice is involved in the whole story; only thus can be explained the despair of the father and the grief of the daughter; and the celebration itself finds no adequate ground short of the actual sacrifice of the maiden. In anti-prophetic circles human sacrifice was not unknown ( Jer. xxxii. 35); indeed, within the prophetic circle itself the idea was not absolutely strange ( Gen. xxii.). That the words of Jephthah's vow involve that he thought only of a human being and must therefore have reckoned upon the possibility of the victim being his daughter is rightly characterized by Reuss as "detestable." But the, idea of human sacrifice lay in the background of the Yahweh-religion, and in later times under foreign influence the practise broke out in opposition to the prophetic teaching. (F. BUHL.) BIBLIOGRAPHY: The best discussion is in the Commentary on Judges by G. F. Moors, with which should be compared the treatment in the Commentaries of Studer, Heil, Cassel, Bertheau, Harvey, Oettli and Budde, as mentioned under JUDGES, and that in the standard works on the History of Israel, mentioned under AHAB. Consult further: E. W. Hengstenberg, *Einleitung in das A. T.*, iii. 127, Berlin, 1839, Eng, transl., Edinburgh, 1847-48; K. A. Auberlen, in *TSK*, 1860, pp. 540 sqq.; E. Reuss, *Geschichte der heiligen Schriften A. T.*, Brunswick, 1874, Eng. transl., Boston, 1884; I. Goldziher, *Der Mythus bei den Hebräern*, pp. 113 sqq., Leipsic, 1876; A. Kuenen, *Historisch-kritisch Onderzoek*, i. 349, Leyden, 1885; J. Wellhausen, *Komposition des Hexateuchs*, pp. 228-229, Berlin, 1889; K. Budde, *Richter und Samuel*, pp. 125 sqq., Giessen, 1890; M. Köhler, *Biblische Geschichte des Alten Bundes*, ii. 1, p. 100; H. Schultz, *O. T. Theology,* London, 1892; W. Frankenberg, *Die Komposition des deuteronomischen Richterbuches*, Marburg, 1895; A. Kamphausen, *Das Verhältnis des Menschenopfers zur israelitischen Religion*, pp. 46 sqq., Bonn, 1896; E. Sellin, *Beiträge zur israelitischen und jüdischen Religion*, i. 200 sqq., Leipsic, 1896; *DB*, ii. 567-568; *EB*, ii. 2359-62; *JE*, vii. 94-95.
JEREMIAH Jeremiah

韩

暂时没有译文正文。

英

### JEREMIAH, jer"e-mai'a. The Prophet. Family and Social Connections (§ 1). His Life and Times (§ 2). Literature Ascribed to Jeremiah (§ 3). The Book of the Prophet Jeremiah. The Contents. Chapters i.-x. (§ 1). Chapters xi.-xvii. (§ 2). Chapters xviii.-xxix. (§ 3). Chapters xxx.-lii. (§ 4). The Composition. The Groundwork and its Expansion (§ 1). The Greek and the Hebrew Text (§ 2). The Importance of the Book. The Lamentations of Jeremiah. Names; Place in the Canon (§ 1). The Artistic Form (§ 2). Traditional View of Authorship (§ 3). Arguments Concerning Jeremianic Origin (§ 4). ### I. The Prophet: 1. Family and Social Connections. The name (Hebr. *Yirmeyahu* or *Yirmeyah;* Gk. *Ieremias*) is borne not only by the prophet, but also by the father-in-law of King Josiah (II Kings xxiii. 31), by a Rechabite ( Jer. xxxv. 3), by a priest of the time of Nehemiah ( Neh. x. 3) and by persons in the Chronicler's tables ( I Chron. v. 24, xii. 4, 10, 13). In spite of his importance the prophet is seldom mentioned in the Old Testament outside of his book ( II Chron. xxxv. 25, xxxvi. 12, 21, 22; Ezra i. 1; Dan, ix. 2), which remains the principal and quite full source for knowledge of his life. According to this source Jeremiah was of priestly lineage from the little city of Anathoth, 3 m. north of Jerusalem ( i. 1), a son of Hilkiah (i. 1), and nephew of Shallum (xxxii, 7). A possible relationship to Abiathar is suggested by I Kings ii. 26, but the identity of his father with the Hilkiah of II Kings xxii, is improbable. His known history begins in the thirteenth year of Josiah (626 B.C.), when he was called to the prophetic office (i. 6). His Position regarding sacrifice ( vii. 22) is against the supposition that he acted as a priest. Notwithstanding the hatred aroused among the people of Anathoth by his preaching, he exercised his rights there ( xi. 21, xxxii. 8, xxxvii. 12), though his duties as prophet were performed at the capital. From xvi. 2 it seems probable that he was unmarried. ### 2. His Life and Times. Jeremiah lived in criticaI times. Five years after his call the law book was found which caused the Josianic reformation, to which his words in chap. xi. apply. But little is known, however, of his work under Josiah, though of his activities under Jehoiakim (q.v.) more is told. *Text Missing* of a nature to respond to prophetic ideals, being a brutal despot wrapped up his building-projects ( xxii 13-19). The prophet denounced in his addresses the heathen and unethical influences protected by the princes, and at the time of the battle of Carchemish appeared with a prophetic program which aroused against him the bitterest hate. At the beginning of the king's reign an address in the court of the temple foretelling the fate of that structure incensed priests, prophets, and people (vii., xxvi.), and in 605 he gave definite form to this, pointing to the Chaldeans as the people into whose power Judah was to fall, and had Baruch commit it to writing. This was brought to the king, who tore it into pieces and threw it into the fire (xxxvi). The events of succeeding years proved the justification of Jeremiah, though they caused him, in his love for his people, the deepest suffering. Jehoiakim had become the vassal of the Chaldean king, but soon began to intrigue against him, relying on the power of Egypt, thus causing a Chaldean attack which was the beginning of the end, and his successor Jeconiah, with the best of the people, was carried away to Babylon (597 B.C.). The new king Zedekiah, was not so hostile to Jeremiah, and indeed twice saved his life in spite of the court party which wished to continue the policy of prophets, who predicted speedy restoration of power and reliance on Egypt was *Text Missing* After this, the final revolt *Text Missing* of Zedekiah *Text Missing* conditional surrender, to the Chaldeans. Temporary retirement of the Chaldeans filled the people with joy, which Jeremiah foretold would be short-lived, as events proved (xxxiv.). Meanwhile, as Jeremiah was going out of the city to visit Anathoth, he was arrested and thrown into prison, but removed by the king to another place of detention and by him supported there (xxxvii.). His opponents, who rightly feared his influence, besought the king to have him put to death, and to that end had him thrown into a foul cistern to die, whence he was again rescued by the king's order and placed in detention near the king (xxxviii.). At the capture of the city Jeremiah was taken prisoner, but was released by a Babylonian commander and given his choice between going to Babylonia and remaining in Judea, accepting the latter alternative. He gave his support to Gedaliah, the governor appointed by the Chaldeans. Gedaliah was soon after murdered, and the leaders of the people, in fear of the consequences, and following the advice of a prophet who opposed Jeremiah, fled with a number of the population to Egypt, taking with them both Jeremiah and Baruch. There the hostile relations between prophet and people continued because of his denunciations of their heathen proclivities and his prediction that Egypt should fall into the power of Nebuchadrezzar (xxxix.-xliv.). This closes the authentic record of the prophet's life. The Old Testament does not tell of his death. Tradition has it that he was stoned to death in Egypt (Tertullian, *Scorpiace*, viii.; *ANF*, iii. 640; II Macc. ii. gives a report of his hiding certain sacred utensils in a cave, on which is founded the *Paralipomena* of Jeremiah and the apocryphal Baruch literature with its sequellæ (see A POCRYPHA, A, IV., 5; P SEUDEPIGRAPHA, O LD T ESTAMENT, II., 10-11, 35; and cf. Schürer, *Geschichte*, iii. 223 sqq., 285-286, Eng. transl. II., iii. 83-93; II Macc. xv. 11 sqq.; Matt. xvi. 14). ### 3. Literature Ascribed to Jeremiah. It is reported in II Chron. xxxv. 25 that Jeremiah wrote a dirge on the death of Josiah, called Lamentations; this is probably the first trace of the tradition which ascribes to him the book of that name, which is, however, opposed by the contents of the book. A manuscript of the Septuagint ascribes Ps. lxv. and cxxxvii. to him, and there is an apocryphal Epistle of Jeremiah (see APOCRYPHA, A., IV., 6). A passage in the Book of Jeremiah is luminous for the history of that production (xxxvi. 2 sqq.). According to this, in the fourth year of Jehoiakim Jeremiah dictated to Baruch the prophecies which he had uttered in the twenty-three years of his prophetic activity. This being burned by the king, he had Baruch rewrite it with many additions (xxxvi. 32). This new book is not identical with the present book, since the latter contains prophecies of a later time; but that it formed the basis of our book may be confidently assumed, and it may be reconstructed by putting together the pieces which are older than Jehoiakim's fifth year. ### II. The Book of the Prophet Jeremiah. --I. The Contents: Chapters i.-x. Chap. i states that the prophet is informed in the thirteenth year of Josiah before his birth that he had been called to predict the coming of powers from the north against his people, whose hate he was to incur. But the indication in the chapter itself of the lapse of twenty years proves that the narrative depends upon the memory of the prophet and is not exactly contemporary with the utterance itself. It is clear that Jeremiah narrates the story of his earlier experiences in the light his later life had given him, and sharp distinction between later and earlier utterances is not possible. In ii.-vi. the parts are closely related to each other and belong to the same conditions in the reign of Josiah. These chapters bewail the people's sins, their idolatry, their fondness for covenants with foreign powers, and foretell coming judgment. Yet in this section passages suggest the time of Jehoiakim (v. 1, ii. 18, 36). Who the northern foe in these chapters is raises a difficult question. They are an ancient people, whose speech is unknown to Israel, carrying bow and spear and possessing chariots. Some of these marks appear when the prophet's utterances concern the Chaldeans in the time of Jehoiakim. Some scholars refer them to the Scythians, in which case Jeremiah must later have modified them, since their present form hardly fits references to that people. It is questionable therefore whether Jeremiah's earlier prophecies were not general; when the Chaldeans appeared on the scene he may have identified them with the foe foretold. While v. 18 and the related v. 10 are not unJeremianic, they do not fit their present place; similarly iii. 6-iv. 2 is hardly intelligible unless iii. 14-18 is taken out. It is probable that these passages are genuine, but transferred hither by an editor. Chapters vii.-x. contain a discourse delivered in the court of the temple, upon which structure the people put their trust. If they continue in their sins, the temple will be no help, but will perish as did the sanctuary at Shiloh. Its sacrifices are worthless, the people who bring them are untrue and have filled it with heathen symbols which represent their own unethical nature. Chaps. ix. 22-x. give the impression of fragmentariness, and, as the Septuagint shows, have been expanded, and suggest a deutero-Jeremiah. The little pieces ix. 22-23 and 24-25 have no connection with the previous context, while x. 17 sqq. appear to be genuine and the original continuation of ix. 21. Genuineness is apparent in vii. 1-ix. 21, but, contrary to Hitzig, Hävernick, and others, the passage appears to belong rather with xxvi. and to connect not with the time of Josiah, but with the beginning of the reign of Jehoiakim, especially in the matter of heathen practises. ### 2. Chapters xi.-xvii. In xi. 1-17 Jeremiah warns the people to regard "the words of this covenant." In spite of the punishment of their fathers, the present generation continues its service of other gods and renders divine punishment imminent. That the "covenant" is the law book found under Josiah is generally recognized; the passage can not, however, in its present form have been uttered then, but in the time of Jehoiakim and so furnishes a good example of the way in which in the reduction of his words to writing Jeremiah mingled past and present. In xi. 18-xii. 6 the prophet deals with the hostility of his fellow villagers of Anathoth. Formally, by the "then" of xi. 18, it is connected with the preceding; but the exact relation expressed is not clear, and this suggests that the passage is not in its original context. Uncertain in date is xii. 7-17. It contains a lament for the desolation of the land and threats against the neighbors who have done the evil. It fits in well with the destruction suggested by II Kings xxiv. 2, but still better with conditions during the exile. Indeed, the lament seems to have been put together out of two diverse compositions of different age. The humiliation of Judah in Babylon is figuratively described in xiii., with a lament for the condition resulting. Most critics date the piece (by verses 18-19) in the time of Jeconiah (Jehoahaz), Graf in that of Jehoiakim, the latter regarding verses 18-19 as an addition out of Jeconiah's age. A terrible drought is the occasion of xiv.-xv., in which Jeremiah prays for his people--unavailingly, for even Moses and Samuel could not save them (xv. 1). At the close (xv. 10-21) Jeremiah bewails his personal sorrows caused by his foes. Whether this piece is in its original connection is uncertain, but it may be placid in the original book and dated at the beginning of the reign of Jehoiakim. In xvi.-xvii, the prophet is forbidden to marry, or to participate in mourning or feasting; the destruction of the people is near, since its sins can not be forgotten and its punishment is certain. The connection of this with the preceding is quite certain, though probably xvii. 14-18 is inserted by a later hand from another place. The genuineness of xvii. 19-27 is, however, very doubtful. ### 3. Chapters xviii.-xxix. In xviii. 1-10 the work of the potter pictures God's methods with man; judgment might be averted were it not for the people's wilful sin (11-17); the prophet bewails his people's hostility to him (18-23); as an earthen vessel is broken, so shall the people be (xix. 1-15); the prophet retorts upon Pashhur, who had put him in the stocks, with a prophecy of personal evil and general doom (xx. 1-6), and then bewails his own sad lot (7-18). The indications favor the time of Zedekiah, especially the mention of Pashhur and the imprisonment of Jeremiah in the stocks. Some have seen in chap. xvii. an earlier piece, and regard xix.-xx. as pieces edited by later hands and containing genuine experiences of the prophet. To the time of Zedekiah belongs xxi. 1-10, and to the time of the siege verses 4-5, but 11-14 has no connection with the preceding, and perhaps goes with xxii. The kings of Judah are dealt with in xxii. 1-xxiii. 8. A king, not identified, is warned to do justice in order to escape judgment (xxii. 1-5); in succeeding verses Shallum (i.e. Jehoahaz), Jehoiakim, and Jeconiah are dealt with; better shepherds are to be given (xxiii.l-4), and a new shoot is to spring from the Davidic stump (4-8). The principal part of this is of the time of Zedekiah, but xxii. 6-9, 20-23 are later insertions. The genuineness of xxiii. 1-4 has been questioned and is hard to prove, and the passage has been assigned to exilic times. A speech against false prophets is found in xxiii. 9-40. In xxiv. the exiles are compared with good figs, Zedekiah and the people remaining with bad ones. According to the superscription xxv. belongs to the fourth year of Jehoiakim, the year of the battle of Carchemish. In it Jeremiah foretells the desolation and captivity which are to come through Nebuchadrezzar, and then after seventy years God will again rule his people. The genuineness of this chapter has been sharply attacked (cf. verses 12-14), though Giesebrecht rightly sees a Jeremianic basis. The cipher in verse 26 (cf. R.V. margin) is not in Jeremiah's style. A report of the danger of death incurred by the prophet through the address in the temple court, given in chap. vii., is given in chap. xxvi. It does not belong to the groundwork or original basis of the book. According to xxvii.-xxix., ambassadors had come to Jerusalem from the neighboring states to urge common action against Babylon (xxvii.). A prophet Hananiah foretells the return of the exiles to Babylon within two years; Jeremiah retorts with a prediction of Hananiah's death within the year and a contradiction of his prophecy of a speedy return (xxviii.). A letter from Jeremiah to the exiles in Babylon is in xxix. These chapters appear to have existed at one time as a separate and independent section. ### 4. Chapters xxx.-xxxiii. A series of prophecies of comfort are continued in xxx.-xxxiii., and xxxii. rests on a personal relation of Jeremiah regarding the purchase of a field, which is made the basis of a prediction of return from exile. The chapter bears the marks of an editor, however, and verses 17-23 have been especially suspected, while xxxiii. 14-15 recall xxiii. 5-6, the genuineness of which is under a cloud. Even if the earlier passage is genuine, it does not seem likely that Jeremiah would so modify the representation as the later passage does. Smend denies xxx.-xxxi. to Jeremiah, and is possibly right as to xxx., though xxxi. seems to contain more of Jeremiah's work; possibly those two chapters are exilic. Chapter xxxiv. belongs to the narrative part of the book and is placed in the time of the siege of the city. The Rechabites appear in xxxv. as an example of faithfulness and as a lesson to Judah. The time is that of the passing of a Chaldean army through the land in the time of Jehoiakim, but the occasion can not be decided; it belongs to the narrative portion of the book, and Jeremiah speaks in the first person. Chapter xxxvi. is also narrative, and tells of the committal to writing of the predictions of the prophet. Similar narrative portions are xxxvii.-xliv.; xxxix. is an insert and an expansion of part of Iii. Consolation is offered in xlv. A series of prophecies against foreign peoples is contained in xlvi.-Ii., the nations mentioned being Egypt, Philistia, Moab, Ammon, Edom, Damascus, Arabia,, Elam, and Babylonia. Chapters l.-li., according to li. 59-64 imparted to Seraiah in the fourth year of Zedekiah, are by most modern critics regarded as un-Jeremianic. These chapters depend not only on secondary parts of Jeremiah, but on later parts of Isaiah. Some critics separate li. 59 sqq. from the rest as genuine; others regard the chapters as expanded statements of genuine oracles of Jeremiah. In general, the use of other predictions in these chapters and the departure from the accustomed forms of Jeremiah's usage seem to warrant suspicion. On the other hand, in the undoubted portions of the book there are prophecies against foreign nations, and in this portion Nebuchadrezzar is represented as the medium of divine punishment, which is a Jeremianic conception; moreover, the time noted in xlix. 34 looks genuine. Chapter lii. is not by Jeremiah, but is chiefly an excerpt from II Kings xxiv. 18-xxv. 30. ### 2. The Composition: 1. The Ground work and its Expansion. The foregoing review shows that to the groundwork written in the fourth year of Jehoiakim and rewritten the next year belong i. 2-6, xi. 1-17, vii. 1-9, 21, xi. 18-xii. 6, xiii. (except verses 18-19), xiv.-xv., xvi.-xvii. (except some interpolations), xxv. (so far as it is original), and xlvi. 1-xlix. 33 (so far as they are Jeremianic), referring to the times of Josiah and Johoiakim. To the time of Zedekiah belong xxiv., xxi., xxiii. 9-40, and xlix. 34 sqq. (if genuine). Of the rest which may be ascribed to this prophet the time of writing is less evident, though xxxi., iii. 14-16, and perhaps the genuine parts of xxiii. 1-8, seem to belong to the time of the capture of Jerusalem. Larger parts which can not be certainly ascribed as a whole to Jeremiah are x. 1-16, xvii. 19-27, l.-lii. The narrative portions present a difficult problem, and the boundaries between them and the oracle portions are not always easy to fix. Some of these are in the first person, and were doubtless dictated to Baruch. Such pieces are xviii. (probably from the beginning of Jehoiakim's reign), xxxii. (under Zedekiah), and xxxv. (under Jehoiakim). Other pieces speak in the third person of "Jeremiah" or " the prophet Jeremiah," and can be only secondarily Jeremianic; such are xix.-xx., xxvi., xxvii.-xxix., xxxiv., xxxvi., xxxvii.-xliv. These rest on Baruch's authority, as does xlv., an oracle of consolation imparted to him by the prophet. So that in the Book of Jeremiah there are earlier and later pieces passages in Jeremiah's words and those reported of him, and some not at all Jeremianic, bound up together in variegated fashion. Chronological order can not always be determined. The history of the book is not one that can at the present be made out. Certainly the composition of the fourth year of Jehoiakim lies at the basis, and this is expanded by later oracles and by narrative portions. The latter is in part no doubt from Baruch and contains reports of Jeremiah's discourses delivered to him by the prophet. The supposition that a life of the prophet has been interwoven into the book is improbable, since the earlier life of the prophet is not related. More likely is it that a literature of Jeremiah including his later speeches and narratives about him grew up, out of which our book is edited. Little dependence can be placed in i. 3, since that verse is probably only a secondary title. ### 2. The Greek and the Hebrew To the foregoing considerations is to be added the fact that the Book of Jeremiah belongs to those Portions of the Old Testament in which the Septuagint diverges essentially from the Massoretic text, a divergence which is very variously explained. Some esteem the Septuagint so highly that they speak of two recensions, a Palestinian and an Egyptian; while others speak of arbitrary changes by the translator. Both of these hypotheses have been shown unfounded (Kuenen, Giesebrecht, and others). While evidences of misunderstanding by the Greek translator and indeed of wilful change exist, there are passages where the text at the base of the Septuagint points to a text more original than the Massoretic. One such passage is that relating to the foreign nations, in which in the Greek xlvi.-li. follow xxv. 13, and the order of arrangement is different. The original connection of these parts is evident, though the entire section should not stand before xxvi. 15, and the Alexandrine order is less natural than the Massoretic. The difference in the length of the two texts, altogether apart from proofs of arbitrariness on the part of the translator, show that at the time of the translation the book had not yet reached a fixed form, a conclusion which is strengthened by observation of the evidence of inclusion of glosses. ### 3. The Importance of the Book: This can not be appreciated if only the contents of the predictions are kept in mind. In this particular Jeremiah is not specially original, and particularly so if the purely Messianic passages, such as xxiii. 5-6, xxxiii. 15-16, are the basis of estimate, since these are lusterless in comparison with such passages as Isa. ix. 5-6, xi. 1-2. One might say in general that Jeremiah took over the prophecies of Amos and Hosea, being in his earlier deliverances especially dependent upon Hosea. For twenty years the prophet preached the insecurity of the basis of the people's hopes and trust. Even by the captivity of 597 the people were not awakened, but supposed that the deportation of Jeconiah was the excision of a worthless limb. For Jeremiah it was the fulfilment of prophecy which demanded submission and humility instead of new pride and the waking of hopes to be unrealized. The complete destruction of Jerusalem awaited persistence in the people's wilful course. Yet the prophet was not without hope in its truest sense. A new generation was to arise which was to bear Yahweh's law on the inner tablets of the heart, not on tablets of atone. In all this there was little that was not already existent in prophecy. Jeremiah's originality stands out in the vivid impression of his work as that of a prophet who was accounted a traitor to his people and a godless despiser of the sanctuary while he was yet the mouthpiece for the utterance of divine truths. It was this which made of him the greatest martyr among the prophets, and the evidence of it exists in his prayers written in his book, which give the clearest insight into the motive of his his life. He bewails the hate with which the people pursued him who was that people's truest mediator with God, and reveals himself not merely as a prophet, but as a man living in the closest fellowship with God. In this respect he is creative and a pattern of religious sincerity, and thus be inspired the poets of the Psalm-book and the great poet of the Book of Job. The sense of the personal relation of the individual to God which appeared in later Judaism is a result of his work. In view of the importance of this service, the question of external form becomes a minor one. The disturbed conditions of his times did not minister to esthetic expression. The beauty of the book lies not in its poetic form, but in its deep and noble expression of the life of tenderness which it portrays. (F. BUHL.) ### III. The Lamentations of Jeremiah: 1. Names, Place in the Canon. This is the name given by tradition to five elegies bearing a close resemblance to one another and in bewailing the sad lot which befell Jerusalem and its inhabitants during and after the siege by the Chaldeans (587-586 B.C.). In Hebrew manuscripts and editions these elegies usually bear the title *ekhah*, "how," from the opening word of three of them; the Jews were, however, familiar with the designation *kinoth*, "lamentations" (Jerome, Preface to Lamentations, cf. *Baba Bathra*, 14b; LXX, *Threnoi*; Lat. *Threni* or *Lamentationes*). In the Greek version, which differs in character from that of the prophecies of Jeremiah, they are placed next to the prophecies (after Baruch), and are counted with the prophecies as one book. Only in this way could twenty-two canonical books be counted (Josephus, *Apion*, i. 8; Origen in Eusebius, *Hist. eccl*., vi. 25; Jerome in *Prologus galeatus*). Still the number twenty-four was common, in which computation Ruth and Lamentations were counted separately and placed among the Hagiographa. This arrangement differs from that followed by the Christians, which was the same as that of the Septuagint, but is in accord with that of the Talmud ( *Baba Bathra* 14b), which places Lamentations among the *Kethubim*, where they probably stood from the time of the formation of the third division of the canon. ### 2. The Artistic Form. In form the first four of these five elegies are characterized by an acrostic use of the alphabet. They are also composed in the rhythm which Budde has shown to be that of the lament or threnody. In chaps. i.-ii. a group of three lines in this meter (composed of a normal and a shortened member) is placed under each of the acrostic letters; the same is true in chap. iii., except that each of the three lines (in this case a verse) begins with the same letter, which, therefore, appears three times. In chap. iv., on the other hand, each acrostic letter includes two lines. No acrostic is found in chap. v., although the elegy consists of twenty-two verses presenting the usual parallelism, though the peculiar meter of the dirge is not very manifest. The five elegies refer to the same national misfortune and have many similarities in thought and form; yet each has its own peculiar quality. So chap. i. shows the sorrowing Zion, deserted and abandoned; chap. ii. describes the act of the angry God, the just enemy, who has destroyed the city; chap. iii. presents a more individual point of view; chap. iv. describes the sad fate of the populace of the city during and after the siege; chap. v. sketches briefly the resulting miserable state of the people. That the five songs were all produced under one inspiration is psychologically improbable; but in any event they did not arise without regard to one another. Style and language show many points of resemblance, and the historical situation is essentially the same in all. They can not have appeared during the siege itself; the misfortune is already complete, intense agony is already changing into a softer sadness, and feeling finds relief in seeking for a form of artistic expression. ### 3. Traditional View of Author Ancient tradition unanimously names Jeremiah as the author. The Preface to the Septuagint declares that "after the captivity of Israel, and the desolation of Jerusalem, Jeremiah sat down weeping and sang this lamentation over Jerusalem and said." This same tradition appears in the Talmud and is accepted by the Church Fathers. Jerome is indeed mistaken when (on Zech. xii. 11) he refers to Lamentations the statement in II Chron. xw. 25, where mention is made of elegies composed by Jeremiah on the death of Josiah. Perhaps he was misled by Lam. iv. 20. Josephus had already fallen into the same error. The Chronicler's notice shows that the prophet was accustomed to compose such elegies, and was naturally qualified to compose a *kina* on a grand scale, treating of the fall of Jerusalem, just as Ezekiel composed a series of such " threnodies " over other cities and peoples. Many passages in the Lamentations are in agreement with the thought and diction of the prophet; indeed, a prophetic note runs through these poems. The older authorities, almost without exception, hold the traditional view; only in modern times has the Jeremianic authorship been contested, and on grounds of importance. Thenius attributed only chaps. ii. and iv. to Jeremiah, Meier chaps. i.-iii.; others, for instance, Ewald, Nöldeke, Schrader, Nägelsbach, Löhr, Budde, entirely abandon Jeremianic authorship. ### 4. Arguments Concerning Jeremianic Origin. The arguments against Jeremiah's authorship are partly formal and founded on esthetic grounds and partly refer to the contents of the poems and their theological quality. Nägelsbach (Commentary, p. xi. sqq.) and Löhr (*ZATW*, 1894) have noted statistically the agreements and differences in the vocabulary of Lamentations and of the prophecies of Jeremiah, and the probability appears to favor difference of authorship or a reediting of Jeremianic elegies. This probability is strengthened by linguistic similarities with the writings of Ezekiel. It was believed that an important distinction had been discovered between the writings of the prophet and these songs, in that these lacked the strong emphasis upon the sins of the people which would be expected from the prophet. Thus v. 7 is cited, according to which the unhappy generation suffered not so much for its own sins as for those of its forefathers (contrast Jer. xxxi. 29). That, in addition to inherited suffering, the measure has been filled up by the people's own faults and that thus a judgment has been called down upon them is a thought which runs through Lamentations also and finds particular expression in v. 16, 21. Budde finds that the consciousness of the guilt of the people is little developed in chaps. iv. and ii. (but cf. iv. 6). If Jeremiah was the author he does not here appear as God's advocate to bring an accusation against his people, but he gives free expression to natural sympathy, which he had suppressed until at last judgment was fully executed. Jeremiah loved his people and his rulers more than did the patriots, although a higher power had set him in opposition to them ( Jer. i. 18). In this way iv. 20 must be explained, where the manner in which the king is spoken of might be thought strange as coming from Jeremiah, while iv. 17 offers no difficulties since he may well have voiced the timid hopes of the people in the last period of their trials, although these hopes were not shared by him. On the other hand, an unsolved difficulty for all who reject Jeremiah's authorship is offered by the unconditional condemnation of the prophets of Jerusalem ( ii. 9, 14, iv. 13). Jeremiah might indeed have expressed himself in this way (cf. Jer. xiii. 13, xiv. 13 sqq., xxiii. 15); but if another had composed a lament over these events he could scarcely have forgotten the prophet who had won the highest reverence from the whole people through his sufferings. It was the general opinion that only Jeremiah's personal sufferings were described in chap. iii., and this seems most probable according to verse 8 (cf. Jer. vii. 16, xi. 14, xiv. 11). Verses 37-38 would then refer to those prophecies of misfortune with which he was reproached. Smend ( *ZATW*, 1888, pp. 62-63) and many others suppose that in chap. iii. the poet speaks in the name of the community; in that case the very beginning, "I am the man," is exceedingly harsh and without analogy in this manner. The family of Shaphan (Gedaliah) has been especially considered in this connection (Löhr, *ZATW*, 1894, p. 55). As there is no mention of the rebuilding of Jerusalem and of the temple, and as dependence upon the second Isaiah can not be proved by a few lexical similarities, the exilic origin of Lamentations seems most reasonable. Whether these songs originated in Palestine, in Egypt, or in Babylonia is indeterminable, but it seems most probable that Jeremiah had a share in their production. This does not mean that they came from his hand in their present poetical form; the artificiality of form suggests the work of a school or of a group of disciples who, collecting and completing such threnodies, wove them together into the form in which they now appear. C. VON ORELLl. BIBLIOGRAPHY: On the life and times of Jeremiah consult: T. K. Cheyne *Jeremiah, His Life and Times*, London, 1888; C. H. Cornill. *Jeremia und seine Zeit*, Heidelberg, 1880; K. Marti, *Der Prophet Jeremia*, Basel, 1889; M. Lazarus, *Der Prophet Jeremia*, Breslau, 1894; W. Erbt, *Jeremia und seine Zeit*, Göttingen, 1902; F. B. Meyer, *Jeremiah, Priest and Prophet*, London, 1902; J. R. Gillies, *Jeremiah, the Man and his Message*, ib. 1907; J. F. McCurdy, *History, Prophecy, and the Monuments*, vol. iii., New York, 1901. Questions of criticism concerning the prophecies of Jeremiah are discussed in: G. C. Workman *The Text of Jeremiah, or a Critical Examination of the Greek and the Hebrew with the Variations in the LXX*, Edinburgh, 1889; E. Kühl, *Das Verhältniss der Massora zur Septuagint im Jeremia*, Halle, 1882; E. Bruston, *De l'importance du livre de Jérémie dans la critique de l' A. T.*, Montauban, 1893; A. von Bulmerincq, *Das Zukunftsbild des Propheten Jeremia*, Riga, 1894; C. H. Cornill, in *SBOT*, 1895; idem, *Die metrischen Stücke des Buches Jeremia*, Leipsic, 1902; A. W. Streane, *The Double Text of Jeremiah*, London, 1896. Commentaries which cover both the prophecies and Lamentations are by: B. Blayney, London, 1836; E. Henderson, Andover, 1868; H. Cowles, New York, 1869; C. W. E. Nägelsbach, in Lange's *Commentary*, New York, 1871; R. P. Smith, in *Bible Commentary*, London, 1875; A. W. Streane, in *Cambridge Bible*, Cambridge, 1881; T. K. Cheyne and others in the *Pulpit Commentary*, 2 vols., London, 1885-98. Commentaries on the Prophecies are: S. R. Driver, London, 1896; W. Lowth, London, 1718; J. G. Dahler, 2 vols., Strasburg, 1825; W. Neumann, 2 vols., Leipsic, 1856-58; C. H. Graf, ib. 1862; F. Hitzig, ib. 1866; H. Ewald, Göttingen, 1868, Eng. transl., London, 1876; C. F. Keil, 2 vols., Edinburgh, 1873-74; 3. Scholz, Würzburg, 1880; L. A. Schneedorfer, Prague. 1881; C. von Orelli, 2d ed., Munich, 1905, Eng, transl., Edinburgh, 1889; C. F. Ball, in *Expositor's Bible*, London, 1890; F. Giesebrecht, Göttingen, 1894; W. H. Bennett, London, 1895; B. Duhm, Tübingen, 1901; G. Douglas, London, 1903; A. Ramsay, ib. 1905; A. Maclaren, ib. 1906. Commentaries on Lamentations are: W. Engelhardt, Leipsic, 1867; E. Gerlach, Berlin, 1868; C. F. Keil, Leipsic, 1872; L. A. Schneedorfer, Prague, 1876; J. M Schonfelder, Munich, 1887; S. Oettli, Nördlingen, 1889; M. Löhr, Göttingen, 1891, 1907; P. Mayriel, Montauban, 1894; C. Budde, Freiburg, 1898; J. P. Wiles, *Half-Hours with the Minor Prophets and Lamentations* (London, 1909). Consult also: *DB*, ii. 569-578; *EB*, ii. 2366-95; *JE*, vii. 96-107; and the works on O. T. Theology, on Introduction to the O. T., on Prophecy in general, and on Messianic Prophecy.
JEREMIAS II. Jeremias II.

韩

暂时没有译文正文。

英

**JEREMIAS II.**, jer"e-mai'as: Patriarch of Constantinople; b. at Anchialos (now Ahiolo, 130 m. n.w. of Constantinople) about 1530; d. at Constantinople 1595. He received no systematic education in his youth. After officiating as metropolitan of Larissa, he was patriarch of Constantinople from 1572 to 1573 or 1579, from 1580 to 1584, and again from 1586 to 1595. In his efforts to reorganize the Greek Church he reenforced the existing laws and ordinances, and reached the climax of his endeavors in the synod held at Constantinople in 1593, which assailed simony, demanded a better education of the clergy, who were also required to preach frequently, took up the question of common schools, and reinstituted the "national synod." In his foreign relations Jeremias is noteworthy as the founder of the patriarchate of Russia, during a visit to that country in 1588-89, while he vigorously maintained the independence of the Greek Church against the Jesuits sent by Gregory XIII. to the East to win it over to the Roman Catholic Church. In the same spirit he refused to accept the Gregorian calendar, which was regarded by the Greeks as heretical. Jeremi is particularly interesting on account of his correspondence with the Lutherans of Tübingen, the letters being contained in the *Acta et scripta theologorum Wirtembergensium et Patriarchae Constantinopolitani D. Hieremiae* (Wittenberg, 1584). Although the replies of the patriarch were not actually written by him, but by his pronotary, Theodosios Zygomalas, and are merely compilations from such Church Fathers as Basil and Chrysostom, and modern authors like Joseph Bryennios, Nikolaos Kabasilas, and Symeon of Thessalonica, they are important for an evaluation of the modern Greek Church, since they manifest genuine Greek orthodoxy and contain its first official verdict on Lutheranism, which they definitely rejected. The history of the affair was as follows: In 1573 Stephen Gerlach went to Constantinople as preacher to the German ambassador with letters of recommendation to the patriarch from Jakob Andreä (q.v.), chancellor of the university at Tübingen, and Martin Crusius, the celebrated Hellenist and historian. The letters were well received; and the Tübingen professors were not slow to avail themselves of the opportunity of establishing communication between the Greek Church and the Lutherans, especially as Gerlach had become a personal friend of Zygomalas. They accordingly sent a second letter, dated Sept. 15, 1574, together with a Greek translation of the Augsburg Confession, and a third letter, dated Mar. 20, 1575, with a Greek translation of two sermons by Andreä and a request for an opinion concerning the Lutheran creed. The patriarch's answer, dated May 15, 1576, consisted of an elaborate treatise, in which he praised the articles on the church, the ecclesiastical office, the marriage of priests, and eschatology, but censured the introduction of " *filioque*" in the creed, and the depreciation of good works. He also insisted on seven virtues, vices, and sacraments, trine immersion, monastic vows, and the invocation of the saints at the consecration of the elements. The treatise, however, induced the Tübingen theologians to give a systematic defense of the principles on which their confession rested, and a new letter was sent, dated June 18, 1577, but it took two years before the patriarch's answer arrived (May, 1579), and it read more like a rebuke than an answer. Nevertheless, the Lutherans determined to try once more, and in the spring of 1580 sent a defense to Constantinople, but the patriarch's answer of June 6, 1581, was curt and final, and the Protestants were obliged to close the correspondence. (PHILIPP MEYER.) BIBLIOGRAPHY: P. Meyer, *Die theologische Litteratur der griechischen Kirche im 16. Jahrhundert*, Leipsic, 1899; Hefele, in *TQS*, 1843, p. 544; P. Kerameus, in Byzantinische Zeitschrift, 1899, pp. 392 sqq.
JEREMIAS, ALFRED Jeremias, Alfred

韩

暂时没有译文正文。

英

**JEREMIAS,** yê"re-mî'as, **ALFRED:** German Lutheran; b. at Markersdorf (a village near Chemnitz), Saxony, Feb. 21, 1864. He was educated at the University of Leipsic (Ph.D., 1886); was a teacher at a high school for girls in Dresden from 1887 to 1890, and deacon at the Lutherkirche, Leipsic, from 1890 to 1901. Since 1901 he has been pastor of the Lutherkirche, and since 1905 privat-docent for the history of religion and Old Testament in the University of Leipsic. In theology he is a believer in revealed religion. He has written *Die Höllenfahrt der Istar, eine altbabylonische Beschwörungslegende* (Munich, 1886); *Babylonisch-assyrische Vorstellungen vom Leben nach dem Tode unter Berücksichtigung der alttestamentlichen Parallelen* (Leipsic, 1886); *Izdubar Nimrod, eine altbabylonische Heldensage nach den Keilschriftfragmenten dargestellt* (1891); *Im Kampfe um Babel und Bibel* (1903); *Monotheistische Strömungen innerhalb der babylonischen Religion* (1904); *Das Alte Testament im Lichte des alten Orients* (1904); *Babylonisches im Neuen Testament* (1905); and *Die Panbabylonisten. Der alte Orient und die ägyptische Religion* (1907).
JERICHO Jericho

韩

暂时没有译文正文。

英

**JERICHO.** See JUDEA, II., 2, § 1.
JEROBOAM Jeroboam

韩

暂时没有译文正文。

英

**JEROBOAM,** jer"o-bo'am: The name of two kings of Israel. **1. Jeroboam I.:** First king of Israel, son of Nebat and Zeruah, an Ephraimite of Zereda (Zaretan and Zarthan; Gk. *Sareira* or *Sarida*) north of Jericho and not far from Beth Shean (Josh. iii. 16; I Kings iv. 12). His dates, according to the old chronology, are 975-958 B.C.; according to Riehm, 938-917 B.C.; according to Cooke (*DB*, ii. 582) 937-915 B.C. According to the narrative in I Kings xi. 26 sqq., he was a servant of Solomon who, on account of his industry, was raised to a place of command in the region which he afterward ruled. On one occasion, when leaving Jerusalem, he was met by the prophet Ahijah from Shiloh, who rent his own (not Jeroboam's, as Ewald has it) mantle into twelve pieces and gave ten of them to Jeroboam as a sign that he was to rule over ten tribes, while one tribe was to remain under the Davidic dynasty. The Deuteronomic editor gives as the reason for this division of the kingdom the idolatry of Solomon; but there were probably also political and religious motives, among the former the old jealousy of the northern tribes and among the latter a prophetic interest (Ahijah was a Shilonite). Solomon heard of the incident and Jeroboam was forced to flee to Egypt, where he remained under Shishak till Solomon's death. In I Kings xii. 3 (probably a later report) Jeroboam appears as spokesman for Israel at the gathering at Shechem to make Rehoboam king; but verse 20 makes it appear that Jeroboam was made king immediately on his return from Egypt. Rehoboam's intention to subject the revolted tribes by force of arms was overruled by the prophet Shemaiah on the ground that the division was of divine provision. Probabilities are against the representation of a long war between Jeroboam and Rehoboam (I Kings xiv. 30, xv. 6; II Chron. xiii. 2 sqq.); but it is not unlikely that an alliance was formed between Abijam and Damascus, renewing that which had been broken under Solomon (I Kings xi. 24). Important measures of Jeroboam were the fortification of Shechem and the selection of it as his capital, and the fortification of Penuel to secure his eastern possessions. Tirzah, often a residence of the kings of Israel until the time of Omri, was also a place of note in his time (I Kings xiv. 17). Of supreme importance was Jeroboam's measure in sanctioning the cult of Bethel and of Dan to remove the necessity of going to Jerusalem to worship. This was probably only the legitimating of existing worship, and was not intended to be a rejection of the Yahweh cult (see CALF, THE GOLDEN, AND CALF WORSHIP). The later (Judaic) reports make Jeroboam create priests of the lower classes of the populace, the Levites being deposed. The festival established by Jeroboam is regarded by the narrator as intended to replace the Feast of Tabernacles (I Kings xii. 32). Of the narratives in I Kings xiii.-xiv, that in chap. xiii. is a midrash upon II Kings xxiii. 17 sqq.; that in chap. xiv. has made use of an earlier source, and is in Deuteronomistic spirit. **2. Jeroboam II.:** Thirteenth king of Israel, son and successor of Joash. His dates according to the old chronology are 825-784 B.C.; according to Curtis (*DB*, i. 401) 782-741 B.C., according to Cooke (*DB*, ii. 583) 790-749 B.C.; Jeroboam II. was one of the most important and powerful kings of the northern kingdom, his rule extending "from Hamath to the sea of the plain" (II Kings xiv. 23-29), probably including Moab under his power. According to Schrader ( *KAT*, pp. 212 sqq.) his extraordinary success is to be explained from his relations with Assyria. Ramman-nirari III. of Assyria had overthrown Mari of Damascus, and in his inscription he claims to have laid the land of Omri (i.e., Israel) under tribute. It is not improbable that the conquered Damascus and its territory was turned over to Jeroboam in return for tribute. Commentators are at variance over the meaning of the reference in Hos. x. 14, "as Shalman spoiled Beth-arbel," whether it refers to a conquest of the Galilean city under Shalmaneser III. or IV., or to a calamity experienced by the Moabite King Salamanu mentioned by Tiglath-Pileser. II Kings xiv. 25 regards the success of Jeroboam as the fulfilment of the prophecy of Jonah the son of Amittai; but the prophecies of Hosea and Amos give a far different impression of the state of his kingdom, which under the external glory carried the seeds of decay, speedily to bear fruit. (E. KAUTZSCH.) BIBLIOGRAPHY: 1. The sources are: I Kings xi. 28-40, xii. 1-xiv. 20; II Chron. x. 2-19, xi. 14-16, xii. 15, xiii. 2. Sources are: II Kings xiv. 23-29, xv. 1, 8; and especially the books of Amos and Hosea. For literature on both kings see the pertinent sections in the works cited under AHAB, ISRAEL, HISTORY OF.
JEROME Jerome

韩

暂时没有译文正文。

英

### JEROME. Life. Studies and Travels to 378 (§ 1). Sojourn in Rome, 382-385 (§ 2). Residence in Palestine after 385 (§ 3). Works. Biblical and Exegetical (§ 1). Historical (§ 2). Dogmatic and Polemical (§ 3). Letters (§ 4). Theological Position. His Excellences and Defects (§ 1). His Lack of Independence (§ 2). ### I. Life. 1. Studies and Travels to 378. The famous ecclesiastical author commonly known as St. Jerome, whose full name was Eusebius Sophronius Hieronymus, was born at Stridon, on the border between Pannonia and Dalmatia, in the second quarter of the fourth century; d. near Bethlehem Sept. 30, 420. He came of Christian parents, but was not baptized until about 360, when he had gone to Rome with his friend Bonosus to pursue his rhetorical and philosophic studies. These were principally secular, probably including Greek literature; he seems as yet to have had no thought of studying the Greek Fathers, or any Christian writings. His journey with Bonosus to Gaul seems to have followed immediately upon a stay of several years in Rome. During this sojourn in eastern Gaul and "on the semi-barbarous banks of the Rhine," he seems to have been occupied with theological studies, and to have copied for his friend Rufinus Hilary's commentary on the Psalms and treatise *De synodis*. Next came a stay of at least several months, possibly years, with Rufinus at Aquileia where he made many Christian friends. Some of these accompanied him when he set out about 373 on a journey through Thrace and Asia Minor into northern Syria. At Antioch, where he made the longest stay, two of his companions died and he himself was seriously ill more than once. During one of these illnesses (about the winter of 373-374) he had a vision which determined him to lay aside his secular studies and devote himself to the things of God. In any case he seems to have abstained for a considerable time from the study of the classics and to have plunged deeply into that of Holy Scripture, under the impulsion of Apollinaris of Laodicea, then teaching in Antioch and not yet suspected of heresy. Seized with the desire for a life of ascetic penance, he went for a time to the desert of Chalcis, to the southwest of Antioch, known as the Syrian Thebaid, from the number of hermits inhabiting it. During this period, however, he seems to have found time for study and writing. He made his first attempt to learn Hebrew under the guidance of a converted Jew; and at this time he seems to have been in relation with the Jewish Christians in Antioch, and perhaps as early as this to have interested himself in the Gospel according to the Hebrews, asserted by them to be the source of the canonical Matthew. ### 2. Sojourn in Rome, 382-385. Returning to Antioch, in 378 or 379, he was ordained by Bishop Paulinus, apparently with some unwillingness and on condition that he still continue his ascetic life. Soon afterward he went to Constantinople to pursue his study of Scripture under the instruction of Gregory Nazianzen. There he seems to have spent two years; the next three (382-385) he was in Rome again, in close intercourse with Pope Damasus and the leading Roman Christians. Invited thither originally to the synod of 382 held for the purpose of ending the schism of Antioch, he made himself indispensable to the pope, and took a prominent place in his councils. Among other duties he undertook the revision of the text of the Latin Bible on the basis of the Greek New Testament and the Septuagint, in order to put an end to the marked divergences in the current western texts (see BIBLE VERSIONS, A, II., 2). This commission determined the course of his scholarly activity for many years, and gave occasion to his most important achievement. He undoubtedly exercised an important influence during these three years, to which, outside of his unusual learning, his zeal for ascetic strictness and the realization of the monastic ideal contributed not a little. He was surrounded by a circle of well-born and well-educated women, including some from the noblest patrician families, such as the widows Marcella and Paula, (qq.v.) with their daughters Blaesilla and Eustochium. The resulting inclination of these women for the monastic life, and his unsparing criticism of the life of the secular clergy, raised a growing hostility against him, especially in the class just named. Soon after the death of his patron, Damasus (Dec. 10, 384), he decided to retire from a position which was fast becoming impossible. ### 3. Residence in Palestine after 385. In August 385 he returned to Antioch, accompanied by his brother Paulinianus and several friends and followed a little later by Paula and Eustochium, who had resolved to leave their patrician surroundings and to end their days in the Holy Land. In the winter of 385 Jerome accompanied them and acted as their spiritual adviser. The pilgrims, joined by Bishop Paulinus of Antioch, visited Jerusalem, Bethlehem, and the holy places of Galilee, and then went to Egypt, the home of the great heroes of the ascetic life. In Alexandria Jerome listened to the blind catechist Didymus expounding the prophet Hosea and telling his reminiscences of the great Anthony, who had died thirty years before; he spent some time in Nitria, admiring the disciplined community life of the numerous inhabitants of that "city of the Lord," but detecting even there "concealed serpents," i.e., the poison of Origenistic heresy. Late in the summer of 388 he was back in Palestine, and settled down for the remainder of his life in a hermit's cell near Bethlehem, surrounded by a few friends, both men and women (including Paula and Eustochium), to whom he acted as priestly guide and teacher. Amply provided by Paula with the means of livelihood and of increasing his collection of books, he led a life of incessant activity in literary production. To these last thirty-four years of his career belong the most important of his works--his version of the Old Testament from the original text, the best of his scriptural commentaries, his catalogue of Christian authors, and the dialogue against the Pelagians, the literary perfection of which even a controversial opponent recognized. To this period also belong the majority of his passionate polemics, which distinguished him among the orthodox Fathers, including notably the treatises occasioned by the Origenistic controversy against Bishop John of Jerusalem and his early friend Rufinus. As a result of his onslaughts on the Pelagians, he was subjected to actual persecution at their hands about the beginning of 416, when a body of excited partizans broke into the monastic buildings, set them on fire, and laid violent hands on the inmates, killing a deacon, and forcing Jerome to seek safety in a neighboring fortress. The date of his death is given by the *Chronicon* of Prosper. His remains, originally buried at Bethlehem, are said to have been later translated to the church of Santa Maria Maggiore at Rome, though other places in the West claim some relics--the cathedral at Nepi boasting the possession of his head, which, according to another tradition, is in the Escurial. ### II. Works 1. Biblical and Exegetical. The writings of Jerome cover nearly all the principal departments of Christian theology; but the most numerous and important belong to that of Biblical study, including especially his labors for the improvement or translation of the Latin text. His knowledge of Hebrew, primarily required for this branch of his work, gives also to his exegetical treatises (especially to those written after 386) a value greater than that of most patristic commentaries, although he is as a rule too much hampered by Jewish tradition, and indulges too often in allegorical and mystical subtleties after the manner of Philo and the Alexandrian school. But he deserves credit for the distinctness with which he emphasizes the difference between the Old-Testament Apocrypha and the *Hebraica veritas * of the canonical books (cf. especially his introductions to the Books of Samuel, see Prologus Galeatus, to the Solomonic writings, to Tobit, and to Judith. His exegetical works fall into three groups: (a) his translations or recastings of Greek predecessors, including fourteen homilies on Jeremiah and the same number on Ezekiel by Origen (translated c. 380 in Constantinople); two homilies of Origen on the Song of Solomon (in Rome, c. 383); and thirty-nine on Luke (c. 389, in Bethlehem). The nine homilies of Origen on Isaiah included among his works were not done by him. Here should be mentioned, as an important contribution to the topography of Palestine, his book *De situ et nominibus locorum Hebraeorum, * a translation with additions and some regrettable omissions of the *Onomasticon* of Eusebius. To the same period (c. 390) belongs the *Liber interpretationis nominum Hebraicorum*, based on a work supposed to go back to Philo and expanded by Origen. (b) Original commentaries on the Old Testament. To the period before his settlement at Bethlehem and the following five years belong a series of short Old-Testament studies- *De seraphim, De voce Osanna, De tribus quaestionibus veteris legis* (usually included among the letters as xviii., xx., xxxvi.); *Quaestiones hebraicae in Genesin; Commentarius in Ecclesiasten; Tractatus septem in Psalmos x.-xvi.* (lost); *Explanationes in Michaeam, Sophoniam, Nahum, Habacuc, Aggaeum. * About 395 he composed a series of longer commentaries, though in rather a desultory fashion-- first on the remaining seven minor prophets, then on Isaiah (c. 395-c. 400), on Daniel (c. 407), on Ezekiel (between 410 and 415), and on Jeremiah (after 415, left unfinished). (c) New-Testament commentaries. These include only Philemon, Galatians, Ephesians, and Titus (hastily composed 387-388); Matthew (dictated in a fortnight, 398); Mark, selected passages in Luke, the prologue of John, and Revelation. Treating the last-named book in his cursory fashion, he made use of an excerpt from the commentary of the North-African Tichonius, which is preserved as a sort of argument at the beginning of the more extended work of the Spanish presbyter Beatus of Libana. But before this he had already devoted to the Apocalypse another treatment, a rather arbitrary recasting of the commentary of Victorinus (d. 303), with whose chiliastic views he was not in accord, substituting for the chiliastic conclusion a spiritualizing exposition of his own, supplying an introduction, and making certain changes in the text. ### 2. Historical. One of Jerome's earliest attempts in the department of history was his *Temporum liber, * composed c. 380 in Constantinople; this is a recasting in Latin of the chronological tables which compose the second part of the *Chronicon* of Eusebius, with a supplement covering the period from 325 to 379. In spite of numerous errors taken over from Eusebius, and some of his own, Jerome produced a valuable work, if only for the impulse which it gave to such later chroniclers as Prosper, Cassiodorus, and Victor of Tannuna to continue his annals. Three other works of a hagiological nature are the *Vita Pauli monachi, * written during his first sojourn at Antioch (c. 376), the legendary material of which is derived from Egyptian monastic tradition; the *Vita Malchi monachi captivi* (c. 391), probably based on an earlier work, although it purports to be derived from the oral communications of the aged ascetic Malchus originally made to him in the desert of Chalcis; and the *Vita Hilarionis, * of the same date, containing more trustworthy historical matter than the other two, and based partly on the biography of Epiphanius and partly on oral tradition. The so-called *Martyrologium sancti Hieronymi* is spurious; it was apparently composed by a western monk toward the end of the sixth or beginning of the seventh century, with reference to an expression of Jerome's in the opening chapter of the *Vita Malchi, * where he speaks of intending to write a history of the saints and martyrs from the apostolic times. But the most important of Jerome's historical works is the book *De viris illustribus, * written at Bethlehem in 392, the title and arrangement of which are borrowed from Suetonius. It contains short biographical and literary notes on 135 Christian authors, from St. Peter down to Jerome himself. For the first seventy-eight Eusebius ( *Hist. eccl.*, i.-viii.) is the main source; in the second section, beginning with Arnobius and Lactantius, he includes a good deal of independent information, especially as to western writers. ### 3. Dogmatic and Polemical. Practically all of Jerome's productions in the field of dogma have a more or less violently polemical character, and are directed against assailants of the orthodox doctrines. Even the translation of the treatise of Didymus on the Holy Spirit into Latin (begun in Rome 384, completed at Bethlehem) shows an apologetic tendency against the Arians and Pneumatomachi. The same is true of his version of Origen's *De principiis* (c. 399), intended to supersede the inaccurate translation by Rufinus. The more strictly polemical writings cover every period of his life. During the sojourns at Antioch and Constantinople he was mainly occupied with the Arian controversy, and especially with the schisms centering around Meletius and Lucifer. Two letters to Pope Damasus (xv. and xvi.) complain of the conduct of both parties at Antioch, the Meletians and Paulinians, who had tried to draw him into their controversy over the application of the terms *ousia* and *hypostasis * to the trinity. At the same time or a little later (379) he composed his *Liber Contra Luciferianos,* in which he cleverly uses the dialogue form to combat the tenets of that faction, particularly their rejection of baptism by heretics. In Rome (c. 383) he wrote a passionate counterblast against the teaching of Helvidius, in defense of the doctrine of the perpetual virginity of Mary, and of the superiority of the single over the married state. An opponent of a somewhat similar nature was Jovinianus, with whom he came into conflict in 392 (*Adversus Jovinianum, * and the defense of this work addressed to his friend Pammachius, numbered xlviii. in the letters). Once more he defended the ordinary catholic practises of piety and his own ascetic ethics in 406 against the Spanish presbyter Vigilantius, who opposed the cultus of martyrs and relics, the vow of poverty, and clerical celibacy. Meanwhile the controversy with John of Jerusalem and Rufinus concerning the orthodoxy of Origen occurred. To this period belong some of his most passionate and most comprehensive polemical works-- the *Contra Joannem Hierosolymitanum * (398 or 399); the two closely-connected *Apologiae contra Rufinum * (402); and the "last word" written a few months later, the *Liber tertius seu ultima responsio adversus scripta Rufini. * For further details see ORIGENISTIC CONTROVERSIES. The last of his polemical works is the skilfully-composed *Dialogue contra Pelagianos * (415). ### 4. Letters. Jerome's letters, both by the great variety of their subjects and by their qualities of style, form the most interesting portion of his literary remains. Whether he is discussing problems of scholarship, or reasoning on cases of conscience, comforting the afflicted, or saying pleasant things to his friends, scourging the vices and corruptions of the time, exhorting to the ascetic life and renunciation of the world, or breaking a lance with his theological opponents, he gives a vivid picture not only of his own mind, but of the age and its peculiar characteristics. The letters most frequently reprinted or referred to are of a hortatory nature, such as xiv., *Ad Heliodorum de laude vitae solitariae*; xxii., *Ad Eustochium de custodia virginitatis*; lii., *Ad Nepotianum de vita clericorum et monachorum, * a sort of epitome of pastoral theology from the ascetic standpoint; liii., *Ad Paulinum de studio scripturarum*; lvii., to the same, *De institutione monachi*; lxx., *Ad Magnum de scriptoribus ecclesiasticis; * and cvii., *Ad Laetam de institutione filiae.* ### III. Theological Position ### 1. His Excellences and Defects. Jerome undoubtedly ranks as the most learned of the western Fathers. He surpasses the others especially in his knowledge of Hebrew, gained by hard study, and not unskilfully used. It is true that he was perfectly conscious of his advantages, and not entirely free from the temptation to despise or belittle his literary rivals, especially Ambrose. His own scholarship is by no means without its weak points. His acquaintance with Greek and Latin literature, both pagan and Christian, is great, but by no means without its gaps and its traces of superficial reading; and his knowledge of Hebrew offers innumerable points of attack to modern criticism. As a general rule it is not so much by absolute knowledge that he shines as by an almost poetical elegance, an incisive wit, a singular skill in adapting recognized or proverbial phrases to his purpose, and a successful aiming at rhetorical effect. His weaknesses are most noticeable in dogmatic subjects. He was so little of a dogmatic theologian that he contributed only indirectly to the development of doctrine. The same may be said of his contribution to moral theology, in which he showed less an interest in abstract ethical speculation than a morbid ascetic zeal and passionate enthusiasm for the monastic ideal. ### 2. His Lack of Independence. It was this attitude that made Luther judge him so severely. In fact, Evangelical readers are generally little inclined to accept his writings as authoritative,

韩

暂时没有译文正文。

英

especially in consideration of his lack of independence as a dogmatic teacher and his submission to orthodox tradition. He approaches his papal patron Damasus with the most utter submissiveness, making no attempt at an independent decision of his own. The Church founded upon the rock of Peter is to decide whether he is to recognize, with the Meletians, three *hypostases* in the divine *ousia*, or, with the Paulinians, one *hypostasis * with three *prosopa* or persons. "Decide, I pray thee, and I shall not fear to speak of three *hypostases*" He may be called not only the forerunner of modern ultra-montanism, but even of the Jesuit unreasoning obedience. The tendency to recognize a superior comes out scarcely less significantly in his correspondence with Augustine (cf. the letters numbered lvi., lxvii., cii-cv., cx.-cxii., cxv.-cxvi. in his own, and xxviii., xxxix., xl., lxvii.-lxviii., lxxi.-lxxv., lxxxi.-lxxxii. in Augustine's). Yet in spite of the defects and weaknesses already mentioned, Jerome has retained a rank among the western Fathers. This would be his due, if for nothing else, on account of the incalculable influence exercised by his Latin version of the Bible upon the subsequent ecclesiastical and theological development. But that he won his way to the title of a saint and doctor of the catholic Church was possible only because he broke away entirely from the theological school in which he was brought up, that of the Origenists. In the artistic tradition of the Roman Catholic Church it has been usual to represent him, the patron of theological learning, as a cardinal, by the side of the Bishop Augustine, the Archbishop Ambrose, and the Pope Gregory. Even when he is depicted as a half-clad anchorite, with cross, skull, and Bible for the only furniture of his cell, the red hat or some other indication of his rank is as a rule introduced somewhere in the picture. (O. ZOCKLER†.) BIBLIOGRAPHY: The article in W. Smith, *Dictionary of Greek and Roman Biography and Mythology*, ii. 459 sqq., London, 1890, is valuable as a bird's-eye view of Jerome's works, particularly in giving a table showing the numbers of the letters as they appear in the three principal arrangements A valuable bibliography is given in Potthast, *Wegweiser*, pp. 595-596, 1370-71; another is in the *British Museum Catalogue and Supplement;* still another in U. Chevalier, *Répertoire des sources historiques du moyen âge*, pp. 1263-1265, Paris. 1894 sqq. The edition of the "Works" by Erasmus, including all then known, appeared, 9 vols., Basel, 1516-20, followed by that of Marianus Victorinus, 9 vols., Rome, 1565-72; then came editions by U. Calixtus and A. Tribbechovius 12 vols., Frankfort, 1684-90, the Benedictine by J. Mertianay, 5 vols., Paris, 1693-1706; the edition of Vallarsi, 11 vols., Verona, 1734-42, reproduced in most subsequent editions including that of *MPL*, xxii.-xxx. *NPNF*, 2d ser., vol. v, contains Eng. transl. of many of the 150 Letters, the Prefaces to his works, and a number of treatises, including his "Life of Hilarion," "Dialogue against Jovinianus" and "Dialogue against the Pelagians," with a valuable *Introduction* and *Life*. The best sources for a life are his own writings, particularly his Letters and Prefaces, the latter of which often give a clear insight into his mental states as well as a knowledge of external events in his life. Augustine refers to him in *Epist*. 261, *Ad Oceanum, Contra Julianum l*., and "City of God," xviii. 42; Sulpicius Severus records his impression, received during a stay with Jerome at Bethlehem lasting six months, in his *Dialogi*, i. 7-9. Elaborate modern treatments of the life are O. Zöckler, *Hieronymus, sein Leben und Wirken*, Gotha, 1865, and A. Thierry, S. Jérôme, la société chrétienne à Rome et l'émigration romaine en terre sainte, 2 vols., Paris, 1875. Consult farther: F. C. Collombet, *Hist. de S. Jérôme: sa vie, ses écrits, et sa doctrine*, 2 vols., Paris, 1844; W. S. Gilly, *Vigilantius and his Times*, pp. 91-124, London, 1844; C. F. de T. Montalembert, *Les Moines d'occident*, i. 144-187, Paris, 1861; E. Bernard, *Les Voyages de S. Jérôme*, ib. 1864; E. L. Cutts, *St. Jerome*, in *Fathers for English Readers*, London, 1878; A. P. F. de Lambel, *S. Jérôme*, Tours, 1880; C. Martin, *Life of St. Jerome*, London, 1888; F. W. Farrar, *Lives of the Fathers*, ii. 150-297, New York, 1889; P. Largent, *S. Jérôme*, Paris, 1898. Eng. transl., London, 1900; G. Grützmacher, *Hieronymus*, 3 vols., Leipsic, 1901-08; J. Brochet, *S. Jérôme et ses ennemis*, Paris, 1906; J. Turmel, *Saint Jérôme*, ib. 1906; Jose de Seguënza (Father Fray), *Life of St. Jerome*, London, 1907; Tillemont, *Mémoires*, vol, xii.; Ceillier, *Auteurs sacrés*, vii. 545-711 et passim (other volumes contain much useful matter, consult Index); Schaff, *Christian Church*, iii. 205-214, 967-988, and in general, the church histories dealing with the period; *DB*, iv. 873-874; *DCB*, iii. 29-50. Volumes dealing with special phases of Jerome's activity are: M. Rahmer, *Die hebräischen Traditionen in den Werken des Hieronymus*, Breslau, 1861; Aemil. Lübeck, *Hieronymus quos noverit scriptores et ex quibus hauserit,* Leipsic, 1872; A. Ebert, *Allgemeine Geschichte der Litteratur des Mittelalters*, i. 176-203, ib. 1874; W. Nowack, *Die Bedeutung des Hieronymus für die alttestamentliche Textkritik*, Göttingen, 1875; H. Goelzer, Étude lexicographique et grammaticale de la latinité de S. Jérôme, Paris, 1884; A. Röhricht, *Essai sur S. Jérôme, exégète*, ib. 1891.
JEROME OF PRAGUE Jerome of Prague

韩

暂时没有译文正文。

英

**JEROME OF PRAGUE:** One of the chief followers and most devoted friends of John Huss; b. at Prague about 1379; burned at the stake at Constance May 30, 1416. His family were well-to-do, and, as he was desirous of seeing the world, after taking his bachelor's degree at the University of Prague in 1398 he secured in 1399 permission to travel. In 1401 he returned to Prague, but in 1402 visited England, and at Oxford copied out the *Dialogus* and *Trialogus* of Wyclif, and thus evinced his interest in the great Oxford doctor. He also became an ardent and outspoken advocate of realism, and ever afterward Wyclifism and realism were charges which were constantly getting him into trouble. In 1403 he was in the Holy Land, in 1405 in Paris. There he took his master's degree, but Gerson drove him out. In 1406 he took the same degree in the University of Cologne, and a little later in that of Heidelberg. Nor was he any safer in Prague, to which he returned, and where, in 1407, he took the same degree. In that year he returned to Oxford, but was again compelled to flee. During 1408 and 1409 he was in Prague, and there his pronounced Czech preferences aroused opposition to him in some quarters. Early in Jan., 1410, he made before the university a cautious speech in favor of Wyclif's philosophical views, and this was cited against him at the council of Constance four years later. In Mar., 1410, the bull against Wyclif's writings was issued, and on the charge of favoring them Jerome was imprisoned in Vienna, but managed to escape into Moravia. For this he was excommunicated by the bishop of Cracow. Returned to Prague, he appeared publicly as the advocate of Huss. In 1413 he was in the courts of Poland and Lithuania, making a deep impression by his eloquence and learning. In Cracow he was publicly examined as to his acceptance of the forty-five articles which the enemies of Wyclif had made up from Wyclif's writings and which they asserted represented Wyclif's heretical teachings. Jerome declared that he rejected them in their general tenor. When, on Oct. 11, 1414, Huss left for the council of Constance, Jerome assured him that if need be he would come to his assistance. This promise he faithfully kept, for on Apr. 4, 1415, he arrived at Constante. As he had, unlike Huss, come without a safe-conduct, his friends persuaded him to return to Bohemia. But on his way back he was arrested at Hirschau on Apr. 20 and taken to Sulzbach, where he was imprisoned, and was returned to Constance on May 23, and immediately arraigned before the council on the charge of fleeing a citation--one having been really issued against him, but as he was away at the time he was ignorant of it. His condemnation was predetermined in consequence of his general acceptance of the views of Wyclif, and also because of his open admiration of Huss. Consequently he had not a fair hearing. His imprisonment was so rigorous that he fell seriously ill and so was induced to recant at public sessions of the council held on Sept. 11 and 23, 1415. The words put into his mouth on these occasions made him renounce both Wyclif and Huss. The same physical weakness made him write in Bohemian letters to the king of Bohemia and to the University of Prague, which were declared to be entirely voluntary and to state his own opinions, in which he announced that he had become convinced that Huss had been rightfully burned for heresy. But this pitiful course did not secure his liberation nor decrease the likelihood of his condemnation. For on May 23, 1416, and on May 26, he was put on trial by the council. On the second day he boldly recanted his recantation, and so on May 30 he was finally condemned and immediately thereafter burned. He died heroically. Jerone was of blameless life, and his attachment to the Roman Church was sincere; consequently, as he rejected Wyclif's teachings as to the Lord's Supper, the council really had slender grounds for his execution. His extensive travels, his wide erudition, his eloquence, his wit, made him a formidable critic of the degenerate church of his day, and it was for his criticisms rather than for heresy that his death was compassed. BIBLIOGRAPHY: The contemporary sources of his life are the well-known letter of Poggio Bracciolini describing his trial (*Opera*, pp. 301-305, translated by William Shepherd, *Life of Poggio Bracciolini*, 2d ed., 1837, pp. 69-79), and the chronicle fo Jan Zizovi, edited by Jaroslav Goll in Bohemian and published in Prague in 1878, *Vypsani o Mistru Jeronymovi z Prahu.* It has been followed by the Bohemian scholars, A. H. Wratislaw in his *John Huss*, London, 1882, pp. 376-408; and Count Lützow, *John Hus*, ib. 1909, pp. 321-334. Consult further: L. Heller, *Hieronymus von Prag*, Lübeck, 1835; C. Becker, *Die beiden böhmischen Reformatoren . . . Hus und Hieronymus von Prag*, Nördlingen, 1858; E. H. Gillett, *Life and Times of John Huss*, 2 vols., New York, 1871; and the literature under HUSS, JOHN.
JEROME, SAINT, ORDERS OF Jerome, Saint, Orders of

韩

暂时没有译文正文。

英

**JEROME, SAINT, ORDERS OF.** See HIERONYMITES; JESUATES.
JERUSALEM, ANGLICAN-GERMAN BISHOPRIC IN Jerusalem, Anglican-German Bishopric in

韩

暂时没有译文正文。

英

**JERUSALEM, ANGLICAN-GERMAN BISHOPRIC IN:** An episcopal see founded in Jerusalem in the nineteenth century by joint agreement of the Anglican and the German Lutheran churches. As a result of more than one missionary effort in the Holy Land in the earlier years of the century, and of the expedition sent thither in 1840 by the so-called Quadruple Alliance, Frederick William IV. of Prussia thought the occasion favorable for establishing a firm position for Evangelical Christians in that country. The Armenian, Greek, and Latin churches had long possessed the advantage of permanent corporations under treaty sanction, the two latter having also powerful protectors, while Protestants had no regular standing. The king therefore sent Bunsen on a special mission to Queen Victoria to lay before the archbishop of Canterbury and the bishop of London, who welcomed the proposal, a plan for the joint erection of a Protestant bishopric under the protection of England and Prussia. The endowment of the see was fixed at £30,000 in order to secure an annual income of £1,200 for the bishop, who was to be appointed by Prussia and England alternately; the archbishop of Canterbury, however, had a veto on the Prussian nomination; in other particulars the organization of the see was practically that of an Anglican bishopric, and its holder was at first subject to the metropolitan authority of Canterbury. His jurisdiction, which extended provisionally beyond Palestine over the Protestants of all Syria, Chaldes, Egypt, and Abyssinia, was to be exercised according to the canons and usages of the Church of England. An act of Parliament (Oct. 5, 1841) authorized the consecration of a bishop for a foreign country who need not be a subject of the British crown nor take the oath of allegiance, while, on the other hand, the clergy ordained by him would have no right to officiate in England or Ireland. It was agreed by both parties that the bishop should protect and aid German communities, among whom the cure of souls should be provided for by German clergy, ordained according to the English rite after examination and subscription of the three ecumenical creeds; that the liturgy was to be compiled from those received in the Lutheran church of Prussia and authorized by the archbishop of Canterbury; that confirmation was to be administered to the Germans by the bishop after the English form. These far-reaching concessions aroused great dissatisfaction among the German Lutherans, and the project was unfavorably received by the High Church party in England on opposite grounds. The first bishop appointed under the agreement was a Jewish convert, Michael Solomon Alexander (b. at Schönlanke, 50 m. n.n.w. of Posen, 1799; became a rabbi, and while serving at Plymouth was converted, 1825. He entered the ministry of the Church of England, became a missionary of the London Society for the Conversion of the Jews, and professor of Hebrew and rabbinical literature at King's College, London). He took up his residence in Jerusalem at the beginning of 1842, and died in the desert near Cairo Nov. 23, 1845. He was succeeded by Samuel Gobat (q.v.), a native of Crémine in the Bernese Alps, and a former missionary in Abyssinia. In his time it became evident that the joint bishopric could not endure. The German community showed a notable increase, numbering 200 members in 1875, and important charitable works were connected with it; a provisional chapel for their worship was erected in 1871, to be replaced by the larger church dedicated in the presence of the German emperor on Oct. 31, 1898. Meantime the relations between the German and English congregations had become more and more merely nominal. Bishop Gobat was succeeded in 1879 by an Englishman, Joseph Barclay (q.v.), who died two years later, and the next nomination came to Germany. The final separation was brought about by the insistence of the English Church that the bishop should subscribe the Thirty-nine Articles and be consecrated according to the English rite. Germany objected to this, and the agreement was finally abolished by the emperor on Nov. 3, 1886, [since which time the bishopric has been maintained by the English Church alone. The present incumbent, George Francis Popham Blyth (q.v.), was consecrated Mar. 25, 1887. His title is "Bishop of the Church of England in Jerusalem and the East," and his jurisdiction includes the English congregations in Egypt, the regions about the Red Sea, Palestine, Syria, Asia Minor (except portions attached to Gibraltar), and the Island of Cyprus]. (PHILIPP MEYER.) BIBLIOGRAPHY: Consult the literature under GOBAT, SAMUEL; W. H. Heckler, *The Jerusalem Bishopric*, London, 1883; H. Smith *The Protestant Bishopric in Jerusalem*, ib. 1846; A. McCaul, *Jerusalem, its Bishop, its Missionaries*, ib. 1866; A. Riley, *Progress and Prospects of the Archbishop of Canterbury's Mission to the Assyrian Christians*, ib. 1889; *Der Herr baut Jerusalem. Eine Denkschrift über das Werk der evangelischen Kirchen in Jerusalem*, Berlin, 1895.
JERUSALEM CHAMBER Jerusalem Chamber

韩

暂时没有译文正文。

英

**JERUSALEM CHAMBER:** A large hall in the deanery of Westminster, London, adjacent to the abbey. The origin of the name is obscure; possibly it is derived from the tapestries with which it is hung, representing in part scenes from Jerusalem or vicinity, including the adoration of the magi, the circumcision, and also the wanderings in the wilderness. The hall was built by Abbot Littlington between 1376 and 1386, and served as the guest-room or parlor of the abbot. In it Henry IV. died (Mar. 20, 1413) when about to set out on a pilgrimage to Jerusalem, and the prophecy that he was to die in Jerusalem was supposed thus to be fulfilled (cf. Shakespeare, *Henry IV.*, part II., act iv., scene 4). It became the meeting-place of the Westminster Assembly (q.v.) when cold weather came on in September, 1643, the hall being heated from its huge fireplace. There Addison (1719) and Congreve (1728) lay in state previous to burial in the abbey. It was the place of session of the company of revisers of the New Testament, and from it the Revised Version of the New Testament is dated: "Jerusalem Chamber, Westminster Abbey, 11th November, 1880." The revisers of the Old Testament also met there when the New-Testament company was not in session. It is the place of meeting of the lower house of convocation of the province of Canterbury. BIBLIOGRAPHY: A. P. Stanley, *Memorials of Westminster Abbey*, reissued in *Everyman's Library*, 1906; W. J. Loftie, *Westminster Abbey*, London, 1889.
JERUSALEM, PATRIARCHATE OF Jerusalem, Patriarchate of

韩

暂时没有译文正文。

英

**JERUSALEM, PATRIARCHATE OF:** ### Early Bishops. A see of the Eastern Church (q.v.), supposed to have been founded by James, the brother of the Lord. Though Jerusalem has remained for Christianity the "holy city," it has never occupied an authoritative position. Nevertheless it produced some noteworthy men, and several synods of importance have been held there. During the crusades it was the center of interest as the object, not as the subject, of action. The patriarchate, that was established there in 451, could never be compared to other patriarchates, not even to that of Antioch. The city lost its importance after its capture by Titus and especially after Hadrian had made it, in 136, the *Ælia Capitolina* in which Jews were no longer tolerated, but the old name of the city never entirely vanished, although it was officially recognized again only in the fourth century. Eusebius states that until the time of Hadrian there were only Jewish Christian bishops in Jerusalem, and afterward only Christians converted from paganism. The list of bishops until c. 300 is contained in the church history of Eusebius and in his *Chronicon*, also in Epiphanius, but it is not wholly trustworthy. Among the Christian bishops of Jerusalem before Juvenal, under whom the patriarchate was founded, may be mentioned especially Narcissus, Alexander, Macarius, Maximus, a supporter of Athanasius, Cyril (q.v.), and John (see ORIGENISTIC CONTROVERSIES). The Council of Nicæa decreed that according to ancient usage the bishop of Ælia should be honored, but the first rank should be given to the bishop of the "metropolis," by which undoubtedly Cæsarea was understood. The relation of Jerusalem to Cæsarea was naturally disturbed from that time. Ambitious and energetic bishops such as Maximus and especially Cyril did not recognize the bishop of Cæsarea as metropolitan. Cyril was opposed successfully by Acacius of Cæsarea, a not less vigorous personality. But Juvenal especially won for Jerusalem an important position. At the Council of Nicæa, however, the questions as to the rank of the bishops were still comparatively simple and only slightly developed from a legal standpoint. Only under the political organization of the empire undertaken by Diocletian did the church constitution provide rigidly circumscribed eparchies and dioceses, and only then did the capital of the political eparchy or metropolis have also ecclesiastical precedence. Jerusalem, however, obtained no political supremacy. Even when Palestine was divided into several distinct provinces by Valens, and afterward, it did not become a metropolis. In Palestina Prima, to which it belonged, Cæsarea remained the chief seat of the episcopacy, in Palestina Secunda it was Scythopolis, in Palestina Tertia Petra. Jerusalem was only fourth in rank. ### During the Crusades. Juvenal (q.v.) induced Emperor Theodosius II. to make him patriarch, and at the council of Chalcedon succeeded in obtaining the three Palestines as patriarchate. At the fifth ecumenical council of Constantinople in 553, it was ordered definitely that Jerusalem should possess the fifth see in the church. There are only a few prominent names in the long series of patriarchs. The history of the patriarchate is intimately connected with the vicissitudes of political history. In 637 the:Mohammedans under Caliph Omar conquered Jerusalem, Patriarch Sophronius mediating the surrender on conditions regarding the toleration of Christian faith. Nevertheless there followed a time of great oppression, no patriarch being elected for more than sixty years (644-705), but even after the restoration of the patriarchate the church was almost always in a destitute condition. The crusades (conquest of Jerusalem 1099) caused a new interruption of the succession of patriarchs. The first patriarch elected after this period (in 1142?) resided at first in Constantinople; only after Saladin in 1187 had taken Jerusalem from the Franks did the patriarchs return to Palestine, although not immediately to the holy city. The chief importance of Palestine, especially of the neighborhood of Jerusalem, from early times lay in the fact that it had become the country of monks and hermits. In the sixth century Palestine took the leadership in Greek monasticism; through men like Euthymios (d. 473), Sabas (d. 532), and especially Theodosius (d. 529), Palestine became a shining example for the whole East, but after the tenth century its importance began to decrease. ### In Middle Ages and Modern Times. In the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries Jerusalem became so desolate that the patriarchs, owing to the failure of their revenues, traveled to collect funds. Tamerlane conquered Syria in 1400, and afterward Palestine was ruled by the Mamelukes from Egypt. In 1517 the Ottoman sultan conquered Syria, and consequently the patriarchate of Jerusalem became dependent upon the ecumenical patriarchate in Constantinople. While in the time of the Arabs only natives of Palestine were patriarchs, now Greeks stepped into the foreground. Many patriarchs of the city fixed their residence at Constantinople; only since 1845 have the patriarchs permanently resided there. At the time of the foundation of the patriarchate the three Palestines comprised not less than fifty-nine bishoprics, at present there are only a few. There is still a metropolitan of Cæsarea, but in 1880 he ruled Haifa only, a place of a thousand inhabitants. Beside the metropolitan of Cæsarea there is still a metropolitan of Scythopolis and Petra, also one of Ptolemais, Bethlehem and Nazareth; beside them, six archbishops and one bishop. According to Baedeker ( *Palestine and Syria*, pp. lix.-lxii., 4th ed., Leipsic, 1906), Syria and Palestine with 3,526,160 inhabitants has 978,068 Christians. The mutessarifat of Jerusalem is estimated to have 341,638 inhabitants (p. lx.), while the number of Christians in Jerusalem amounts to about 13,000 among 60,000 inhabitants (p. 24). There are 6,000 members of the orthodox Greek church in Jerusalem. ### Latin Patriarchate and Other Bishoprics. After the conquest of Jerusalem in 1099 Godfrey of Bouillon as king of the city established a Latin patriarchate which assumed the whole organization of the Palestinian church. The orthodox patriarchate was ignored. There were Latin patriarchs until 1291, nominally even until 1374. They resided in Ptolemais (Accon) until 1291, then in Cyprus. In 1847 Picas IX. named J. Valerga as patriarch (d. 1872), and at present there are in Jerusalem 4,000 Latin Catholics, besides several hundred "United" Catholics of different rites. There are also the patriarchates of the Melchites (united Greeks) and that of the Armenians. The Gregorian Armenians possess a patriarchate of Jerusalem, organized in the seventeenth century. The Jacobites have a bishop and a small church in Jerusalem, and the Abyssinians also have a church. (F. KATTENBUSCH.) BIBLIOGRAPHY: The fundamental work is in Greek by Dositheus, a patriarch of Jerusalem (d. 1707), "On the Patriarchs in Jerusalem," ed. by his successor Chrysanthos, Bucharest, 1715. Consult further: M. Le Quien, *Oriens Christianus*, iii. 101 sqq., Paris, 1740 (important); H. Guthe, in *ZDPV*, xii (1899), 81 sqq.; O. Werner, *Orbis terrarum Catholicus*, chap. xvii., Freiburg, 1890; Schlatter, in Beiträge zur Förderung christlicher Theologie, ii. 3 (1898); E. Hempel, *Untersuchungen über das lateinische Patriarchat von Jerusalem*, Erlangen, 1899; Vailhé, in *Revue de l'orient*, 1899, pp. 44 sqq., 512 sqq., 1900, pp. 19 sqq.; A. Zagarelli, in *ZDPV*, xii (1899), 35 sqq.; T. Zahn, *Forschungen zur Geschichte des Kanons*, vi. 281 sqq., Leipsic, 1900.
JERUSALEM, SYNOD OF, 1762 Jerusalem, Synod of, 1672

韩

暂时没有译文正文。

英

**JERUSALEM, SYNOD OF, 1672:** By far the most important of all the synods held in Jerusalem after the meeting of the apostles (Acts xv.; see APOSTOLIC COUNCIL). From the time of Cyril Lucar (q.v.), the Eastern Church had lain under the suspicion of Calvinistic tendencies, and not altogether without cause. But Cyril's violent death sealed the fate of the movement he had led. His successor, Cyril of Berrhoë, condemned his teaching at a synod in Constantinople in 1638, and so did his successor, Parthenius, four years later, in a synod at Jassy. Peter Mogilas, the Russian metropolitan of Kiev, put together a confession of faith in 1643, for which he obtained the sanction of Parthenius and of the patriarchs of Alexandria, Antioch, Jerusalem, and Moscow. Meantime the Roman Catholic and the Protestant parties in the West were trying to support their respective sides by adducing Eastern testimony, not always, if the Greeks are to be believed, quite accurately. Thus the French Calvinist preacher, Jean Claude, in his controversy on the Eucharist with Nicole and Arnauld, appealed to the older Eastern writers, whose teaching seemed to have been revived by Cyril and his adherents; the Jansenists, supported by the French court, to the orthodox profession of the Greeks. Nectarius (q.v.), patriarch of Jerusalem, published a book against Claude; and his successor Dositheus (q.v.) considered it necessary to take still more formal action, not without pressure from the French ambassador, Olivier de Nointel, who influenced him to call a synod at Jerusalem to refute these accusations of Calvinism. This synod was attended by most of the prominent representatives of the Eastern Church, including six metropolitans besides Dositheus and his retired predecessor, and its decrees received so universal a sanction as to make them more truly an expression of the faith of the Greek Church than any later synod could claim for its own. Its occasion is seen in the fact that the first part of its discussions is directed to the refutation of the "shameless" attempts of the Calvinists to support their teaching by Eastern authority. This part contains the acts of the councils of Constantinople and Jassy, and reviews the recent history with the purpose of showing the freedom of the patriarchate from error, while at the same time anathematizing the heretical writings and propositions which bore the name of a patriarch. The second part contains the declaration of orthodox faith which Dositheus, in the name of the assembled Fathers, set forth in opposition to the rejected tenets of Cyril. It follows them point by point, adhering as far as possible to their structure, but changing their substance into an orthodox content. It contains eighteen *decreta* and four *quaestiones*. The former deal with the Trinity; Holy Scripture and its exposition by the Church; predestination; the origin of evil, and the relation to it of divine providence; original sin; the incarnation; the mediatorial office of Christ and the saints; faith working by love; the Church, its episcopate, its membership, its infallibility; justification by faith and works; the capability of natural and regenerate man; the seven sacraments; infant baptism; the Eucharist; and the condition of the soul after death. The questions cover the canon of Scripture, whether it can be understood by all, the matter of images, and the cultus of the saints. Taken as a whole, the "Shield of Orthodoxy," as the entire pronouncement was entitled, is one of the most important expressions of the faith of the Eastern Church. (RUDOLPH HORMANN.) BIBLIOGRAPHY: A good edition of the Acts is in Harduin, *Concilia*, xi. 179-272, and a critical edition in E. J. Kimmel, *Monumenta fidei ecclesiae occidentalis*, Jena, 1850; they are in English in *The Acts and Decrees . . . transl. from the Greek . . . containing the Confession . . . of Cyril Lukar, with Notes by J. N. W. B. Robertson*, London, 1899. Consult: W. Gass, *Symbolik der griechischen Kirche*, pp. 79 sqq., Berlin, 1872; F. Kattenbusch, *Vergleichende Konfessionskunde*, p. 145, Freiburg, 1890; *KL*, vi. 1359-1360.
JERUSALEM, JOHANN FRIEDRICH WILHELM Jerusalem, Johann Friedrich Wilhelm

韩

暂时没有译文正文。

英

**JERUSALEM,** yê-ru'za-lem, **JOHANN FRIEDRICH WILHELM:** Apologist and theologian; b. at Osnabrück, Hanover, Nov. 22, 1709; d. at Wolfenbüttel (7 m. s. of Brunswick) Sept. 2, 1789. He began the study of theology at Leipsic in 1727, continued his studies in Leyden, and for a time preached in the German church of that city. He was appointed court preacher to Duke Charles of Brunswick in Wolfenbüttel and tutor of his son (1742); in the following year he became provost of the monasteries of the Holy Cross and St. Ægidius, in 1749 abbot of Marienthal, in 1752 abbot of Riddagshausen, and in 1771 vice-president of the consistory of Wolfenbüttel. He founded the Karolinum, an institution of learning in Brunswick, and organized the system of the poor laws. His most important work is *Betrachtungen über die vornehmsten Wahrheiten der Religion* (2 vols., Brunswick, 1768-79), which was translated into many languages and was still used in the beginning of the nineteenth century as a work on apologetics. Jerusalem took also a significant rank as preacher; two collections of his sermons appeared in Brunswick, 1745-53. His son, Karl Wilhelm Jerusalem, was the friend of Goethe who committed suicide at Wetzlar in 1772 and gave occasion for *Die Leiden des jungen Werthers*. (A. HAUCK.) BIBLIOGRAPHY: An autobiography was printed in his *Nachgelassene Schriften*, Brunswick, 1793. Consult J. M. H. Döring, *Die deutschen Kanzelredner des 18. und 19. Jahrhunderts, * Neustadt, 1830; *ADB*, xiii. 779; *KL*, vi, 1365-1366.
JESSOPP, AUGUSTUS Jessopp, Augustus

韩

暂时没有译文正文。

英

**JESSOPP,** jes'ep, **AUGUSTUS:** Church of England; b. at Cheshunt (13 m. n. of London), Herts, Dec. 20, 1824. He was educated at St. John's College, Cambridge (B.A., 1848), and was ordered deacon in 1848 and ordained priest in 1850. He was curate of Papworth St. Agnes, Cambridgeshire, in 1848-55, master of Helston Grammar School, Cornwall, in 1855-59, headmaster of King Edward VI.'s School, Norwich, in 1859-79, and has been rector of Scarning, Norfolk, since 1879. He has been honorary canon of Norwich, as well as honorary fellow of St. John's College, Cambridge, and of Worcester College, Oxford, since 1895, and chaplain in ordinary to the king since 1902. He was select preacher at Oxford in 1896, and has written or edited *Donne's Essays in Divinity* (London, 1855); *Norwich School Sermons* (1864); *Dissertations on the Fragments of Primitive Liturgies and Confessions of Faith contained in the Writings of the New Testament* (1871); *Letters of F. Henry Walpole, from the Original Manuscripts at Stonyhurst College* (Norwich, 1873); *One Generation of a Norfolk House: A Contribution to Elizabethan History* (London, 1876); *History of the Diocese of Norwich* (1884); *Autobiography of Roger North* (1887); *Arcady for Better for Worse* (1887); *The Coming of the Friars, and Other Historical Essays* (1888); *The Trials of a Country Parson* (1890); *Studies of a Recluse* (1892); *Random Roaming* (1893); *Simon Ryan the Peterite* (1896); *Frivola* (1896); *The Life and Miracles of St. William of Norwich, by Thomas of Monmouth* (in collaboration with M. R. James, Cambridge, 1896); *John Donne, Sometime Dean of St. Paul's* (1897); *Before the Great Pillage* (1901); and *William Cecil, Lord Burghley* (1904).
JESSUP, HENRY HARRIS Jessup, Henry Harris

韩

暂时没有译文正文。

英

**JESSUP,** jes'up, **HENRY HARRIS:** Presbyterian; b. at Montrose, Pa., Apr. 19, 1832. He was graduated at Yale in 1851 and Union Theological Seminary in 1855. In the latter year he went to Tripoli, Syria, under the auspices of the American Board of Commissioners for Foreign Missions, remaining there until 1860, when he went to Beirut, where he has since remained. Since 1870 he has worked under the auspices of the Presbyterian Board of Foreign Missions, and has been professor of church history, theology, and homiletics in the Syrian Theological Seminary, Beirut. He was a member of the Turco-American commission on indemnities after the massacres of Oct., 1860-July, 1861. In theology he is Calvinistic according to the Revised Confession of Faith of the Presbyterian Church, and has written *Women of the Arabs* (New York, 1874); *Syrian Home Life* (1874); The Mohammedan Missionary Problem (Philadelphia, 1880); and *The Life of Kamil* (1894). He has in preparation *A History of the Syria Mission* (2 vols.).
JESUATE Jesuate

韩

暂时没有译文正文。

英

**JESUATE,** jez'yu-êt: A religious order, originally called *Clerici apostolici Sancti Hieronymi*, founded at Sienna about 1360 by Giovanni Colombini, a wealthy merchant and senator. After living with his wife in continence for some time, he separated entirely from her and placed her in a convent, with his daughters, giving them a portion of his property. The rest he bestowed on the religious and poor and, with his friend Francesco Miani, lived in poverty, caring for the sick and preaching. Expelled from Sienna, he continued his work in Arezzo and elsewhere. In 1367, when Urban V. returned from Avignon to Rome, he was besought by Colombini and his followers to permit them to found an order and to assign them a habit; but this was refused for some months because of a suspicion that the Jesuates were connected with the heretical Fraticelli. This Colombini was able to disprove, and the order was confirmed. After the founder's death (July 31, 1367), Francesco Miani assumed control. The Jesuates devoted themselves chiefly to the care of the sick and to works of mercy, and consisted of lay brothers with minor vows. Their rule was originally a mixture of Benedictine and Franciscan elements, but later was changed to a somewhat modified Augustinian rule. In 1668 the order, which had already been reformed by Paul V. in 1606, became so worldly that it was suppressed by Clement IX. The female branch of the order, founded at Sienna by Caterina Colombini (d. 1387), a kinswoman of Giovanni Colombini, preserved the original vigor of its rule, and consequently survived the male Jesuates fully two centuries. (O. ZÖCKLER†.) BIBLIOGRAPHY: *Vita J. Columbini*, in *ASA* July, viii. 354-398, and by G. Bonafide, Rome, 1642. Later working over of the material is given in the lives by F. Posel, Regensburg, 1846; and Countess Rambuteau, Paris, 1889. Consult: Helyot, *Ordres monastiques*, iii. 407 sqq.; Heimbucher, *Orden und Kongregationen*, ii. 240-242; *KL*, vi. 1371 sqq.
JESUITS Jesuits

韩

暂时没有译文正文。

英

### JESUITS. Organization and Discipline of the Society. Qualifications of Candidates (§ 1). Analysis of the Constitutions (§ 2). On the Virtue of Obedience (§ 3). Rules and Other Manuals (§ 4). History of the Society. Privileges and Exemptions (§ 1). Early Achievements in Italy, Portugal, and France (§ 2). In Germany and Austria (§ 3). In Belgium, Holland, and England (§ 4). Mission Work in America (§ 5). Unethical Teachings and Practises (§ 6). Internal Development and Moral Declension (§ 7). Decline and Proscription (§ 8). Illicit Continuance and Restoration (§ 9). Female Orders in Imitation of Jesuits. The Jesuits (*Societas Jesu*, "Company of Jesus") is " the most wide-spread of all the religious orders founded in modern times." For an account of the founding of the order see IGNATIUS OF LOYOLA. ### I. Organization and Discipline of the Society: 1. Qualifications of Candidates. The *Constitutiones Societatis Jesu cum earum declarationibus,* having been approved by Paul III., Julius III., and Paul IV., and commended after careful examination by the Council of Trent, was again emphatically approved and confirmed by Gregory XIII. (Feb., 1582) and printed in Rome in 1583. The text is accompanied by marginal declarations or explanatory notes printed in italics, with a full alphabetical index. The end of the society is declared to be the salvation and perfection of the souls of its members as well as of men in general. The ordinary vows of obedience, poverty, and chastity are required of all members, and that of poverty is explained so as to exclude absolutely not only individual but collective possessions. Receiving compensation for masses, sermons, lectures, or any sort of religious service, even in the form of alms, is absolutely prohibited (*Examen*, i. 3). An exception is made in the case of colleges and houses of probation with their buildings and revenues. *Scholars* take the three ordinary vows of poverty, obedience and celibacy and promise to enter the higher ranks of service if the glory of God should require it. *Coadjutors* or helpers, whether in spiritual or in temporal things, take only the same. Their promotion to the ranks of the Professed depends on their faithfulness and efficiency in the things committed to them. The *Professed*, or members of the inner circle, who possess the secrets of the order, and from whom the officers are chosen, take in addition to these vows a special vow to the pope, that they will journey without parleying and without asking for traveling expenses, whithersoever he may order, whether among believers or unbelievers. A fourth class is made up of those whose position in the order has not yet been determined, but who are in readiness to enter either grade that the superior may direct. A period of probation (novitiate) usually lasting for two years, in which the candidate is trained in obedience and thoroughly tested as regards aptitude, mental, physical, moral, and spiritual, for the purposes of the order, precedes entrance into any of the grades mentioned (*Examen*, i. 12). Inquiry is to be made of each candidate whether he has ever been separated from the Church by reason of denial of the faith or falling into errors or into schism; whether he has perpetrated homicide or become infamous on account of enormous sins; whether he has belonged to another order; whether he has been bound by the chain of matrimony or servitude; whether he is afflicted with poor judgment. Affirmative answers to these questions disqualify for admission (*Examen*, ii.). Careful inquiry, is further to be made respecting name, age, birth-place, legitimacy of birth, religious character of ancestors, names, occupations, and worldly condition of parents (similar inquiries about brothers and sisters); whether he is under obligation to marry, whether he has any son, whether he is in debt or has civil liabilities, whether he has a trade and can read and write, whether he has any disease, has received ecclesiastical ordination, or is under a vow; what have been his habits of religious devotion, reading, and meditation; whether he entertains any religious opinions different from those of the Church, whether he is ready to leave the world and to follow the counsels of our Lord Jesus Christ, whether he fully purposes to live and die in the society; and when, where, and by whom was he first moved to take this position. The answers expected to these inquiries are manifest (ibid. iii.). The candidate is required to relinquish his possessions, if not immediately, at latest after one year. Intercourse with relatives is restricted and practically prohibited. He must agree to have all his defects and errors pointed out to him. He must submit to training in the "Spiritual Exercises," and spend a month doing menial work in a hospice and another month in traveling as a mendicant. For the rest of the two years of probation many other tests are applied, the aim being to make the candidate as a "corpse or a staff" in the hands of his superior. The candidate must express a willingness to become a secular coadjutor or whatever his superiors may determine to be for the greater glory of God and to be willing in all things to submit his own feeling and judgment to that of the society (ibid. v.). For coadjutors and scholars a still further testing of absolute obedience and requisite efficiency is provided (ibid. vi.-viii.). ### 2. Analysis of the Constitution. The body of the work consists of eight books. Part I. treats of "Admission to Probation." To the general belongs the final decision as to whether an applicant shall be accepted or rejected. The qualities sought in those to be admitted are given in detail: good appearance, health, youth, physical strength and endurance, sound doctrine or aptitude for learning it, discretion in doing things or good judgment for acquiring it, good memory, avidity for all virtue and spiritual perfection, quietness, constancy, strenuosity in service, zeal for the salvation of souls, gracefulness of speech, honorable appearance, nobility, wealth, good reputation (these last not necessary, but highly desirable). Detailed directions are given (Part I.) concerning the manner of admitting those who seem to have in sufficient measure the qualities desired. Part II. pertains to dismissing those who have been received on probation and have proved unfit. The main thing here is to satisfy the person to be dismissed that no injustice is done him, but that the greater glory of God requires his dismission, and so to retain his friendship, and to satisfy the rest of the household that he has not been arbitrarily dealt with. Part III. treats of the training and promoting of those who remain in probation. The cultivation of all the mental, moral, and spiritual elements that are considered desirable, especially of prompt and cheerful obedience and deep interest in the purposes of the society, and such hygienic living as will conserve and increase the physical fitness of the probationer, are described in detail. No stress is laid upon asceticism, perfect physical condition being the thing sought. Part IV. treats of the education of the members and education as a means of influence upon those that are without. Conditions of admission, discipline, and curricula, with prescribed texts, in theology and in liberal arts, science, and philosophy are somewhat minutely given. Public schools to be open to non-Jesuits are to be conducted in connection with the colleges. Universities are to be established under the auspices of the society; but it is not thought wise for the society to burden itself with faculties of law or medicine. The ultimate aim of all educational effort was evidently to gain an absolute mastery over the pupil and the devotion of his powers to the purposes of the society. Part V. treats of the things that pertain to admission into the body of the society, that is, into the rank of the "professed." The right of admitting belongs to the general, but he may delegate it to subordinates when he thinks it expedient to do so. Only those are to be admitted into the inner circle who have manifested the possession in a high degree of the gifts and graces, the acquisitions, the enthusiasm, the efficiency, the absolute devotion to the interests of the order that the system was designed and adapted to produce. Out of this body come the officials, including the general. Part VI. deals with the demeanor and duties of the professed. The utmost stress is laid upon obedience and the scrupulous execution of the constitution and rules of the society. They must love poverty as the strong wall of religion and preserve it in its purity. Part VII. treats of the things that pertain to the distribution of the professed throughout the Lord's vineyard for the good of mankind ( *proximorum*). Their obligation to go without questioning wherever the pope or the general may direct and to devote themselves unsparingly to the accomplishment of what ever tasks may be assigned is much emphasized. Part VIII. deals with methods to be employed in keeping the parts of the organization in close touch with the head and with each other. The utmost importance is attached to the vital unity of the body, and frequent and full correspondence with the head and among those charged with various enterprises is insisted upon. Provision is also made for general congregations for the discussion and settlement of important matters. It is thought to be in the interest of unity that the general reside in Rome, where he can always be reached, and that each provincial reside continuously at the point determined upon in his province. In case of the death or retirement of the general, a general congregation is to be called for the election of his successor, and detailed directions are given for the election. The general is expected to appoint a vicar to assist him and to summon the general congregation in case of his demise. Part IX. deals with the functions and authority of the general and of the authority and watch-care of the society over the general. The society controls the expenses and manner of living of the general. He is subject to constant watching, to admonition, and to deposition in case his conduct or teaching should warrant it. He must confess regularly to a properly authorized confessor. The provincials are to lead in proceedings against the general. Part X. (and last) treats of the manner in which the whole body of the society may be conserved and increased in its good estate. The vow taken by the professed closes the work. He promises that he will never consent to a change of the ordinances concerning poverty, "unless at any time from just cause of exigent affairs it seems that poverty ought rather to be restricted," that he will never directly or indirectly put forth effort to secure his own election or promotion to any office or dignity in the society, that he will never seek or consent to be elected to any office or dignity outside of the society unless compelled by obedience to higher authority, that he will report on any brother that he knows to be seeking office or promotion, that if he should accept an ecclesiastical position he would have constant regard to the obedience due to the general. For "The Spiritual Exercises," see EXERCITIA SPIRITUALIA. ### 3. "On the Virtue of Obedience." Ignatius' tract "On the Virtue of Obedience" stands side by side with the Spiritual Exercises and the Constitution as one of the foundation books of the society. It is a letter of less than 4,000 words addressed in April, 1553, to "the brethren of the Society of Jesus who are in Lusitania." He wishes his brethren, while being perfect in all spiritual gifts and ornaments, to be preeminent in the virtue of obedience: " The only virtue that inserts the other virtues in the mind and guards those that have been inserted. While this flourishes, beyond doubt the rest will flourish. . . . Our salvation was wrought by Him who 'became obedient unto death.' . . . We may the more easily suffer ourselves to be surpassed by other religious orders in fastings, vigils, and other asperity of food and clothing, which each by its own ritual and discipline holily receives: I could wish, dearest brethren, that you who serve our Lord Jesus Christ in this society should be conspicuous indeed in true and perfect obedience and abdication of will and especially of judgment and for the true and germane progeny of this same society to be distinguished as it were by this note, that they never look upon the person himself whom they obey, but in him look upon Christ the Lord for whose sake they obey. Even if the superior be ornamented and furnished with prudence, goodness, and whatever other gifts, he is not to be obeyed on account of these things, but solely because he is God's vicegerent by whose authority he performs his functions, who says 'he that heareth you heareth me,' 'he that despiseth you despiseth me': nor, on the contrary, even if the superior should be somewhat deficient in counsel or prudence, ought there to be any remission of obedience on that account, so long as he is one's superior; since it has reference to the person of Him whose wisdom can not be deceived: and He will supply whatever may be wanting to his minister, whether he be lacking in probity or in other ornaments--seeing that when Christ had said in express words 'The Scribes and Pharisees sit on Moses' seat,' he straightway added 'All things therefore whatsoever they have said to you, observe and do, but refuse to do according to their works.' " He proceeds to show that mere outward obedience to a superior, with inner disapproval of the command, is the "lowest and utterly imperfect form of obedience, not worthy of the name of virtue unless it ascends to another grade, which makes one's own the will of the superior and so agrees with it that not only the execution appears in the effect, but also the consent in the affection, and so both will the same thing and disapprove the same thing." Obedience is declared to be " the sacrifice of one's own will, which is the highest part of the mind," the highest possible offering we can make to God. He warns his readers never to attempt to bend the will of a superior to their own. This would be not to conform your will to the divine, but to wish to regulate the divine will by the standard of your own. As a third degree of obedience, which he would have his readers attain, he urges that they should not only will the same, but also think the same as the superior; they should subject their judgment to his. The devout will is able to sway the intelligence, so that "whatever things the superior commands and thinks may seem to the inferior right and true." The best way to accomplish this "holocaust" so essential to personal peace and tranquillity, alacrity, and diligence, and to the unity and efficiency of the society, is "not to look upon the person of the superior as a man obnoxious to errors and miseries, but as Christ himself, who is the highest wisdom, immeasurable goodness, infinite love, who can neither be deceived nor does he wish to deceive you; and since you are conscious within yourselves that by the love of God you have subjected yourselves to the yoke of obedience, that in following the will of the superior you follow more certainly the divine will, do not allow yourselves to doubt that the most faithful love of the Lord will go on by his own ministry which he has appointed over you to govern you from step to step and lead you in right ways. Therefore the voice of your superior and his orders receive not otherwise than as the voice of Christ." On Jan. 1, 1604, Acquaviva, general of the society, prescribed the reading of this tract by every member of the society every two days. It is appended to the *Regulae Societatis Jesu* in the edition published in Rome in 1616 and frequently afterward. ### 4. Rules and Other Manuals. Early in the history of the society a body of rules was printed for the guidance of members in private and in public life. The edition of 1616, published in Rome by Bernardus de Angelis, secretary of the society, embraces additions made by the Seventh General Congregation. It begins with a summary of the Constitution. "Common rules" to be observed by all regarding general deportment, religious exercises, reading, etc., follow. Next come the "Rules of the Provincial," the responsible leader in a province, and his assistants; those of the provost of the house of the professed; those of the college rector; those of the examiner who has to pass upon the qualifications of candidates for admission into the society; those of the master of the novices (with a list of ascetical books suitable for his use); instruction for rendering an account of one's conscience, comprising fourteen questions to be answered in confession and intended to cover all experiences of soul for six months (a year in case of the professed) follows. Rules for those who go on pilgrimages, for assistants of provosts and rectors, consultors (experts without office available for the settlement of difficulties that may arise in any institution of the society), the monitor (whose function is to admonish superiors and report to consultors, to collect the letters of consultors and send them to superiors, etc.). A formula for writing letters by superiors to provincials and by provincials to the general, and directions for the preparation of the annual catalogue of each institution with full information about each member, follow. Rules for prefects, priests, preachers, proctors, librarians, sextons, those who have the care of the sick, etc., are also given. The *Institulum Societatis Jesus* (Rome, 1606, Lyons, 1607) and the *Corpus Institutionum S. J.* (Antwerp, 1709) include a collection of the works already mentioned, with the "Decrees and Canons of the General Congregations," the "Ordinances of the Generals," and some ascetical works. In 1614 there was published at Cracow what purported to be the secret instructions given to members of the society as to the means to be used to acquire influence over the rich and the noble and to get the advantage of members of other orders and of secular priests in the confessional and other kinds of service. It abounds in worldly-wise advice and recommends the use of all kinds of chicanery for the enrichment and aggrandizement of the society. It consists of seventeen short chapters. It has been frequently reprinted and translated into many languages, thus becoming widely circulated. It seems highly probable that Hieronymus Zahorowski, who had recently severed his connection with the society, published the book with the co-operation of Count George Zbaraski and other Polish enemies of the order. The repudiation of the work by the society is no conclusive evidence of its spuriousness. It has been its policy from the beginning to deny all discreditable reports and to take the chances of being proved unveracious. If the *Monita Secreta* was really written by Jesuit officials, it is probable that it was never printed by them and that copies in manuscript were very closely guarded before and especially after the publication of 1614. On the other hand, there is no conclusive proof of the genuineness of the work. It embodies in true Jesuit style what was believed to be the actual practise of members, and if it be formally a fabrication, it was written by one who was thoroughly conversant with the society's literature, modes of thought, and practise at that time. There is nothing in the work that is more cynical or immoral than much that is found in acknowledged Jesuit writings. ### II. History of the Society: 1. Privileges and Exemptions. The popes from Paul III. to Urban VIII. bestowed one after another almost every imaginable privilege and exemption upon the society, including the performing of religious services of all kinds without regard to the rights of the clergy and of other orders and even when an interdict is in force. Nothing seems to have been omitted that would add to their influence and authority (cf. *Litterae apostolicae, quibus institutio, confirmatio, et varia privilegia continentur Societatis Jesu*, Antwerp, 1635, and often, with later documents, and *Compendium privilegiorum et gratiarum Societatis Jesu*, Antwerp, 1635). These privileges and exemptions covered nearly all cases ordinarily reserved to the popes and all cases ordinarily reserved to the bishop, ordination, unction, chrism, adjuration, exorcism, confirmation, distribution of indulgences, granting divorces, baptizing bells, making new statutes, dispensing from fasts and prohibited foods for members of the order and others, neglecting canonical hours for worship and masses, and acting as advocates, judges, and guardians in all sorts of cases, criminal, civil, or mixed. Gregory XIII. ordered that all refusing to assist them in work of this kind be excommunicated. He expressly commanded archbishops, bishops, and other clergy to assist the Jesuits laboring within their jurisdiction with their power and resources and never to permit them to be impeded, molested, expelled, or deprived of their possessions. In 1575 he appointed Jesuits as pontifical librarians and charged them with the censorship of books. Armed with such privileges, and with the resources of the whole papal church at their command, it is so wonder that they multiplied in numbers and planted their institutions of learning and their religious houses throughout the world; nor that they became arrogant and oppressive. That they should have incurred the jealousy and hatred of the other religious orders, of the secular clergy, and of the prelates, and that they should have struck terror to the hearts of Protestants in regions exposed to their ravages, might have been expected. A learned Roman Catholic writer (Caspar Scioppius [?] in his *Anatomia Societatis Jesu, n.p., 1668) charges them with attempting to establish for themselves a monopoly of things of the greatest necessity and dignity: * "Of grace with God, that nobody may be able to be in God's grace nor to obtain indulgence or absolution of sins save through the Jesuits; of grace with princes and magnates, that no one may be able to obtain honors, offices or wealth from them, save through the Jesuits; of the Catholic faith, that no one may be able from being a pagan to become a Christian or from being a heretic to become a Catholic, save by the work of the Jesuits; of perfection, that no one may be able to be perfect or holy, save through the Jesuits, i.e., unless he be received into their society; of learning, that no one may be able to learn divine and human letters, unless he avail himself of Jesuit masters; of virtue or good morals, that no one may become well moralised, save through the admonitory examples of the Jesuits; of reputation or good name, that no one may be esteemed good or learned, save by their votes, or at least with the suffrance of the Jesuits" (p. 11; for several other classified and tabulated statements against the society cf. pp. 9-23). ### 2. Early Achievements in Italy, Portugal, and France. Having approved of the constitution of the society and conferred upon it extensive privileges, Paul III. proceeded at once to employ its members in the most difficult and responsible undertakings. In fact his eagerness to send his associates on missions was embarrassing to the founder, who feared that such prominent service would interfere with the maintenance of obedience, humility, and poverty that he thought essential. They soon came into sharp rivalry with the Dominicans, the recognized leaders in philosophy and theology, and formerly the promoters and executive officers of the Inquisition (see DOMINIC, SAINT, AND THE DOMINICAN ORDER). In the Council of Trent, especially the later sessions, they were the confidential spokesmen of the papal teaching and policy and took a leading part in the revival and the establishment of the Inquisition wherever it was practicable. In Italy the influence of the society soon became paramount. The Collegium Romanum, endowed with special privileges and most generously supported by the pope and his friends, carried on the educational work of the society with the greatest enthusiasm and success (1550 onward). Side by side with this the Collegium Germanicum was established by Gregory XIII. (1753) for the education of those who were to carry forward the Counter-Reformation in German-speaking countries. It was the policy of the pope and of the Jesuit administration to fill this college with students of noble birth, though it was not found practicable to make the restriction absolute. About the middle of the seventeenth century the nobles were in the majority (cf. documents cited by Reusch in *ZKG*, xiii. 269-270, 1892). The king of Portugal invited Francis Xavier (q.v.) and Simon Rodriguez d'Azendo, two of Ignatius' earliest and most zealous associates, to his court and committed himself to the fullest cooperation with the society. Rodriguez became his chief counselor and Xavier went on his great mission to India and China under the king's patronage. The Jesuits were soon in control of the college at Coimbra, and until a reaction occurred in 1578 they virtually ruled the state. In Spain their conquest was less rapid and complete. They were opposed to the policy of conciliation in relation to Protestantism that had been adopted by Charles V. The Dominicans, who had gained great prestige in Spain because of their leadership in the drastic measures against Mohammedans and Jews as well as against nascent Protestantism, bitterly opposed the society, partly because of its early manifestation of Pelagian tendencies. Melchior Cano (q.v.) denounced the Jesuits as the forerunners of Antichrist (II Tim, iii. 2). Philip II., though in accord with their uncompromising hostility to Protestantism and influenced to some extent by them, never surrendered himself completely to their domination. The winning of Francis of Borgia (q.v.), duke of Gandia, who had been a courtier of Charles V., and had been employed in important administrative offices, to membership (1548) was no doubt the most important addition to the personnel of the society since it received papal recognition. He was to prove one of the ablest and most enthusiastic workers and to become the third general (July 2, 1565). The universities of Alcala and Salamanca resisted strenuously the efforts of the Jesuits to gain control; but they finally succeeded in establishing themselves in these centers of influence. Further progress was less difficult. The society encountered antipathy and mistrust in France. A number of youths sent by Ignatius to the University of Paris in 1540 were driven away. The archbishop of Paris, the parliament of Paris, and the Sorbonne united their forces in opposition to the aggressions of the body. The cardinal of Lorraine supported the society. The Jesuits did not succeed until 1661 in establishing a college in France, and this (Clermont) was long denied university privileges. The Jesuits Auger and Pelletian preached and labored with such efficiency in Lyons (1559) as to cause an uprising against the Huguenots that resulted in the burning of their books, the banishment of their preachers, and the suppression of their worship. A Jesuit college was established there in commemoration of their triumph. They persistently opposed Henry of Navarre in his struggle for the crown, refused to pray for him after his submission to the pope, and denounced the Edict of Nantes. Henry did everything in his power to conciliate them, recalled a decree of banishment that had been issued against them, made a Jesuit his confessor, and sought to use the Jesuits in defending himself against Spain, where the Dominicans were highly influential. He was not content with giving to the Jesuits a foremost place in France, but he sought to secure their restoration to Venice, whence they had been expelled in 1606, and to extend the sphere of their influence in other lands. He eagerly promoted the canonization of Ignatius Loyola and Francis Xavier (1608). Yet he was distrusted by the society and when, as he was on the point of marching an army against the emperor and his allies, he was assassinated by Frangois Ravaillac, the Huguenots charged that Jesuit influence had compassed his death, though direct instigation could not be proved. After the death of Henry IV. the society became still more powerful in France, and the Revocation of the Edict of Nantes (q.v.) and the destruction of the Huguenots (q.v.) were largely due to their persistent efforts. The Jansenists asserted that their theology was Pelagian and that their morals were lax (q-v.; see also A RNAULD; D U V ERQIER DE H AURANNE, J EAN; P ASCAL, B LAISE; P ORT R OYAL; Q UESNEL, P ASQUIER). ### 3. In Germany and Austria. Germany and Austria were the scenes of their greatest triumphs. The first Jesuit to enter Germany was Lefèvre, who, in 1640, accompanied Ortiz, deputy of Charles V., to the Diet of Worms. In the city of Worms he found only one priest that was not a concubinary or polluted with crime, so with a zeal rarely surpassed he undertook to rally the demoralized Catholic forces and to inspire with love for Romanism and hatred for Protestantism the few priests and laymen that were amenable to his influence. He participated in the Diet of Regensburg (Apr., 1641), at which Butzer and Melanchthon represented the Evangelical interests. Deeply lamenting the lack of zeal and efficiency in the Catholics present, he invited bishops, prelates, electors, ambassadors, vicars-general, theologians, and others to his courses in training in the Spiritual Exercises. He was made the confessor of the son of the duke of Savoy. Germans, Portuguese, Spanish, and Italians eagerly sought his spiritual guidance. He extended his efforts to Nuremberg. Having been ordered by the general to Portugal, his place was taken by LeJay, whose chief work was to train the priests for aggressive work against heresy and to inspire the nobles with the conviction that heresy must be exterminated at whatever cost. He was soon reinforced by Bobadilla, who in 1541 had achieved a great success in the diocese of Viterbo, had formed an intimate acquaintance at Innsbruck with Ferdinand I., king of the Romans, won him to the Jesuit way of thinking, and accompanied him to Vienna, and had supported the Catholic cause in a number of diets. A college was established in Vienna, which soon became affiliated with the university. LeJay succeeded in filling with enthusiastic zeal against Protestantism many priests who had been idle and indifferent and in enlisting many nobles in the coercive and educational measures proposed by the society. Lefèvre returned to Germany in 1642 and made his influence powerfully felt in Speyer, Mainz, Brandenburg, and other places. Peter Canisius (q.v.) was even more important than Lefèvre or LeJay in organizing Jesuit work in Germany and in establishing training-schools for the propagation of Jesuit principles. From 1559 onward Munich was the chief Jesuit center, and came to be known as the "German Rome"; and the college established there attracted many noble Protestant youths, who were won over by their instructors. All the chief cities of Germany where Catholics had retained the ascendancy and many where Protestantism had made great headway felt the influence of these enthusiastic and dauntless missionaries. Under their guidance Albert V. of Bavaria gave his Protestant subjects the choice of becoming Catholics or leaving the country. With their help Baden was cleared of Protestants in two years (1570-71). Similar measures were carried out in the territory of the abbot of Fulda, in Cologne, Münster, Hildesheim, Paderborn, and Würzburg. In 1595 the bishopric of Bamberg was cleared of heretics, and about 1602 the work was completed in the archbishopric of Mainz. From 1578 onward Jesuits led in the work of exterminating Protestantism in the Austrian provinces. The Counter-Reformation had largely accomplished its work in Austria and its dependencies before the outbreak of the Thirty Years' War (1618; q.v.). It was rapidly pressed to completion from this time onward. For the details of Jesuit activity in the Counter-Reformation and in the revived Inquisition, see COUNTER-REFORMATION and articles there referred to; also INQUISITION. ### 4. In Belgium, Holland, and England. From 1542 onward the Jesuits had been active in Belgium. They were expelled from the country during the early years of the war with Spain, but were readmitted, under the patronage of Alexander Farnese, after Spanish authority had been reestablished, and were protected by Philip II., who had formerly opposed them (1581-1584). Within a few years they had almost taken possession of the land and made it the base of successful propagandism in the Protestant Netherlands. By 1692 twenty-two Jesuits and 220 secular priests, most of whom had been educated in their colleges, were working in the United Netherlands, and the Catholic membership had increased from a few thousand scattered and discouraged souls to 345,000. The assassination of William of Orange (1584) was commonly attributed to Jesuit influence on the ground that, as was asserted, Baltha sar Gerard claimed the blessing of the rector of the Jesuit college at Treves before committing the crime. The Jesuits early addressed themselves to the task of reestablishing papal supremacy in England. In 1542 Paschasius Brouet and Alphonso Salmeron (q.v.) made a secret and rapid tour through Ireland and in thirty-four days succeeded in inflaming the Catholics of Ireland against the government of Henry VIII. and against Protestantism. But the Jesuits met with little success in Scotland. In England they carried on for more than a century a secret but effective propaganda. In 1569 William Allen (q.v.), afterward a cardinal, established at Douai (q.v.) a training-school for Jesuit missionaries to England, where a large number of British Catholic youths were prepared for the extremely perilous work of restoring papal authority in Britain. Sacked by the Protestants of Flanders at the instigation of the English government, the college was reopened at Reims under the patronage of the archbishop, and continued to train men for English work and martyrdom. In 1579 an English college was opened in Rome for the same purpose. The moat active leaders of the Jesuit work in England were Robert Parsons and Edmund Campian (qq.v.). In Scotland Jesuits attached themselves to the court of Mary Stuart (c. 1587), and by encouraging her aspirations after the English crown wrought her destruction. The "Gunpowder Plot" (1605) was commonly attributed to their machinations. ### 5. Mission Work in America. The missionary efforts of the Jesuits, under French patronage, in North America among the Indians (see INDIANS OF NORTH AMERICA, MISSIONS TO; MISSIONS TO THE HEATHEN, A) and the French colonists were from their own point of view highly successful. In Florida, Mexico, South America and Central America, and California they established their great mission compounds where captured natives, sometimes guarded and forced by Spanish and Portuguese troops, were employed as laborers and compelled to conform to Roman Catholic observances. Their work among the North American Indians, as well as among the natives of India, China and Japan, displayed heroic self-sacrifice of the highest order along with a willingness to receive a very superficial knowledge of Christianity as evidence of its acceptance. Those whom they baptized, even clandestinely, they claimed as members of the Christian Church. ### 6. Unethical Teachings and Practises. Attention has already been called to the obligation of absolute and unquestioning obedience inculcated by Ignatius that involved the suppression or destruction of the individual conscience. The doctrine of Probabilism (q.v.) was not originated by the Jesuits, but was wrought out by their writers during the seventeenth century with more minuteness than by earlier Roman Catholic writers. According to this teaching one is at liberty to follow a probable opinion, i.e., one that has two or three reputable Catholic writers in its favor, against a more probable or a highly probable opinion in whose favor a multitude of the highest authorities concur. To justify any practise, however immoral it might be commonly esteemed, a few sentences from Catholic writers sufficed, and these were often garbled. Some Jesuits and some popes repudiated this doctrine. In 1680 Gonzales, an opponent of the doctrine, was made general of the society through papal pressure; but he failed to purge the society of probabilism and came near being deposed by reason of his opposition. Another antiethical device widely approved and employed by members of the society is Mental Reservation or Restriction (see RESERVATION, MENTAL), in accordance with which, when important interests are at stake, a negative or a modifying clause may remain unuttered which would completely reverse the statement actually made. This principle justified unlimited lying when one's interests or convenience seemed to require. Where the same word or phrase has more than one sense, it may be employed in an unusual sense with the expectation that it will be understood in the usual (amphibology). Such evasions may be used under oath in a civil court. Equally destructive of good morals was the teaching of many Jesuit casuists that moral obligation may be evaded by directing the intention when committing an immoral act to an end worthy in itself; as in murder, to the vindication of one's honor; in theft, to the supplying of one's needs or those of the poor; in fornication or adultery, to the maintenance of one's health or comfort. Nothing did more to bring upon the society the fear and distrust of the nations and of individuals than the justification and recommendation by several of their writers of the assassination of tyrants, the term "tyrant" being made to include all persons in authority who oppose the work of the papal church or the order. The question has been much discussed, Jesuits always taking the negative side, whether the Jesuits have taught that "the end sanctifies the means." It may not be possible to find this maxim in these precise words in Jesuit writings; but that they have always taught that for the "greater glory of God," identified by them with the extension of Roman Catholic (Jesuit) influence the principles of ordinary morality may be set aside, seems certain. The doctrine of philosophical sin, in accordance with which actual attention to the sinfulness of an act when it is being committed is requisite to its sinfulness for the person committing it, was widely advocated by members of the society. The repudiation of some of the most scandalous maxims of Jesuit writers by later writers, or the placing of books containing scandalous maxims on the Index, does not relieve the society or the Roman Catholic Church from responsibility, as such books must have received authoritative approval before publication, and the censuring of them does not necessarily involve an adverse attitude toward the teaching itself, but may be a mere measure of expediency. ### 7. Internal Development and Moral Declension. Lainez, who succeeded Ignatius in the office of general (1558-65), manifested in the administration of the affairs of the society more of worldly wisdom and less of pietistic enthusiasm than the founder. Paul IV. became alarmed at the remarkable growth and aggressiveness of the society. He sought (1558) to curb the almost irresponsible power of the generals by limiting their tenure of office to three years, and to limit the freedom of the body by requiring the observance of the canonical hours for singing in the choir. These changes would have placed the society on somewhat the same basis as the other orders and would have stripped it of half its power. These measures were earnestly resisted and the death of the pope (1559) prevented the calamity. Pius IV. let Lainez have his ambitious and aggressive way and employed his services in the later sessions of the Council of Trent. Francis of Borgia had spent his fortune in founding a college in Gandia and the Collegium Romanum and came to the office of general (1565) with all of the ascetical enthusiasm of Ignatius, but with little of his worldly wisdom. He was succeeded in 1572 by Mercurian, whose administration was relatively feeble. The greatest of all the generals was Claudius Acquaviva (1581-1615), a Neapolitan. He had to contend with a powerful and determined Spanish faction in the society that resented Italian control. The Spanish Jesuits secured the support of the Inquisition, of Philip II., and of Clement VIII. The latter summoned a General Congregation (1592) to deal with the difficulties. Acquaviva managed the meeting with such adroitness that he was triumphantly vindicated and thoroughly established in his office. Molina's Pelagian teaching provoked a fresh Dominican onslaught on the society. Acquaviva and his supporters espoused the cause of Molina (q.v.), though he had been condemned by the Spanish Inquisition. The pope transferred the dispute to Rome (1596) and for a time it looked as if the Dominicans would triumph; but Acquaviva's consummate skill again averted calamity. At the General Congregation he confounded his opponents by springing upon the assembly the news that Henry IV. of France had espoused his cause. Under Acquaviva the Counter-Reformation was carried forward with astonishing success. The failure of Dominicans, Inquisition and pope to silence the Pelagian anthropology of the order encouraged its members to go to the greatest extremes in their moral theology. Under the administration of Mutius Vitelleschi (1615-45) the Counter-Reformation was carried almost to its completion and the Thirty Years' War almost ran its course. In 1640 the jubilee of the society was celebrated with great éclat. It now numbered 15,000 members distributed into thirty-nine provinces. The ascetical requirements of Ignatius had been put aside. The professed had increased in numbers in far greater proportion than the membership, and now freely accepted positions of honor and influence, enjoyed regular incomes, and lived like gentlemen, leaving the drudgery of the educational and church work to younger and less experienced men. They constituted a sort of aristocracy that neutralized to some extent the autocracy of the General. Degeneration continued unimpeded under Caraffa (d. 1649) and Piccolomini (d. 1651). The German Nickel (1651-64) proved so unsatisfactory as general that Oliva was made his vicar (1661). Oliva was a favorite of the pope and lived in splendor. His independent administration (1664,81) was favorable to the development of the worst features of Jesuitism. He was an advocate and promoter of Probabilism and other immoral forms of teaching and encouraged to the utmost the disposition to meddle with national and international politics that had become characteristic of the society. Ignatius had opposed with all his might the promotion of Jesuits to high ecclesiastical positions. In 1593 Tolet was made a cardinal; in 1599, Bellarmine; in 1629, Pazmany; in 1643, De Lugo, and many afterward. Their literary activity in all religious and secular branches of learning was very great during the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries. The same may be said of the more recent time. ### 8. Decline and Proscription. The growing secularization of the society and its need of vast resources for the maintenance and extension of its world-wide work and the diminution of free-will offerings that had sufficed in the times when religious enthusiasm was at its height led the society to engage in great speculative business enterprises, those conducted in Paraguay and Martinique resulting in disaster to many innocent investors (1753 onward), and brought upon the society much reproach in Portugal and France. In Portugal the Marquis of Pombal, one of the foremost statesmen of his time, became convinced that the liberation of the country from ecclesiastical rule, in which Jesuits had long been predominant, required the exclusion of the latter. An insurrection in Portuguese Paraguay by the natives furnished an occasion to Pombal for denouncing the Jesuits to the king and for demanding papal prohibition of their commercial undertakings. The papal prohibition was issued in 1758 and priestly privileges were withdrawn from Jesuits in Portugal. An attempt upon the life of the king (Sept. 3, 1758) was attributed to Jesuit influence and led to a decree for the expulsion of the society and the confiscation of its property (Sept. 3, 1759). The pope tried in vain to protect them and his nuncio was driven from the country. Malgrida, a Jesuit, was burned at the stake in 1761. Speculations by Jesuits in Martinique, in which vast sums of money were lost by French citizens, led to a public investigation of the methods of the society. and on April 16, 1761, the Parliament of Paris decreed a suppression of Jesuit establishments in France and on May 8 declared the entire order responsible for the debts of the principal promoter of the collapsed enterprise. Other parliaments followed that of Paris. King, pope, and many bishops protested in vain. Eighty of their colleges were closed in April, 1762. Their constitution was denounced as godless, sacrilegious, and treasonable, and the vows taken by Jesuits were declared to be null and void. On Nov. 26, 1764, the king agreed to a decree of expulsion. In Spain 6,000 Jesuits were suddenly arrested at night and conveyed to papal territory (Sept. 2-3, 1768). Refused admission by the pope, they took refuge in Corsica. A similar seizure and transportation of 3,000 had occurred at Naples (Nov. 3-4, 1767). Parma dealt with them similarly (Feb. 7, 1768), and soon afterward they were expelled from Malta by the Knights of St. John. The Bourbon princes urged Clement XIII. to abolish the society. He refused, and when he died (Feb. 2, 1769) there was much intriguing among friends and enemies of the Jesuits in seeking to secure the election of a pope that would protect or abolish the society. Cardinal Ganganelli was elected and it is highly probable that he had bargained with the Bourbons for the destruction of the Jesuits. From the beginning of his pontificate powerful pressure was brought to bear upon him by Spain, France, and Portugal for the abolition of the order. He gave promises of early action, but long hesitated to strike the fatal blow. He began by subjecting the Jesuit colleges in and around Rome to investigation. These were promptly suppressed and their inmates banished. Maria Theresa of Austria, who had been greatly devoted to the Jesuits, now regretfully abandoned them and joined with the Bourbons in demanding the abolition of the society by the pope. This combined pressure of the chief Catholic powers was more than the pope could withstand (" *Coactus feci*," he is reported to have afterward said). On July 21, 1773, he signed the Brief *Dominus ac Redemptor noster*, which abolished the society, and on August 16 the general and his chief assistants were imprisoned and all their property in Rome and the States of the Church confiscated (Eng. transl. of this brief is most easily accessible in Nicolini, *Hist. of the Jesuits*, pp. 387-406, London, 1893). The brief recites at length the charges of immoral teaching and intolerable meddlesomeness in matters of church and state, of the abuse of the unlimited privileges that the society has enjoyed, and virtually admits that it has become totally depraved and a universal nuisance. To restore peace to Christendom its abolition is declared to be necessary. A papal coin was struck the same year in commemoration of the event, with Christ sitting in judgment and saying to the Jesuit fathers arraigned on his left, "Depart from me all of you, I never knew you." ### 9. Illicit Continuance and Restoration. At the time of its abolition the society had about 22,000 members. It would have been unreasonable to expect that so large a body of trained men, adepts at secret and evasive methods of work, and with centuries of successful effort behind them, would suddenly vanish in response to a papal brief extorted by the Roman Catholic powers. Thousands of them, without change of principles, became members of societies of the Sacred Heart of Jesus; others of the society of Fathers of the Faith, founded by Nicolo Paccanari (q.v.); others became Redemptorists or Liguorists (see LIGUORI, ALFONSO MARIA DE). Frederick II. of Prussia encouraged and protected them with a view, no doubt, to using their political knowledge and skill against the Bourbons, the Hapsburgers, and the pope. Catherine II. of Russia hoped by showing them favor to conciliate her new Polish subjects and to use them against Bourbons and Hapsburgers. In Naples and in France the papal decree was only imperfectly executed. Pius VI. gave full papal approval (1783) to the perpetuation of the society in Russia, while Pius VII. (1801) approved of their designating their vicar-general as general. The same pope approved of the restoration of the society in Naples and Sicily (July, 1804) so that the head of the society now became "General for Russia and Naples." The Napoleonic disturbance of Europe having come to an end and Pius VII. having been released from his French captivity, the need of the society for leadership in an aggressive movement for the restoration of the Roman Catholic Church to its former power was profoundly felt by the Curia. On Aug. 7, 1814, Pius VII. issued the bull *Solicitudo omaium ecclesiarum*, by which he restored the society. Since that time it has suffered many reverses and much persecution. Most of the states of Europe have repeatedly expelled its members. Yet it has steadily grown in power and has for nearly a century dictated the policy of the papal administration. Jesuits are to-day the chief diplomats of the Roman Catholic Church and they are surpassed in astuteness and the ability to achieve results by those of no civil government. The promulgation of the dogma of the immaculate conception of Mary (1854), the Encyclical and Syllabus of 1864, the Vatican Council with its decree of papal infallibility (1869-70), the recent drastic measures against Biblical criticism and in opposition to freedom of research and freedom of teaching and publishing, are commonly attributed to Jesuit influence. The society had in 1902, 15,231 members, 6,743 being priests and 4,542 students for the priesthood. There are about 1,800 in the United States, and they are numerous in Canada, Mexico, Central and South America, Cuba, and the Philippines. [The Jesuits have from the beginning laid especial stress upon education and adopted a high standard. But they have had to run the gantlet of sharp criticism not only from Protestants but from Roman Catholics. Nor can it be explained away that the order was for a considerable period under the papal ban. Their secrecy, superior skill and learning, and especially the casuistry advocated in books written by members of the order, have concentrated much attention on them, not always to their approval. They can not claim exemption from the common failings of mankind, or any special divine leadership. They have had ambitious and unscrupulous members and have been under unworthy leadership. Their meddling in politics has not always been to their credit. But when all has been said against them the Jesuits still retain their preeminence. They were the authors of the Counter-Reformation which prevented the collapse of the Roman Catholic Church in lands in which Protestantism had gotten a hold. They gave their church its theology and raised its standard of education and of clerical morality. They cleansed it of much of its foulness, put new breath into its foreign missions, and everywhere displayed a zeal, patience and piety which revived the whole church. And these services in the past are continued into the present, and every year the Roman Catholic Church is still heavier in their debt.] The number of Jesuits throughout the world is small. In 1902 there were but 15,231 of all grades. *The Official Catholic Directory* for 1909, pp.746-747, gives these figures for the United States: ### III. Female Orders in Imitation of Jesuits: The Society of Jesus has no recognized affiliated societies of women. Before his first pilgrimage to Jerusalem Ignatius formed the acquaintance in Barcelona of Isabella de Rosella, a gifted and wealthy woman, and greatly interested her in his plans and purposes. When he returned in 1524 she ministered to his needs for a considerable time. In 1543, after the society had secured papal approval and when he was occupied with world-wide schemes for the mastery of the nations, she visited him in Rome, with two other like-minded ladies, and begged to be taken under his spiritual guidance. He was unwilling to assume this additional burden; but the persistent women secured from the pope an order (1545) that Ignatius should accede to their wishes. With great reluctance he yielded; but soon found that these women, with the small sisterhood that. they had gathered, gave him more trouble than the administration of the affairs of the entire society, and at his earnest request the pope relieved him of the obligation (1547). It was no easy task to secure the consent of Isabella and her companions to be released from the obligations that they had been so eager to assume; but he was inexorable and Isabella had to be content to be a "mother" rather than "daughter" of the great leader. The English Ladies (q.v.) founded by Mary Ward, an English woman, at St. Omer in Flanders in 1609, sought affiliation with the Jesuits, but failed to secure permanent recognition as Jesuitesses. A similar sorority, founded in 1607 by Johanna, marchioness of Montserrat, came into close relations with the Jesuits without becoming identified with the society. The same may be said of the sisters of the Sacred Heart and of the Faith of Jesus. It is the policy of the Jesuits to influence and control many of the sisterhoods without assuming any responsi bility for them and without entrusting to them the secrets of the society. A. H. NEWMAN. BIBLIOGRAPHY: A rather full list of works, including sources, is given in Hauck-Herzog, *RE*, viii. 742 sqq.; and a monograph devoted to the subject is A. Carayon, *Bibliographie historique de la Compagnie de Jesus*, Paris, 1864. Without consulting the earlier and now often inaccessible editions of the documents which created and protected the society, it is possible to obtain a view of all that is essential in the late edition of the documents, 3 vols., Rome, 1869 sqq., which contains the Constitutions, the *Examen generale*, the pertinent papal bulls, briefs, and privileges, the decrees and canons of the General Constitution, the plan of study, the "Spiritual Exercises," and the *Directorium*. A late edition of the *Monita privata* is by C. Souvestre, Paris, 1880. On the general history of the order the great work of De Backer (see vol. i., p. xxiii, of this work) and of Crétineau-Joly are of first importance; and the literature under Ignatius of Loyola contains much of importance. Consult further for the general history: Maynard, *The Studies and Teaching of the Society of Jesus at the Time of its Suppression, 1750-1753*, Baltimore, 1855; C. Paroissen, *Principles of the Jesuits*, London, 1860; J. M. S. Daurignac, *Hist. of the Society of Jesus*, 2 vols., Cincinnati, 1865; F. Nippold, *Der Jesuitenorden von seiner Wiederherstellung bis zur Gegenwart*, Mannheim, 1867; S. Rose, *Ignatius Loyola and the Early Jesuits*, London, 1871; J. Stephen, *Founders of Jesuitism*, in *Essays in Ecclesiastical Biography*, London, 1875: W. C. Cartwright, *The Jesuits; their Constitution and Teachings*, London, 1876; P. Bert, *La Morale des Jésuites*, Paris, 1880; T. Griesinger, *The Jesuits; a complete History of their Proceedings*, London, 1883; T. Carlyle, *Jesuitism*, in *Works*, II. 259-485, Boston, 1885; T. Hughes, *Loyola and the Educational System of the Jesuits*, London, 1892; G. B. Nicolini, *Hist. of the Jesuits; their Origin, Progress, Doctrines and Designs*, London, 1893; E. Piaget, *Essai sur l'organisation de la compagnie de Jésus*, Paris, 1893; F. H. Reuseh, *Beiträge zur Geschichte des Jesuitenordens*, Munich, 1894; R. W. Thompson, *The Footprints of the Jesuits*, New York, 1894; E. Gothein, *Ignatius von Loyola und die Gegenreformation*, Halle, 1895; M. F. Cusack, *The Black Pope; a Hist. of the Jesuits*, London, 1896; H. Müller, Les Origines de la Compagnie de Jésus; Ignace et Lainez, Paris, 1898; A. Hamy, *Galerie illustrée de la Compagnie de Jésus*, Paris, 1900; J. Michelet and E. Quinet, *Etude sur les Jésuites*, latest ed. Paris, 1900; J. Hochstetter, *Monita Secreta; Die geheimen Instruktionen der Jesuiten*, Stuttgart, 1901; Kaiser Franz Joseph I. und die Jesuiten, Barmen, 1901; L. Wittwe, *Friedrich der Grosse und die Jesuiten*, Halle, 1901; R. Schwickerath, *Jesuit Education, its History and Principles*, St. Louis, 1903; J. Bézy, *Un prédicateur apoatolique au 16. siècle, Frey de Neuville, 1693-1774*, Paris, 1904; B. Pascal, *The Provincial Letters*, often reprinted, e.g., New York, 1904; P. Suan, *St. Françis de Borgia*, 1510-1572, Paris, 1905; A. Brou, *Les Jésuites de la legende*. Part I. *Les Origines jusqu'à Pascal*, Paris, 1906. For the Jesuits in England consult: H. Foley, *Records of the English Province of the Society of Jesus*, 8 vols., London, 1877-83: A. Kobler, *Die Märtyrer und Bekenner der Gesellschaft Jesu in England 1580-1681*, Innsbruck, 1886; E. L. Taunton, *Hist. of the Jesuits in England, 1580-1773*, London, 1901; W. Walsh, *The Jesuits in Great Britain*, London, 1903. For their history in France: A Carayon, *Documents inédits concernants la Compagnie de Jésus*, 23 vols., Poitiers, 1863 sqq.; J. Prat, *La Compagnie de Jésus en France*, 4 vols., Paris, 1877; E. Piaget, *Hist. de l'etablissement des Jésuites en France 1540-1560*, Leyden, 1895; M. Chosset, *Les Jésuites et leurs æuvres d Avignon, 1553-1768*, Avignon, 1896; E. Souillier. *Les Jésuites à Marseille aux 16. et 18. siècles*, Avignon, 1899; J. Pra, *Les Jésuites à Grenoble, 1587-1763*, Lyons, 1901; J. Delfour, *Les Jésuites à Poitiers*, 1604-1762, Paris, 1902. For Germany: S. Sugenheim, *Geschichte der Jesuiten in Deutschland 1540-1773*, 2 vols., Frankfort, 1847; J. Hansen, *Rheinische Akten zur Geschichte des Jesuitenordens, 1542-1582*, Cologne, 1896; B. Duhr, *Die Jesuiten an den deutschen Fürstenhöfen des 16. Jahrhunderts*, Freiburg, 1901; idem, *Aktenstücke zur Geschichte der Jesuiten-Missionen in Deutschland, 1848-1872*, ib, 1903; idem, *Geschichte der Jesuiten in den Ländern deutscher Zunge*, ib. 1907; M. Rist, *Die deutschen Jesuiten auf den Schlachtfeldern und in den Lazaretten 1866, 1870-1871*, Freiburg, 1904. For North America: *Jesuit Relations and Allied Documents; Travels and Explorations of the Jesuit Missionaries in New France*, ed. R. G. Thwaites, 73 vols., Cleveland, O., 1896-1902; T. Hughes, *Hist. of Society of Jesus in North America colonial and federal*, vol. i. to 1645, London, 1907; idem, *Documents*, vol. i., part I., nos. 1-140 (1605-1838), London, 1908; F. Parkman, *The Jesuits in North America in the Seventeenth Century*, Boston, 1897; idem, *Pioneers of France in the New World*, ib. 1879; idem, *La Salle and the Discovery of the Great West*, ib. 1879; W. I. Kip, *The Early Jesuit Missions in North America*, New York, 1882; idem, *Historical Scenes from the Old Jesuit Missions*, ib. 1875; Z. Engelhardt, *The Missions and Missionaries of California*, San Francisco, 1908. For other countries: H. Lutteroth, *Russland und die Jesuiten 1772-1820*, Stuttgart, 1846; P. Mury, *Les Jésuites à Cayenne*, Strasburg, 1895; M. de Anglés y Gortari, *Los Jesuítas en el Paraguay*, Assumption, 1896; R. Perez, *La Companía de Jesus en Colombia y Centro-America*, Valladolid, 1896; A. Astrain, *Historia de la companía de Jesus en la asistencia de Espana*, 2 vols., Madrid, 1902-05; R. B. Cunningham Graham, *A Vanished Arcadia; being some account of the Jesuits in Paraguay, 1607 to 1767*, New York, 1901; F. Colin, *Labor evangelica de los Obreros de la Compañia de Jesus en las Islas Filipinas*, Barcelona, 1904.
JESUS CHRIST Jesus Christ

韩

暂时没有译文正文。

英

### JESUS CHRIST. Consideration of the Sources. Heathen Writers (§ 1). The Apostle Paul (§ 2). Paul and the Earthly Life of Jesus (§ 3). Other Epistolars (§ 4). The Gospel of Luke (§ 5). Mark and Matthew (§ 6). The Primitive "Narrative Source" (§ 7). "Sayings of Jesus" (§ 8). Individual Sections of Luke and Matthew (§ 9). The Gospel of John (§ 10). Gospel Portrait of Christ not Invented (§ 11). The Portrait of Jesus. His Humiliation (§ 1). His Messiahship and Deity (§ 2). Central Conceptions (§ 3). Attempts to Naturalize the Portrait of Jesus. Literary and Historical Criticism (§ 1). Methods of Historical Criticism (§ 2). Its Embarrassment (§ 3). Its Historical Development (§ 4). Its Issue (§ 5). The Life of Jesus. In What Sense a "Life" Impossible (§ 1). Framework of the "Life" (§ 2). Outline of the "Life" (§ 3). The Public Ministry (§ 4). Instruments of the Ministry (§ 5). The Virgin-Birth; the Resurrection (§ 6). Limitation of the Field. The Sources. The Epistles of Paul (§ 1). The Gospels (§ 2). The Pauline Gospel (§ 3). Its Relations and Character (§ 4). The Petrine Gospel (§ 5). Its Character (§ 6). Consequences (§ 7). Four Types of Tradition (§ 8). The Gospel of John (§ 9). Matthew and Luke (§ 10). Q and the Aramaic Source (§ 11). Results of Source Analysis (§ 12). Critical Outline of the Story of Jesus. Relations with John the Baptist (§ 1). The Motive for Jesus' Ministry (§ 2). Message and Miracles (§ 3). Breaking of Bread (§ 4). Collision with the Authorities (§ 5). The Crisis in Galilee (§ 6). Jesus as "Son of Man" (§ 7). The Finale (§ 8). The Issue (§ 9). ### A. I. Consideration of the Sources: 1. Heathen Writers. The rise of Christianity was a phenomenon of too little apparent significance to attract the attention of the great world. It was only when it had refused to be quenched in the blood of its founder, and, breaking out of the narrow bounds of the obscure province in which it had its origin, was making itself felt in the centers of population, that it drew to itself a somewhat irritated notice. The interest of such heathen writers as mention it was in the movement, not in its author. But in speaking of the movement they tell something of its author, and what they tell is far from being of little moment. He was, it seems, a certain "Christ," who had lived in Judea in the reign of Tiberius (14-37 A.D.), and had been brought to capital punishment by the procurator, Pontius Pilate (q.v.; cf. Tacitus, *Annals*, xv. 44). The significance of his personality to the movement inaugurated by him is already suggested by the fact that he, and no other, had impressed his name upon it. But the name itself by which he was known particularly attracts notice. This is uniformly, in these heathen writers, "Christ," not "Jesus." 1 Suetonius ( *Claudius*, xxv.) not unnaturally confuses this "Christus" with the Greek name "Chrestus"; but Tacitus and Pliny show themselves better informed and preserve it accurately. "Christ," however, is not a personal name, but the Greek rendering of the Hebrew title "Messiah." Clearly, then, it was as the promised Messiah of the Jews that their founder was reverenced by "the Christians"; and they had made so much of his Messiahship in speaking of him that the title "Christ" had actually usurped the place of his personal name, and he was everywhere known simply as "Christ." Their reverence for his person had, indeed, exceeded that commonly supposed to be due even to the Messianic dignity. Pliny records that this "Christ" was statedly worshiped by "the Christians" of Pontus and Bithynia as their God (Pliny, *Epist.*, xcvi. [xcvii.) to Trajan). Beyond these great facts the heathen historians give little information about the founder of Christianity. ### 2. The Apostle Paul. What is lacking in them is happily supplied, however, by the writings of the Christians themselves. Christianity was from its beginnings a literary religion, and documentary records of it have come down from the very start. There are, for example, the letters of the Apostle Paul (q.v.), a highly cultured Romanized Jew of Tarsus, who early (34 or 35 A.D.) threw in his fortunes with the new religion, and by his splendid leadership established it in the chief centers of influence from Antioch to Rome. Written occasionally to one or another of the Christian communities of this region, at intervals during the sixth and seventh decades of the century, that is to say, from twenty to forty years after the origin of Christianity, these letters reflect the conceptions which ruled in the Christian communities of the time. Paul had known the Christian movement from its beginning; first from the outside, as one of the chief agents in its persecution, and then from the inside, as the most active leader of its propaganda. He was familiarly acquainted with the Apostles and other immediate followers of Jesus, and enjoyed repeated intercourse with them. He explicitly declares the harmony of their teaching with his, and joins with his their testimony to the great facts which he proclaimed. The complete consonance of his allusions to Jesus with what is gathered from the hints of the heathen historians is very striking. The person of Jesus fills the whole horizon of his thought, and gathers to itself all his religious emotions. That Jesus was the Messiah is the presupposition of all his speech of him, and the Messianic title has already become his proper name behind which his real personal name, Jesus, has retired. This Messiah is definitely represented as a divine being who has entered the world on a mission of mercy to sinful man, in the prosecution of which he has given himself up as a sacrifice for sin, but has risen again from the dead and ascended to the right hand of God, henceforth to rule as Lord of all. Around the two great facts, of the expiatory death of the Son of God and his rising again, Paul's whole teaching circles. Jesus Christ as crucified, Christ risen from the dead as the first fruits of those that sleep--here is Paul's whole gospel in summary. ### 3. Paul and the Earthly Life of Jesus. Into the details of Christ's earthly life Paul had no occasion to enter. But he shows himself fully familiar with them, and incidentally conveys a vivid portrait of Christ's personality. Of the seed of David on the human, as the Son of God on the divine aide he was born of a woman under the law, and lived subject to its ordinances for his mission's sake, humbling himself even unto death, and that the death of the cross. His lowly estate is dwelt upon, and the high traits of his personal character manifested in his lowliness are lightly sketched in, justifying not merely the negative declaration that "he knew no sin," but his positive presentation as the model of all perfection. An item of his teaching is occasionally adverted to, or even quoted, always with the utmost reverence. Members of his immediate circle of followers are mentioned by name or by class--whether his brethren according to the flesh or the twelve apostles whom he appointed. The institution by him of a sacramental feast is described, and that of a companion sacrament of initiation by baptism is implied. But especially his sacrificial death on the cross is emphasized, his burial, his rising again on the third day, and his appearances to chosen witnesses, who are cited one after the other with the greatest solemnity. Such details are never communicated to Paul's readers as pieces of fresh information. They are alluded to as matters of common knowledge, and with the plainest intimation of the unquestioned recognition of them by all. Thus it is made clear not only that there underlies Paul's letters a complete portrait of Jesus and a full outline of his career, but that this portrait and this outline are the universal possession of Christians. They were doubtless as fully before his mind as such in the early years of his Christian life, in the thirties, as when he was writing his letters in the fifties and sixties. There is no indication in the way in which Paul touches on these things of a recent change of opinion regarding them or of a recent acquisition of knowledge of them. The testimony of Paul's letters, in a word, has retrospective value, and is contemporary testimony to the facts. ### 4. Other Epistolars. Paul's testimony alone provides thus an exceptionally good basis for the historical verity of Jesus' personality and career. But Paul's testimony is far from standing alone. It is fully supported by the testimony of a series of other writings, similar to his own, purporting to come from the hands of early teachers of the Church, most of them from actual companions of our Lord and eye-witnesses of his majesty, and handed down to us with credible evidence of their authenticity. And it is extended by the testimony of a series of writings of a very different character; not occasional letters designed to meet particular crises or questions arising in the churches, but formal accounts of Jesus' words and acts. ### 5. The Gospel of Luke. Among these attention is attracted first by a great historical work, the two parts of which bear the titles of "the Gospel according to Luke" and "the Acts of the Apostles." The first contains an account of Jesus' life from his birth to his death and resurrection; or, including the opening paragraphs of the second, to his ascension. What directs attention to it first among books of its class is the uncommonly full information possessed concerning its writer and his method of historical composition. It is the work of an educated Greek physician, known to have enjoyed, as a companion of Paul, special opportunities of informing himself of the facts of Jesus' career. Whatever Paul himself knew of the acts and teachings of his Lord was, of course, the common property of the band of missionaries which traveled in his company, and could not fail to be the subject of much public and private discussion among them. Among Paul's other companions there could not fail to be some whose knowledge of Jesus' life, direct or derived, was considerable; an example is found, for instance, in John Mark, who had come out of the immediate circle of Jesus' first followers, although precise knowledge of the meeting of Luke and Mark as fellow com panions of Paul belongs to a little later period than the composition of Luke's Gospel. In company with Paul Luke had even visited Jerusalem and had resided two years at Cæsarea in touch with primitive disciples; and if the early tradition which represents him as a native of Antioch be accepted, he must be credited with facilities from the beginning of his Christian life for association with original disciples of Jesus. All that is needed to ground great confidence in his narrative as a trustworthy account of the facts it records is assurance that he had the will and capacity to make good use of his abounding opportunities for exact information. The former is afforded by the preface to his Gospel in which he reveals his method as a historian and his zeal for exactness of information and statement; the latter by the character of the Gospel, which evinces itself at every point a sincere and careful narrative resting upon good and well-sifted information. In these circumstances the determination of the precise time when this narrative was actually committed to paper becomes a matter of secondary importance; in any event its material was collected during the period of Paul's missionary activity. It may be confidently maintained, however, that it was also put together during this period, that is to say, during the earlier years of the seventh decade of the century. Confidence in its narrative is strengthened by the complete accord of the portrait of Jesus, which its detailed account exhibits with that which underlies the letters of Paul. Not only are the general traits of the personality identical, but the emphasis falls at the same places. In effect, the Jesus of Luke's narrative is the Christ of Paul's epistles in perfect dramatic presentation, and only two hypotheses offer themselves in possible explanation. Either Luke rests on Paul, and has with consummate art invented a historical basis for Paul's ideal Christ; or else Paul's allusions rest on a historical basis and Luke has preserved that historical basis in his careful detailed narrative. Every line of Luke's narrative refutes the former and demonstrates the latter supposition. ### 6. Mark and Matthew. Additional evidence of the trustworthiness of Luke's Gospel as an account of Jesus' acts and teaching is afforded by the presence by its side of other narratives of similar character and accordant contents. These narratives are two in number and have been handed down under the names of members of the earliest circle of Christians--of John Mark, who was from the beginning in the closest touch with the apostolic body, and of Matthew, one of the apostles. On comparison of these narratives with Luke's, not only are they found to present, each with its own peculiar point of view and purpose, precisely the same conception and portrait of Jesus, but to have utilized in large measure also the same sources of information. Indeed, the entire body of Mark's Gospel is found to be incorporated also in Matthew's and Luke's. ### 7. The Primitive "Narrative Source." This circumstance, in view of the declarations of Luke's preface, is of the utmost significance for an estimate of the trustworthiness of the narrative thus embodied in all three of the "Synoptic" Gospels. In this preface Luke professes to have had for his object the establishment of absolute "certainty," with respect to the things made the object of instruction in Christian circles; and to this end to have grounded his narrative in exact investigation of the course of events from the beginning. In the prosecution of this task, he knew himself to be working in a goodly company to a common end, namely, the narration of the Christian origins on the basis of the testimony of those ministers of the word who had been also "eye-witnesses from the beginning." He does not say whether these fellow narrators had or had not been, some or all of them, eye-witnesses of some or of all the events they narrated; he merely says that the foundation on which all the narratives he has in view rested was the testimony of eye-witnesses. He does not assert for his own treatise superiority to those of his fellow workers; he only claims an honorable place for his own treatise among the others on the ground of the diligence and care he has exercised in ascertaining and recording the facts, through which, he affirms, he has attained a certainty with regard to them on which his readers may depend. Now, on comparing the narrative of Luke with those of Matthew and Mark, it is discovered that one of the main sources on which Luke draws is also one of the main sources on which Matthew draws and practically the sole source on which Mark rests. Thus Luke's judgment of the value and trustworthiness of this source receives the notable support of the judgment of his fellow evangelists, and it can scarcely be doubted that what it contains is the veritable tradition of those who were as well eyewitnesses as ministers of the Word from the beginning, in whose accuracy confidence can be placed. If the three Synoptic Gospels do not give three independent testimonies to the facts which they record, they give what is, perhaps, better,--three independent witnesses to the trustworthiness of the narrative, which they all incorporate into their own as resting on autoptic testimony and thoroughly deserving of credit. A narrative lying at the basis of all three of these Gospels, themselves written certainly not later than the seventh decade of the century, must in any event be early in date, and in that sense must emanate from the first followers of Christ; and in the circumstances--of the large and confident use made of it by all three of these Gospels&mdash:can not fail to be an authentic statement of what was the conviction of the earliest circles of Christians. ### 8. The "Sayings of Jesus." By the side of this ancient body of narrative must be placed another equally, or, perhaps, even more ancient source, consisting largely, but not exclusively, of reports of "sayings of Jesus." This underlies much of the fabric of Luke and Matthew where Mark fails, and by their employment of it is authenticated as containing, as Luke asserts, the trustworthy testimony of eyewitnesses. Its great antiquity is universally allowed, and there is no doubt that it comes from the very bosom of the Apostolical circle, bearing independent but thoroughly consentient testimony, with the narrative source which underlies all three of the Synoptists, of what was understood by the primitive Christian community to be the facts regarding Jesus. This is the fundamental fact about these two sources--that the Jesus which they present is the same Jesus; and that this Jesus is precisely the same Jesus found in the Synoptic Gospels themselves, presented, moreover, in precisely the same fashion and with the emphases in precisely the same places. This latter could, of course, not fail to be the case since these sources themselves constitute the main substance of the Synoptic Gospels into which they have been transfused. Its significance is that the portrait of Jesus as the supernatural Son of God who came into the world as the Messiah on a mission of mercy to sinful men, which is reflected even in the scanty notices of him that find an incidental place in the pages of heathen historians, which suffused the whole preaching of Paul and of the other missionaries of the first age, and which was wrought out into the details of a rich dramatization in the narratives of the Synoptic Gospels, is as old as Christianity itself and comes straight from the representations of Christ's first followers. ### 9. Individual Sections of Luke and Matthew. Valuable, however, as the separation out from the Synoptic narrative of these underlying sources is in this aspect of the matter, appeal can not be made from the Synoptics to these sources as from less to more trustworthy documents. On the one hand, these sources do not exist outside the Synoptics; in them they have "found their grave." On the other hand, the Synoptics in large part are these sources; and their trustworthiness as wholes is guaranteed by the trustworthiness of the sources from which they have drawn the greater part of their materials, and from the general portraiture of Christ in which they do not in the least depart. Luke's claim in his preface that he has made accurate investigations, seeking to learn exactly what happened that he might attain certainty in his narrative, is expressly justified for the larger part of his narrative when the sources which underlie it are isolated and are found to approve themselves under every test as excellent. There is no reason to doubt that for the remainder of his narrative (and Matthew too for the remainder of his narrative) not derived from these two sources which the accident of their common use by Matthew, Mark, and Luke, or by Matthew and Luke, reveals, he (or Matthew) derives his material from equally good and trustworthy sources which happen to be used only by him. The general trust worthiness of Luke's narrative is not lessened but enhanced by the circumstance that, in the larger portion of it, he has the support of other evangelists in his confident use of his sources, with the effect that these sources can be examined and an approving verdict reached upon them. His judgment of sources is thus confirmed, and his claim to possess exact information and to have framed a trustworthy narrative is vindicated. What he gives from sources which were not used by the other evangelists, that is to say, in that portion of his narrative which is peculiar to himself (and the same must be said for Matthew, *mutatis rnutandis*), has earned a right to credit on his own authentication. It is not surprising, therefore, that the portions of the narratives of Matthew and Luke which are peculiar to the one or the other bear every mark of sincere and well-informed narration and contain many hints of resting on good and trustworthy sources. In a word, the Synoptic Gospels supply a threefold sketch of the acts and teachings of Christ of exceptional trustworthiness. If here is not historical verity, historical verity would seem incapable of being attained, recorded, and transmitted by human hands. ### 10. The Gospel of John. Along with the Synoptic Gospels there has been handed down by an unexceptionable line of testimony under the name of the Apostle John another narrative of the teaching and work of Christ of equal fulness with that of the Synoptic Gospels, and yet so independent of theirs as to stand out in a sense in strong contrast with theirs, and even to invite attempts to establish a contradiction between it and them. There is, however, no contradiction, but rather a deep-lying harmony. There are so-called Synoptical traits discoverable in John, and not only are Johannine elements imbedded in the Synoptical narrative, but an occasional passage occurs in it which is almost more Johannine than John himself. Take, for example, that pregnant declaration recorded in Matt. xi. 27-28, which, as it occurs also in Luke (x. 21, 22), must have had a place in that ancient source drawn on in common by these two Gospels which comes from the first days of Christianity. All the high teaching of John's Gospel, as has been justly remarked, is but "a series of variations" upon the theme here given its "classical expression." The type of teaching which is brought forward and emphasized by John is thus recognized on all hands from the beginning to have had a place in Christ's teaching; and John differs from the Synoptics only in the special aspect of Christ's teaching which he elects particularly to present. The naturalness of this type of teaching on the lips of the Jesus of the Synoptists is also undeniable; it must be allowed--and is now generally allowed--that by the writers of the Synoptic Gospels, and, it should be added, by their sources as well, Jesus is presented, and is presented as representing himself, as being all that John represents him to be when he calls him the Word, who was in the beginning with God and was God. The relation of John and the Synoptists in their portraiture of Jesus somewhat resembles, accordingly, that of Plato and Xenophon in their portraiture of Socrates; only, with this great difference--that both Plato and Xenophon were primarily men of letters and the portrait they draw of Socrates is in the hands of both alike eminently a sophisticated and literary one, while the evangelists set down simply the facts as they appealed to them severally. The definite claim which John's Gospel makes to be the work of one of the inner circle of the companions of Jesus is supported, moreover, by copious evidence that it comes from the hands of such a one as a companion of Jesus would be--a Jew, who possessed an intimate knowledge of Palestine, and was acquainted with the events of our Lord's life as only an eye-witness could be acquainted with them, and an eye-witness who had been admitted to very close association with him. That its narrative rests on good information is repeatedly manifested: and more than once historical links are supplied by it which are needed to give clearness to the Synoptical narrative, as, for example, in the chronological framework of the ministry of Jesus and the culminating miracle of the raising of Lazarus, which is required to account for the incidents of the Passion-Week. It presents no different Jesus from the Jesus of the Synoptists, and it throws the emphasis at the same place--on his expiatory death and rising again; but it notably supplements the narrative of the Synoptists and reveals a whole new side of Jesus' ministry, and if not a wholly new aspect of his teaching, yet a remarkable mass of that higher aspect of his teaching of which only occasional specimens are included in the Synoptic narrative. John's narrative thus rounds out the Synoptical narrative and gives the portrait drawn in it a richer content and a greater completeness. ### 11. Gospel Portrait of Christ Not Invented. This portrait may itself be confidently adduced as its own warranty. It is not too much to say with Nathaniel Lardner that "the history of the New Testament has in it all the marks of credibility that any history can have." But apart from these more usually marshaled evidences of the trustworthiness of the narratives, there is the portrait itself which they draw, and this can not by any possibility have been an invention. It is not merely that the portrait is harmonious throughout--in the allusions and presuppositions of the epistles of Paul and the other letter-writers of the New Testament, in the detailed narratives of the Synoptists and John, and in each of the sources which underlie them. This is a matter of importance; but it is not the matter of chief moment; there is no need to dwell upon the impossibility of such a harmony having been maintained save on the basis of simple truthfulness of record, or to dispute whether in the case of the Synoptics there are three independent witnesses to the one portrait, or only the two independent witnesses of their two most prominent "sources." Nor is the most interesting point whether the aboriginality of this portrait is guaranteed by the harmony of the representation in all the sources of information, some of which reach back to the most primitive epoch of the Christian movement. It is quite certain that this conception of Christ's person and career was the conception of his immediate followers, and indeed of himself; but, important as this conclusion is, it is still not the matter of primary import. The matter of primary significance is that this portrait thus imbedded in all the authoritative sources of information, and thus proved to be the conception of its founder cherished by the whole of primitive Christendom, and indeed commended to it by that founder himself, is a portrait intrinsically incapable of invention by men. It could never have come into being save as the revelation of an actual person embodying it, who really lived among men. "A romancer," as even Albert Réville allows, "can not attribute to a being which be creates an ideal superior to what be himself is capable of conceiving." The conception of the God-man which is embodied in the portrait which the sources draw of Christ, and which is dramatized by them through such a history as they depict, can be accounted for only on the assumption that such a God-man actually lived, was seen of men, and was painted from the life. The miracle of the invention of such a portraiture, whether by the conscious effort of art, or by the unconscious working of the mythopeic fancy, would be as great as the actual existence of such a person. Of this there is sufficient *a posteriori* proof in the invariable deterioration this portrait suffers in its secondary reproductions--in the so-called "Lives of Christ," of every type. The attempt vitally to realize and reproduce it results inevitably in its reduction. A portraiture which can not even be interpreted by men without suffering serious loss can not be the invention of the first simple followers of Jesus. Its very existence in their unsophisticated narratives is the sufficient proof of its faithfulness to a great reality. ### II. The Portrait of Jesus: 1. His Humiliation. Only an outline of this portrait can be set down here. Jesus appears in it not only a supernatural, but in all the sources alike specifically a divine, person, who came into the world on a mission of mercy to sinful man. Such a mission was in its essence a humiliation and involved humiliation at every step of its accomplishment. His life is represented accordingly as a life of difficulty and conflict, of trial and suffering, issuing in a shameful death. But this humiliation is represented as in every step and stage of it voluntary. It was entered into and abided in solely in the interests of his mission, and did not argue at any point of it helplessness in the face of the difficulties which hemmed him in more and more until they led him to death on the cross. It rather manifested his strong determination to fulfil his mission to the end, to drink to its dregs the cup he had undertaken to drink. Accordingly, every suggestion of escape from it by the use of his intrinsic divine powers, whether of omnipotence or of omniscience, was treated by him first and last as a temptation of the evil one. The death in which his life ends is conceived, therefore, as the goal in which his life culminates. He came into the world to die, and every stage of the road that led up to this issue was determined not for him but by him: he was never the victim but always the master of circumstance, and pursued his pathway from beginning to end, not merely in full knowledge from the start of all its turns and twists up to its bitter conclusion, but in complete control both of them and of it. ### 2. His Messiahship and Deity. His life of humiliation, sinking into his terrible death, was therefore not his misfortune, but his achievement as the promised Messiah, by and in whom the kingdom of God is to be established in the world; it was the work which as Messiah he came to do. Therefore, in his prosecution of it, he from the beginning announced himself as the Messiah, accepted all ascriptions to him of Messiahship under whatever designation, and thus gathered up into his person all the preadumbrations of Old-Testament prophecy; and by his favorite self-designation of "Son of Man," derived from Daniel's great vision (vii. 13), continually proclaimed himself the Messiah he actually was, emphasizing in contrast with his present humiliation his heavenly origin and his future glory. Moreover, in the midst of his humiliation, he exercised, so far as that was consistent with the performance of his mission, all the prerogatives of that "transcendent" or divine Messiah which he was. He taught with authority, substituting for every other sanction, his great "But I say unto you," and declaring himself greater than the greatest of God's representatives whom he had sent in all the past to visit his people. He surrounded himself as he went about preaching the Gospel of the kingdom with a miraculous nimbus, each and every miracle in which was adapted not merely to manifest the presence of a supernatural person in the midst of the people, but, as a piece of symbolical teaching, to reveal the nature of this supernatural person, and to afford a foretaste of the blessedness of his rule in the kingdom he came to found. He assumed plenary authority over the religious ordinances of the people, divinely established though they were; and exercised absolute control over the haws of nature themselves. The divine prerogative of forgiving sins he claimed for himself, the divine power of reading the heart he frankly exercised, the divine function of judge of quick and dead he attached to his own person. Asserting for himself a superhuman dignity of person, or rather a share in the ineffable Name itself, he represented himself as abiding continually even when on earth in absolute communion with God the Father, and participating by necessity of nature in the treasures of the divine knowledge and grace; announced himself the source of all divine knowledge and grace to men; and drew to himself all the religious affections, suspending the destinies of men absolutely upon their relation to his own person. Nevertheless he walked straight onward in the path of his lowly mission, and, bending even the wrath of men to his service, gave himself in his own good time and way to the death he had come to accomplish. Then, his mission performed, he rose again from the dead in the power of his deathless life; showed himself alive to chosen witnesses, that he might strengthen the hearts of his people; and ascended to the right hand of God, whence he directs the continued preparation of the kingdom until it shall please him to return for its establishment in its glorious eternal form. ### 8. Central Conceptions. It is important to fix firmly in mind the central conception of this representation. It turns upon the sacrificial death of Jesus to which the whole life leads up, and out of which all its issues are drawn, and for a perpetual memorial of which he is represented as having instituted a solemn memorial feast. The divine majesty of this Son of God; his redemptive mission to the world, in a life of humiliation and a ransoming death; the completion of his task in accordance with his purpose; his triumphant rising from the death thus vicariously endured; his assumption of sovereignty over the future development of the kingdom founded in his blood, and over the world as the theater of its development; his expected return as the consummator of the ages and the judge of all--this is the circle of ideas in which all accounts move. It is the portrait not of a merely human life, though it includes the delineation of a complete and a completely human life. It is the portrayal of a human episode in the divine life. It is, therefore, not merely connected with supernatural occurrences, nor merely colored by supernatural features, nor merely set in a supernatural atmosphere: the supernatural is its very substance, the elimination of which would be the evaporation of the whole. The Jesus of the New Testament is not fundamentally man, however divinely gifted: he is God tabernacling for a while among men, with heaven lying about him not merely in his infancy, but throughout all the days of his flesh. ### III. Attempts to Naturalize the Portrait of Jesus: The intense supernaturalism of this portraiture is, of course, an offense to our anti-supernaturalistic age. It is only what was to be expected, therefore, that throughout the last century and a half a long series of scholars, imbued with the anti-supernaturalistic instinct of the time, have assumed the task of desupernaturalizing it. Great difficulty has been experienced, however, in the attempt to construct a historical sieve which will strain out miracles and yet let Jesus through; for Jesus is himself the greatest miracle of them all. Accordingly in the end of the day there is a growing disposition, as if in despair of accomplishing this feat, boldly to construct the sieve so as to strain out Jesus too; to take refuge in the counsel of desperation which affirms that there never was such a person as Jesus, that Christianity had no founder, and that not merely the portrait of Jesus, but Jesus himself, is a pure projection of later ideals into the past. The main stream of assault still addresses itself, however, to the attempt to eliminate not Jesus himself, but the Jesus of the evangelists, and to substitute for him a desupernaturalized Jesus. ### 1. Literary and Historical Criticism. The instruments which have been relied on to effect this result may be called, no doubt with some but not misleading inexactitude, literary and historical criticism. The attempt has been made to track out the process by which the present witnessing documents have come into existence, to show them gathering accretions in this process, and to sift out the sources from which they are drawn; and then to make appeal to these sources as the only real witnesses. And the attempt has been made to go behind the whole written record, operating either immediately upon the documents as they now exist, or ultimately upon the sources which literary criticism has sifted out from them, with a view to reaching a more primitive and presumably truer conception of Jesus than that which has obtained record in the writings of his followers. The occasion for resort to this latter method of research is the failure of the former to secure the results aimed at. For, when, at the dictation of anti-supernaturalistic presuppositions, John is set aside in favor of the Synoptics, and then the Synoptics are set aside in favor of Mark, conceived as the representative of "the narrative source" (by the side of which must be placed-- though this is not always remembered--the second source of "Sayings of Jesus," which underlies so much of Matthew and Luke; and also--though this is even more commonly forgotten--whatever other sources either Matthew or Luke has drawn upon for material), it still appears that no progress whatever has been made in eliminating the divine Jesus and his supernatural accompaniment of mighty works--although, chronologically speaking, the very beginning of Christianity has been reached. ### 2. Methods of Historical Criticism. It is necessary, accordingly, if there is not to be acknowledged a divine Christ with a supernatural history, to get behind the whole literary tradition. Working on Mark, therefore, taken as the original Gospel, an attempt must be made to distinguish between the traditional element which he incorporates into his narrative and the dogmatic element which he (as the mouthpiece of the Christian community) contributes to it. Or, working on the "Sayings," discrimination must first be made between the narrative element (assumed to be colored by the thought of the Christian community) and the reportorial element (which may repeat real sayings of Jesus); and then, within the reportorial element, all that is too lofty for the naturalistic Jesus must be trimmed down until it fits in with his simply human character. Or, working on the Gospels as they stand, inquisition must be made for statements of fact concerning Jesus or for sayings of his, which, taken out of the context in which the evangelists have placed them and cleansed from the coloring given by them, may be made to seem inconsistent with "the worship of Jesus" which characterizes these documents; and on the narrower basis thus secured there is built up a new portrait of Jesus, contradictory to that which the evangelists have drawn. ### 3. Its Embarrassment. The precariousness of these proceedings, or rather, frankly, their violence, is glaringly evident. In the processes of such criticism it is pure subjectivity which rules, and the investigator gets out as results only what he puts in as premises. And even when the desired result has thus been wrested from the unwilling documents, he discovers that he has only brought himself into the most extreme historical embarrassment. By thus desupernaturalizing Jesus he leaves primitive Christianity and its supernatural Jesus wholly without historical basis or justification. The naturalizing historian has therefore at once to address himself to supplying some account of the immediate universal ascription to Jesus by his followers of qualities which he did not possess and to which he laid no claim; and that with such force and persistence of conviction as totally to supersede from the very beginning with their perverted version of the facts the actual reality of things. It admits of no doubt, and it is not doubted, that supernaturalistic Christianity is the only historical Christianity. It is agreed on all hands that the very first followers of Jesus ascribed to him a supernatural character. It is even allowed that it is precisely by virtue of its supernaturalistic elements that Christianity has made its way in the world. It is freely admitted that it was by the force of its enthusiastic proclamation of the divine Christ, who could not be holden of death but burst the bonds of the grave, that Christianity conquered the world to itself. What account shall be given of all this? There is presented a problem here, which is insoluble on the naturalistic hypothesis. The old mythical theory fails because it requires time, and no time is at its disposal; the primitive Christian community believed in the divine Christ. The new "history-of-religions" theory fails because it can not discover the elements of that "Christianity before Christ" which it must posit, either remotely in the Babylonian inheritance of the East, or close by in the prevalent Messianic conceptions of contemporary Judaism. Nothing is available but the postulation of pure fanaticism in Jesus' first followers, which finds it convenient not to proceed beyond the general suggestion that there is no telling what fanaticism may not invent. The plain fact is that the supernatural Jesus is needed to account for the supernaturalistic Christianity which is grounded in him. Or--if this supernaturalistic Christianity does not need a supernatural Jesus to account for it, it is hard to see why any Jesus at all need be postulated. Naturalistic criticism thus overreaches itself and is caught up suddenly by the discovery that in abolishing the supernatural Jesus it has abolished Jesus altogether, since this supernatural Jesus is the only Jesus which enters as a factor into the historical development. It is the desupernaturalized Jesus which is the mythical Jesus, who never had any existence, the postulation of the existence of whom explains nothing and leaves the whole historical development hanging in the air. ### 4. Its Historical Development. It is instructive to observe the lines of development of the naturalistic reconstruction of the Jesus of the evangelists through the century and a half of its evolution. The normal task which the student of the life of Jesus sets himself is to penetrate into the spirit of the transmission so far as that transmission approves itself to him as trustworthy, to realize with exactness and vividness the portrait of Jesus conveyed by it, and to reproduce that portrait in an accurate and vital portrayal. The naturalistic reconstructors, on the other hand, engage themselves in an effort to substitute for the Jesus of the transmission another Jesus of their own, a Jesus who will seem "natural" to them, and will work in "naturally" with their naturalistic world-view. In the first instance it was the miracles of Jesus which they set themselves to eliminate, and this motive ruled their criticism from Reimarus (1694-1768), or rather, from the publication of the Wolfenbuettel Fragments (q.v.), to Strauss (1835-36). The dominant method employed--which found its culminating example in H. E. G. Paulus (1828)--was to treat the narrative as in all essentials historical, but to seek in each miraculous story a natural fact underlying it. This whole point of view was transcended by the advent of the mythical view in Strauss, who laughed it out of court. Since then miracles have been treated ever more and more confidently as negligible quantities, and the whole strength of criticism has been increasingly expended on the reduction of the supernatural figure of Jesus to "natural" proportions. The instrument relied upon to produce this effect has been psychological analysis; the method being to rework the narrative in the interests of what is called a "comprehensible" Jesus. The whole mental life of Jesus and the entire course of his conduct have been subjected to psychological canons derived from the critics' conception of a purely human life, and nothing has been allowed to him which does not approve itself as "natural" according to this standard. The result is, of course, that the Jesus of the evangelists has been transformed into a nineteenth-century "liberal" theologian, and no conceptions or motives or actions have been allowed to him which would not be "natural" in such a one. The inevitable reaction which seems to be now asserting itself takes two forms, both of which, while serving themselves heirs to the negative criticism of this "liberal" school, decisively reject its positive construction of the figure of Jesus. A weaker current contents itself with drawing attention to the obvious fact that such a Jesus as the "liberal" criticism yields will not account for the Christianity which actually came into being; and on this ground proclaims the "liberal" criticism bankrupt and raises the question, what need there is for assuming any Jesus at all. If the only Jesus salvable from the débris of legend is obviously not the author of the Christianity which actually came into being, why not simply recognize that Christianity came into being without any author--was just the crystallization of conceptions in solution at the time? A stronger current, scoffing at the projection of a nineteenth-century "liberal" back into the first century and calling him "Jesus," insists that "the historical Jesus" was just a Jew of his day, a peasant of Galilee with all the narrowness of a peasant's outlook and all the deficiency in culture which belonged to a Galilean countryman of the period. Above all, it insists that the real Jesus, possessed by those Messianic dreams which filled the minds of the Jewish peasantry of the time, was afflicted with the great delusion that he was himself the promised Messiah. Under the obsession of this portentous fancy he imagined that God would intervene with his almighty arm and set him on the throne of a conquering Israel; and when the event falsified this wild hope, he assuaged his bitter disappointment with the wilder promise that he would rise from death itself and come back to establish his kingdom. Thus the naturalistic criticism of a hundred and fifty years has run out into no Jesus at all, or worse than no Jesus, a fanatic or even a paranoiac. The "liberal" criticism which has had it so long its own way is called sharply to its defense against the fruit of its own loins. In the process of this defense it wavers before the assault and incorporates more or less of the new conception of Jesus--of the "consistently eschatological" Jesus--into its fabric. Or it stands in its tracks and weakly protests that Jesus' figure must be conceived as greatly as possible, so only it be kept strictly within the limits of a mere human being. Or it develops an apologetical argument which, given its full validity and effect, would undo all its painfully worked-out negative results and lead back to the Jesus of the evangelists as the true "historical Jesus." ### 5. Its Issue. It has been remarked above that the portrait of Jesus drawn in the sources is its own credential; no man, and no body of men, can have invented this figure, consciously or unconsciously, and dramatized it consistently through such a varied and difficult life-history. It may be added that the Jesus of the naturalistic criticism is its own refutation. One wonders whether the "liberal" critics realize the weakness, ineffectiveness, inanition of the Jesus they offer; the pitiful inertness they attribute to him, his utter passivity under the impact of circumstance. So far from being conceivable as the molder of the ages, this Jesus is wholly molded by his own surroundings, the sport of every suggestion from without. In their preoccupation with critical details, it is possible that its authors are scarcely aware of the grossness of the reduction of the figure of Jesus they have perpetrated. But let them only turn to portray their new Jesus in a life-history, and the pitiableness of the figure they have made him smites the eye. Whatever else may be said of it, this must be said--that out of the Jesus into which the naturalistic criticism has issued--in its best or in its worst estate--the Christianity which has conquered the world could never have come. ### IV. The Life of Jesus: 1. In What Sense a "Life" Impossible. The firmness, clearness, and even fulness with which the figure of Jesus is delineated in the sources, and the variety of activities through which it is dramatized, do not insure that the data given should suffice for drawing up a properly so-called "life of Jesus." The data in the sources are practically confined to the brief period of Jesus' public work. Only a single incident is recorded from his earlier life, and that is taken from his boyhood. So large a portion of the actual narrative, moreover, is occupied with his death that it might even be said--the more that the whole narrative also leads up to the death as the life's culmination --that little has been preserved concerning Jesus but the circumstances which accompanied his birth and the circumstances which led up to and accompanied his death. The incidents which the narrators record, again, are not recorded with a biographical intent, and are not selected for their biographical significance, or ordered so as to present a biographical result: in the case of each evangelist they serve a particular purpose which may employ biographical details, but is not itself a biographical end. In other words the Gospels are not formal biographies but biographical arguments--a circumstance which does not affect the historicity of the incidents they select for record, but does affect the selection and ordering of these incidents. Mark has in view to show that this great religious movement in which he himself had a part had its beginnings in a divine interposition; Matthew, that this divine interposition was in fulfilment of the promises made to Israel; Luke, that it had as its end the redemption of the world; John, that the agent in it was none other than the Son of God himself. In the enforcement and illustration of their several themes each records a wealth of biographical details. But it does not follow that these details, when brought together and arranged in their chronological sequence, or even in their genetic order, will supply an adequate biography. The attempt to work them up into a biography is met moreover, by a great initial difficulty. Every biographer takes his position, as it were, above his subject, who must live his life over again in his biographer's mind; it is of the very essence of the biographer's work thoroughly to understand his subject and to depict him as he understands him. What, then, if the subject of the biography be above the comprehension of his biographer? Obviously, in that case, a certain reduction can scarcely be avoided. This in an instance like the present, where the subject is a superhuman being, is the same as to say that a greater or lesser measure of rationalization, "naturalization," inevitably takes place. A true biography of a God-man, a biography which depicts his life from within, untangling the complex of motives which moved him, and explaining his conduct by reference to the internal springs of action, is in the nature of the case an impossibility for men. Human beings can explain only on the basis of their own experiences and mental processes; and so explaining they instinctively explain away what transcends their experiences and confounds their mental processes. Seeking to portray the life of Jesus as natural, they naturalize it, that is, reduce it to correspondence with their own nature. Every attempt to work out a life of Christ must therefore face not only the insufficiency of the data, but the perennial danger of falsifying the data by an instinctive naturalization of them. If, however, the expectation of attaining a "psychological" biography of Jesus must be renounced, and even a complete external life can not be pieced together from the fragmentary communications of the sources, a clear and consistent view of the course of the public ministry of Jesus can still be derived from them. The consecution of the events can be set forth, their causal relations established, and their historical development explicated. To do this is certainly in a modified sense to outline "the life of Jesus," and to do this proves by its results to be eminently worth while. ### 2. Framework of the "Life." A series of synchronisms with secular history indicated by Luke, whose historical interest seems more alert than that of the other evangelists, gives the needed information for placing such a "life" in its right historical relations. The chronological framework for the "life" itself is supplied by the succession of annual feasts which are recorded by John as occurring during Jesus' public ministry. Into this framework the data furnished by the other Gospels--which are not without corroborative suggestions of order, season of occurrence, and relations--fit readily; and when so arranged yield so self-consistent and rationally developing a history as to add a strong corroboration of its trustworthiness. Differences of opinion respecting the details of arrangement of course remain possible; and these differences are not always small and not always without historical significance. But they do not affect the general outline or the main drift of the history, and on most points, even those of minor importance, a tolerable agreement exists. Thus, for example, it is all but universally allowed that Jesus was born c. 5 or 6 B.C. (year of Rome 748 or 749), and it is an erratic judgment indeed which would fix on any other year than 29 or 30 A.D.for his crucifixion. On the date of his baptism--which determines the duration of his public ministry--more difference is possible; but it is quite generally agreed that it took place late in 26 A.D. or early in 27. It is only by excluding the testimony of John that a duration of less than between two and three years can be assigned to the public ministry; and then only by subjecting the Synoptical narrative to considerable pressure. The probabilities seem strongly in favor of extending it to three years and some months. The decision between a duration of two years and some months and a duration of three years and some months depends on the determination of the two questions of where in the narrative of John the imprisonment of John the Baptist (Matt. iv. 12) is to be placed, and what the unnamed feast is which is mentioned in John v. 1. On the former of these questions opinion varies only between John iv. 1-3 and John v. 1. On the latter a great variety of opinions exists: some think of Passover, others of Purim or Pentecost, or of Trumpets or Tabernacles, or even of the day of Atonement. On the whole, the evidence seems decisively preponderant for piecing the imprisonment of the Baptist at John iv. 1-3, and for identifying the feast of John v. 1 with Passover. In that case, the public ministry of Jesus covered about three years and a third, and it is probably not far wrong to assign to it the period lying between the latter part of 28 A.D. and the Passover of 30 A.D. 2 ### 3. Outline of the "Life." The material supplied by the Gospel narrative distributes itself naturally under the heads of (1) the preparation, (2) the ministry, and (3) the consummation. For the first twelve or thirteen years of Jesus' life nothing is recorded except the striking circumstances connected with his birth, and a general statement of his remarkable growth. Similarly for his youth, about seventeen years and a half, there is recorded only the single incident at its beginning, of his conversation with the doctors in the temple. Anything like continuous narrative begins only with the public ministry, in, say, December, 26 A.D. This narrative falls naturally into four parts which may perhaps be distinguished as (a) the beginning of the Gospel, forty days, from December, 26 to February, 27; (b) the Judean ministry, covering about ten months, from Feb., 27 to Dec., 27; (c) the Galilean ministry, covering about twenty-two months, from Dec., 27 to Sept., 29; (d) the last journeys to Jerusalem, covering some six months, from Sept., 29 to the Passover of (Apr.) 30. The events of this final Passover season, the narrative of which becomes so detailed and precise that the occurrences from day to day are noted, constitute, along with their sequences, what is here called "the consummation." They include the events which led up to the crucifixion of Jesus, the crucifixion itself, and the manifestations which he gave of himself after his death up to his ascension. So preponderating was the interest which the reporters took in this portion of the "life of Christ," that is to say, in his death and resurrection, that about a third of their whole narrative is devoted to it. The ministry which leads up to it is also, however, full of incident. What is here called "the beginning of the Gospel" gives, no doubt, only the accounts of Jesus' baptism and temptation. Only meager information is given also, and that by John alone, of the occurrences of the first ten months after his public appearance, the scene of which lay mainly in Judea. With the beginning of the ministry in Galilee, however, with which alone the Synoptic Gospels concern themselves, incidents become numerous. Capernaum now becomes Jesus' home for almost two full years; and no leas than eight periods of sojourn there with intervening circuits going out from it as a center can be traced. When the object of this ministry had been accomplished Jesus finally withdraws from Galilee and addresses himself to the preparation of his followers for the death he had come into the world to accomplish; and this he then brings about in the manner which best subserves his purpose. ### 4. The Public Ministry. Into the substance of Jesus' ministry it is not possible to enter here. Let it only be observed that it is properly called a ministry. He himself testified that he came not to be ministered unto but to minister, and he added that this ministry was fulfilled in his giving his life as a ransom for many. In other words, the main object of his work was to lay the foundations of the kingdom of God in his blood. Subsidiary to this was his purpose to make vitally known to men the true nature of the kingdom of God, to prepare the way for its advent in their hearts, and above all, to attach them by faith to his person as the founder and consummator of the kingdom. His ministry involved, therefore, a constant presentation of himself to the people as the promised One, in and by whom the kingdom of God was to be established, a steady "campaign of instruction" as to the nature of the kingdom which he came to found, and a watchful control of the forces which were making for his destruction, until, his work of preparation being ended, he was ready to complete it by offering himself up. The progress of his ministry is governed by the interplay of these motives. It has been broadly distributed into a year of obscurity, a year of popular favor, and a year of opposition; and if these designations are understood to have only a relative applicability, they may be accepted as generally describing from the outside the development of the ministry. Beginning first in Judea Jesus spent some ten months in attaching to himself his first disciples, and with apparent fruitlessness proclaiming the kingdom at the center of national life. Then, moving north to Galilee, he quickly won the ear of the people and carried them to the height of their present receptivity; whereupon, breaking from them, he devoted himself to the more precise instruction of the chosen band he had gathered about him to be the nucleus of his Church. The Galilean ministry thus divides into two parts, marked respectively by more popular and more intimate teaching. The line of division falls at the miracle of the feeding of the five thousand, which, as marking a crisis in the ministry, is recorded by all four evangelists, and is the only miracle which has received this fourfold record. Prior to this point, Jesus' work had been one of gathering disciples; subsequently to it, it was a work of instructing and sifting the disciples whom he had gathered. The end of the Galilean ministry is marked by the confession of Peter and the transfiguration, and after it nothing remained but the preparation of the chosen disciples for the death, which was to close his work; and the consummation of his mission in his death and rising again. ### 6. Instruments of the Ministry. The instruments by which Jesus carried out his ministry were two, teaching and miracles. In both alike he manifested his deity. Wherever he went the supernatural was present in word and deed. His teaching was with authority. In its insight and foresight it was as supernatural as the miracles themselves; the hearts of men and the future lay as open before him as the forces of nature lay under his control; all that the Father knows he knew also, and he alone was the channel of the revelation of it to men. The power of his "But I say unto you" was as manifest as that of his compelling "Arise and walk." The theme of his teaching was the kingdom of God and himself as its divine founder and king. Its form ran all the way from crisp gnomic sayings and brief comparisons to elaborate parables and profound spiritual discussions in which the deep things of God are laid bare in simple, searching words. The purport of his miracles was that the kingdom of God was already present in its King. Their number is perhaps usually greatly underestimated. It is true that only about thirty or forty are actually recorded. But these are recorded only as specimens, and as such they represent all classes. Miracles of healing form the preponderant class; but there are also exorcisms, nature-miracles, raisings of the dead. Besides these recorded miracles, however, there are frequent general statements of abounding miraculous manifestations. For a time disease and death must have been almost banished from the land. The country was thoroughly aroused and filled with wonder. In the midst of this universal excitement--when the people were ready to take him by force and make him king--he withdrew himself from them, and throwing his circuits far afield, beyond the bruit and uproar, addressed himself to preparing his chosen companions for his great sacrifice--first leading them in the socalled "Later Galilean ministry" (from the feeding of the 5,000 to the confession at Cæsarea Philippi) to a better apprehension of the majesty of his person as the Son of God, and of the character of the kingdom he came to found, as consisting not in meat and drink but in righteousness; and then, in the so-called "Peræan ministry " (from the confession at Cæsarea Philippi to the final arrival at Jerusalem) specifically preparing them for his death and resurrection. Thus he walked straightforward in the path he had chosen, and his choice of which is already made clear in the account of his temptation, set at the beginning of his public career; and in his own good time and way--in the end forcing the hand of his opponents to secure that he should die at the Passover--shed his blood as the blood of the new covenant sacrifice for the remission of sins. Having power thus to lay down his life, he had power also to take it again, and in due time he rose again from the dead and ascended to the right hand of the majesty on high, leaving behind him his promise to come again in his glory, to perfect the kingdom he had inaugurated. ### 6. The Virgin-Birth; the Resurrection. It is appropriate that this miraculous life should be set between the great marvels of the virgin birth and the resurrection and ascension. These can appear strange only when the intervening life is looked upon as that of a merely human being, endowed, no doubt, not only with unusual qualities, but also with the unusual favor of God, yet after all nothing more than human and therefore presumably entering the world like other human beings, and at the end paying the universal debt of human nature. From the standpoint of the evangelical writers, and of the entirety of primitive Christianity, which looked upon Jesus not as a merely human being but as God himself come into the world on a mission of mercy that involved the humiliation of a human life and death, it would be this assumed community with common humanity in mode of entrance into and exit from the earthly life which would seem strange and incredible. The entrance of the Lord of Glory into the world could not but be supernatural; his exit from the world, after the work which he had undertaken had been performed, could not fail to bear the stamp of triumph. There is no reason for doubting the trustworthiness of the narratives at these points, beyond the anti-supernaturalistic instinct which strives consciously or unconsciously to naturalize the whole evangelical narrative. The "infancy chapters" of Luke are demonstrably from Luke's own hand, bear evident traces of having been derived from trustworthy sources of information, and possess all the authority which attaches to the communications of a historian who evinces himself sober, careful, and exact, by every historical test. The parallel chapters of Matthew, while obviously independent of those of Luke--recording in common with them not a single incident beyond the bare fact of the virgin-birth--are thoroughly at one with them in the main fact, and in the incidents they record fit with remarkable completeness into the interstices of Luke's narrative. Similarly, the narratives of the resurrection, full of diversity in details as they are, and raising repeated puzzling questions of order and arrangement, yet not only bear consentient testimony to all the main facts, but fit into one another so as to create a consistent narrative--which has moreover the support of the contemporary testimony of Paul. The persistent attempts to explain away the facts so witnessed or to substitute for the account which the New Testament writers give of them some more plausible explanation, as the naturalistic mind estimates plausibility, are all wrecked on the directness, precision, and copiousness of the testimony; and on the great effects which have flowed from this fact in the revolution wrought in the minds and lives of the apostles themselves, and in the revolution wrought through their preaching of the resurrection in the life and history of the world. The entire history of the world for 2,000 years is the warranty of the reality of the resurrection of Christ, by which the forces were let loose which have created it. "Unique spiritual effects," it has been remarked, with great reasonableness, "require a unique spiritual cause; and we shall never understand the full significance of the cause, if we begin by denying or minimizing its uniqueness." For details see the separate articles on the several distinct topics, e.g., CHRISTOLOGY; GOSPELS; MIRACLES; PARABLES; RESURRECTION; VIRGIN-BIRTH. BENJAMIN B. WARFIELD. ### B. I. Limitation of the Field: The means of writing a satisfactory life of Christ have never existed. From the outset what the Church attempted was no more than the story of Jesus covering a twelve-month. Even in this its object was not historical but apologetic. There exists a bare mention by a few secular writers of 110-120 A.D. of the origin of the obnoxious "Christians." Pliny, the earliest (112 A.D.), merely describes the sect. Tacitus, an accurate historian, c. 115 A.D., dates its rise from the execution of "Christus" by Pilate, procurator of Judea under Tiberius. Secular writers have no more to tell. They would have been compelled to refer inquirers to the tradition preserved by the sect itself. Now even the latest of our four Gospels can be traced in some form by its use in orthodox, heretical, and even anti-Christian writers, to about the same period; so that the whole question of the historical investigator resolves itself into a valuation and comparison of the writings preserved by the Church itself, in the interest of its own defense and edification. ### II. The Sources: The story of Jesus included what was needful for the uses of the Church. Fortunately the severest tests known to the science of literary and historical criticism leave the Church in possession of two groups of writings which circulated in Christian conventicles 50-100 A.D.These are (1) apostolic letters, homilies and "prophecies," writings directly addressed to the edification of particular churches; and (2) etiological narratives, purporting to give account of Christian origins. ### 1. The Epistles of Paul. Of these sources the former contain from the nature of the case but slight and incidental allusion to the tradition; but for the very reason that no effort is made to prove a case the readers being merely reminded of generally accepted facts, this testimony, so far as it goes, is of far greater value than apologetic narrative. Moreover, the nucleus of this group consists of extensive "epistles" by a known author addressed at a fixed date to definite localities critically authenticated, and from twenty to fifty years earlier in date than the anonymous narratives. It is needless, in view of this, to explain why the historical critic takes his stand primarily at the situation of belief and practise indirectly revealed by the great Pauline Epistles, employing them as a standard. The minor elements of this group, disputed letters of Paul, later and doubtful writings attributed to Peter, John, James and Jude add little in any event to the knowledge of Christianity as it existed in Corinth c. 55 >A.D. derivable from the two Epistles to the Corinthians alone. ### 2. The Gospels. The narrative writings (2) are four in number, all anonymous, none earlier than 65 A.D., the latest, attributed in veiled language, in a subsequently attached appendix, to the Apostle John not earlier than 98 A.D. They show a large degree of mutual dependence, but certainly have no mere partial presentation in mind. Each aims to furnish to its respective region "the Gospel" as locally understood inclusive of all essential features. Not in the case of Mark, admittedly representing the tradition as it circulated at Rome, nor even in the case of John, representing that of proconsular Asia, can it be supposed that the writer intended merely to supplement certain standard authorities already current. Just as Mark represents "the Gospel" as understood in Rome, one of the two chief Pauline centers, and John that of Ephesus, the other, so the double work attributed to Luke, whom tradition declared of Antiochian parentage, represents "the Gospel" (Luke i. 4) as understood in "Syria and Cilicia" (Acts xv. 23; Gal. i. 21); while southern Syria, whose historic relations are with Egypt, seems to be represented by the Gospel attributed to Matthew. Critical examination shows these four Gospels to be largely interdependent so that practically the whole of Mark has been transcribed to form the narrative outline of both Matthew and Luke while John shows dependence on all three. Yet in each there persists a significant local type. Both Syrian gospels, besides the conspicuous Mark element, make large use of a factor absent from gospels of the Pauline or Greco-Roman field, that of the commandments of Jesus. This factor (Q) determines the very nature of Matthew, whose whole mission is to teach men "to observe all things whatsoever I commanded you" (Matt, xxviii. 20), Luke's drafts from this same "teaching" source are only second in extent to his extracts from Mark, and are transcribed with much greater exactness. He adds, however, quite a body of narrative not used by Matthew, including his whole second "treatise," and by such additions, as well as the treatment of material, generally approximates more nearly than Matthew to Mark's idea of "the Gospel" as the whole drama of Jesus' career (Acts i. 1). The motive of the Ephesian Gospel is different. While in form largely composed of dialogue, often tending to monologue (iii. 1-21), it does not aim to transmit "commandments of the Lord." Its discourses are controversial expositions of the great Pauline doctrines of new birth, life in the Spirit, etc. Nor does the author aim at history. The "works" he relates are seven symbolic "signs" "manifesting the glory" of the incarnate Logos. The explicit aim is to produce faith in Jesus as the incarnate Son of God, and thus convey that mystical "life" which is the essence of Pauline religion (John xx. 31; cf. Gal. ii. 20). ### 3. The Pauline Gospel. The great Pauline Epistles recall the conditions out of which the Greek Gospels have grown. They reproduce not only Paul's own conception of "the Gospel" including an outline of the story, but certain fundamental differences between Paul and the older apostles, which in some degree correspond to and explain the persistent differences of type in the Greco-Roman and the Syrian tradition. Paul was both unable, and of principle unwilling, to compete with those who claimed to report acts and utterances of the Lord from their own observation. Even had he known a flesh and blood Messiah, such a Messiah, were it even the earthly Jesus himself, he would know no more (II Cor. v. 16), because since his experience in conversion, redemption had lost all interest save as a spiritual experience beginning in the individual soul. His own hopeless struggle for the righteousness of the law, on which participation in the Messianic age, the rabbinic "world to come," was in his view conditioned, had issued in a moral death, from which he had been raised by vision of the risen Lord of Stephen and of many another Christian martyr. Dawning faith in the crucified Messiah of the publicans and sinners, outcasts from synagogue orthodoxy, had brought to him not merely hope of a forgiveness without the works of the law, but an experience similar to that he witnessed in them, though of loftier, moral type, an influx of life and power from "the spirit." The starting-point of everything was to Paul the risen, glorified Christ, giver of the Spirit. He had been revealed as the Son of God with power by the resurrection (Rom. i. 4). This inward experience made Paul an apostle (Gal. i. 16) and gave him his message. Conference with those who were apostles before him was not needful to prepare him to preach it (Gal. i. 16-17). And yet without the safe anchor of connection with the historic Jesus, this doctrine of a spiritual Christ was exposed to all kinds of vagaries. From what it actually suffered at the hands of docetic Gnostics (see DOCETISM), and of ultra Paulinists like Marcion (q.v.), it seems that it would soon be assimilated in the hands of Greek converts to the myths of the redeemer-gods (*theori soeres*), who, incarnate in the form of demigods, or as invisible eons, "powers," or "emanations," were held to participate in the life of men. The whole ethical content of Paul's religion of the Spirit was dependent on the identification of this Spirit, whose manifestations formed the basis of all church life with "the mind that was in Christ Jesus." Rigidly his converts must be disciplined in the subordination of the spectacular gifts of the Spirit, "miracles," "tongues," "prophecies," to the "abiding," the moral ( I Cor. xiii.). ### 4. Its Relations and Character. It is no surprise, therefore, to find Paul, three years after his conversion, going up to Jerusalem to "become acquainted with Peter," literally "to hear his story" (Gal. i. 18). From that Petrine story must have come many an allusion in Paul's letters to Jesus' teachings (I Thess. iv. 15; I Cor. vii. 10, ix. 14 the purity of his life (II Cor. v.21), the tragedy of his betrayal and death (I Cor. xi. 23), the manifestations of his resurrection glory (I Cor. xv. 3-7). From it came certainly the institution of the Eucharist (I Cor. xi. 23-25; see below, II., § 8), but not that of baptism (I Cor. i. 17). Moreover, if it related, as may surely be assumed, marvels of healing and exorcism outshining those of the "strolling Jews, exorcists" and even the "gifts of healing" and "miracles" boasted in the Church (I Cor. xii. 28-29), it is somewhat significant that Paul ignores this whole element, large as it looms on the pages of Mark. Ultimately in the latest of the undisputed epistles Paul states the essence of his Gospel in a "nutshell" (Phil. ii. 4-11; cf. Mark. x. 42-45). Such is Paul's messianism, the starting-point of which is the glorified one of his vision, but in its backward look almost overleaps the earthly career as a mere episode, a period of "humiliation," in the great economy of God, with whom this second Adam had enjoyed the riches of heaven (II Cor. viii. 9) before the first Adam walked in Paradise. Essentially and fundamentally Paul's Gospel is an incarnation doctrine, closely allied in its sacraments, its aspiration to life by mystic union with Christ and God in the Spirit, and even in its terminology, with Greek and Oriental mystery religion. Its soteriology recalls the avatar doctrine of the redeemer-gods (see HINDUISM). That which gives it power to assimilate rather than be assimilated in the maelstrom of intermingling religious ideals, is its ethical root in the life and teaching of the historic Jesus. ### 5. The Petrine Gospel. It can not be too emphatically insisted that the gospel of Peter was essentially, in its starting-point, and in religious value, identical with that of Paul (1 Cor. xv. 11; Gal. ii. 2, 6-8, 15-16). It also did not start from the story of the ministry, but from the resurrection (Acts iv. 33). It rested upon an experience of peter only less profoundly ethical than Paul, a rescue by the felt presence of the risen Christ from the abyss of moral agony. The four canonical Gospels have uniformly canceled the story of this fundamental event in the history of the Christian religion in favor of more concrete, more tangible and marvelous tales of the empty tomb and reappearances of Jesus in palpable form. Not a trace of this appears in Paul. His account of the tradition of the resurrection appearances is unassailable, and certainly complete. It puts his own experience in line with Peter's, and coincides with the remnants and allusions in the Gospel narrative of how first of all "the Lord appeared to Simon" (Luke xxiv. 34). Many traces of this initial vision of Peter exist in the canonical story itself (Mark xiv. 28, xvi. 1, cf. ix. 2-10), in additions to it (John xxi. 1-13), in extra-canonical fragments (Gospel of Peter, end), and above all in the recorded prayer of Jesus for the "turning again" of Simon (Luke xxii. 32). These amply corroborate the statement of Paul that the first "appearance" was "to Simon," and establish the essential justice of the tradition which explains the name of "Cephas" or "Peter" ("Rock") as given because the Church owed its foundation to the newborn faith of this disciple. Because Peter in Galilee rallied his "brethren" with the assurance of his experience of a manifestation of Jesus in glory, Christianity became a religion. What was--what is the experience of the presence of the risen Christ? This is not a problem of history but of religious psychology. With Peter's experience, soon repeated in that of his "brethren," of 500 at once, of Pentecost, of James, of Paul (I Cor. xv. 3-8) "the Gospel" began its career. It was essentially the story of the resurrection as a message of redemption (II Cor. v. 19-21). The psychological phenomenon, vital as it is in the spiritual history of the race, falls from its very nature outside the limits of this discussion; yet it alone accounts for the preservation of the implied story of Jesus' previous career. ### 6. Its Character. In Peter's case as in Paul's this starting-point was the resurrection. But that which tradition reports (Papias, in Eusebius, *Hist. eccl*., III., xxxix. 15) of the nature of Peter's preaching is that which could be anticipated from all known of his past. To Peter the remembrance of Jesus' earthly career would not be, as to Paul, a mere episode in the eternal plan of redemption, an avatar of God's redeeming Spirit suffering humiliation and death. It would be a priceless jewel of personal recollections filled with foregleams of the later glorification. Peter's Christology would be fundamentally not an incarnation doctrine, but just as it is actually found in the Petrine speeches of Acts (ii. 32-36, iii. 18-23, 26) an apotheosis doctrine. An early source even sketches the outline of Peter's story. It "began from Galilee, after the baptism which John preached; how God anointed Jesus of Nazareth with the Holy Ghost and with power; who went about doing good, and healing all that were oppressed of the devil, for God was with him." From this point it passes immediately to the story of the crucifixion in Jerusalem and the witness to the resurrection (Acts x. 37-41). The correspondence of this outline with the outline of that Gospel (Mark) which tradition declares to be founded on Peter's narrative, is a phenomenon of great significance. Disregarding the portions elaborated in the Pauline interest, which show connection at many points with Q and perhaps also with the "special source" of Luke, and taking only the underlying narrative, three essential data appear in Mark: (1) the beginnings in Galilee after the baptism of John, including the healings which center in Capernaum, and in fact at the very door of Peter's house ( Mark i. 15-39, ii. 1-22, iv. 35, v. 43); (2) the journey to Jerusalem, interpreted by Peter as a Messianic enterprise ( Mark viii. 27 sqq., xi. 15 sqq.); (3) the night of betrayal (cf. I Cor. xi. 23), the crucifixion and resurrection ( Mark xiv. 16). In all these Peter's figure is central. ### 7. Consequences. Two unavoidable inferences from what Paul has shown of Peter's Gospel confirm the tradition which connects the story of Jesus with him. (1) Without the impression of an extraordinary personality and an extraordinary career, the initial experience of Peter, echoed in that of his brethren and of Paul (I Cor. xv. 3-11), the true foundation experience of the Church, could never have occurred. (2) Having occurred, all Peter's remembered intercourse with Jesus would be shot through with transfiguring rays from the later vision of his heavenly glory. The process is artlessly acknowledged in the case of the so-called triumphal entry in John xii. 16. What proved Jesus to have been the Christ whose coming to establish his kingdom only awaits Israel's repentance (Acts iii. 19-26)—this formed the substance of Peter's story. ### 8. Four Types of Tradition. Turning to the second and later group of sources, the fourfold tradition, the four canonical Gospels in their fundamental character may fairly be compared with the four tendencies so distinctly marked by Paul among the Corinthian believers of 55 A.D. The Roman Gospel (Mark) recalls those "of Paul," the Ephesian (John) those "of Apollos," the Antiochian (Luke-Acts), those "of Cephas," the Palestinian (Matthew) those "of Christ." Mark and John are both Paulinism in the sense of making faith in the person of Christ essential rather than obedience to precept. But in Mark it is the external side of Paulinism which is presented. It appears with the same crudity in its doctrine of the Spirit, and brusqueness in repudiation of Jewish scruples, which calls forth Paul's rebuke of his too inconsiderate adherents in Corinth. ### 9. The Gospel of John. The Fourth Gospel systematically idealizes the tradition both of "sayings" and "doings" for the inculcation of a Christology now openly allied to the Logos philosophy of Ephesus and Alexandra. Differences exist among critics as to its authorship, but comparatively none as to its speculative and theological character. Its slender modicum of underlying historic tradition can be employed only with utmost critical caution to criticize or supplement the Petrine story in a few details, so completely has it been volatilized in the dominant interest of presenting Christological theory. Aiming only to depict the drama of the incarnate Logos, this Gospel takes indeed the foremost rank as a source for the later history of Pauline Christology, but is almost unusable for the history of Jesus of Nazareth. ### 10. Matthew and John. The two Gospels assigned respectively to Jerusalem and Antioch have much in common after the subtraction of Mark. They do not, with Paul, Mark and John, ignore the Davidic descent of Jesus (cf. Rom. i. 3-4 with Mark xii. 25-37; John vii. 40-43), but prefix independently to the Petrine narrative two genealogies, followed by accounts of Jesus' miraculous birth and childhood. The pedigrees, though mutually exclusive, are really ancient attempts to justify the tradition alluded to by Paul (Rom. i. 3), which possibly had some foundation in the claims of Jesus' family. The stories of the virgin-birth are equally inconsistent with one another, and merely seek in a crude way to adjust the Jewish-Christian doctrine of the pedigrees (Jesus the Christ as son of David) to the Greek or Pauline incarnation doctrine. These also have significance for the history of Christological doctrine, but not for the history of Jesus. The most important new element contributed by Matthew and Luke is the source which they share in common. This was certainly in its fundamental character more closely allied in aim to Matthew than to Luke, its principal object being not to narrate the career of Jesus, but to embody his precepts. If it be supposed that those of Corinth who said "I am of Christ" meant "my conduct is governed by the precepts delivered as from him," their later development may be traced in the combination effected in Matthew, as all critics now admit, of the Gospel of Mark with that primitive compilation of Jesus' teachings made by the Apostle Matthew in the tongue of Palestine, to which Papias refers in 145 A.D. as the "Logia or Syntagma of the Dominical Oracles." The greater leaning of Luke to narrative material, his less intolerant attitude toward teachers and workers of "lawlessness," and the central position accorded to Peter and to the Petrine solution of the great issue at Antioch in his second treatise (Acts xv.; cf. Gal. ii.), justify in classifying the Antiochian Gospel as corresponding to those who declared "I am of Cephas." ### 11. Q and the Aramaic Source. It will readily be seen that the most invaluable of all sources for that extraordinary character and career which through its influence on Peter and Paul has given rise to the Christian religion, is the underlying non-Mark element common to Matthew and Luke (Q), whose relation to the reported "Hebrew" compilation (the *Logia*) is as yet unexplained. Unlike the "wonder-loving" Mark, Q is not dominated by the effort to prove by accounts of prodigies surrounding his career that Jesus was the Son of God in the Pauline sense (Mark i. 1), but aims primarily to report his teaching. Even more, while it alludes to Jesus' miracles, as Paul alludes to those of his time, it presents Jesus' attitude toward them as one of severe rebuke of the popular craving for signs (Matt. xii. 38 sqq.; Luke xi. 29 sqq.) as well as of the suggestion that he might violate by his human will the divine order of the world (Matt. iv. 3-7; Luke iv. 3, 4, 9-12). This aim, and this relative independence of Pauline Christology qualify Q, fragmentary as it is, for use as a corrective in relation to the Petrine tradition, much as the Pauline epistles have been used in relation to the fourfold narrative. ### 12. Results of Source Analysis. The foregoing analysis of the sources in their nature and their relation to one another and to doctrinal development in the Church or its equivalent, is indispensable to every serious-minded modern student of the subject. The harmonistic method, satisfying to an age which made the equal value and errorlessness of all Biblical writings its point of departure, confronted a relatively simple task. Whatever each evangelist said must be added to, or dove-tailed into, the report of every other. Discrepancies could be ignored or explained away. Variant forms could be attached one after the other, as subsequent similar occurrences or repetitions. To-day the comparative method is displacing the harmonistic. The more vital the subject, the less can the truth-loving and reverent mind be satisfied to exempt it from the most searching analysis possible under the methods of documentary and historical research. The results concern not mere individual anecdotes or sayings, but the traditional story of Jesus as a whole. As already seen, the beginnings of the Christian religion do not deal so much with the career of the carpenter of Nazareth, as with the glorified Lord, whom Paul identified with the redeeming Spirit of God ( II Cor. iii. 1, 7), in whom he even sees that semi-personal wisdom which the "wisdom" writers had presented as the agency of God in creation ( I Cor. viii. 6; cf. Prov. viii. 22 sqq.; Wisdom of Sol. vii. 21-30). It is this Hellenistic incarnation doctrine which became "Christianity." And yet "Christianity" was saved from absorption in eclectic Gnosticism only by virtue of the persistence of the career and teaching of the historic Jesus, the contribution of the Syrian type of Gospel tradition, whose respective elements "Petrine" and "Matthean" fall now to be analyzed. It is true that Paul was dependent on Peter; but it is at least equally true that Peter, or more exactly those secondary sources which represent the Petrine tradition, show to an enormous extent the influence of Paul. Only the ultimate substratum of narrative in the Greek Gospels can claim to represent the Aramaic story of the Galilean fisherman. The one source which in its original Aramaic form was comparatively unaffected by Pauline soteriology was the Matthean collection of the "Sayings," which survives only in fragments from a Greek version utilized by Luke in connection with an. otherwise unknown narrative source, and by Matthew to complete his manual of "commandments." Even the Logia must have started with the presupposition of Jesus' superhuman authority, and, at least in the Greek form, applied to him the apocalyptic title "Son of Man" from Dan. vii. 13. ### III. Critical Outline of the Story of Jesus: 1. Relations with John the Baptist. The task here is to draw from these materials a consistent outline of Jesus' historical career and teaching, determining from these the character of the man, and the nature of the movement which he set on foot "first in Galilee and afterward in Jerusalem." The story of Jesus began "after the baptism which John preached." (On the infancy chapters of Matthew and Luke see above, I., § 10). The further back the sources are traced the more apparent is it that the movement which Jesus inaugurated was a continuation of that of John, from which the Church subsequently borrowed its rite of initiation. Great stress is laid in the earliest source (Q) on the distinction between John's ascetic life, emphasizing his stern warnings of judgment and wrath to come, and that of Jesus, who came into the populous haunts of men with his winning proclamation of forgiveness. The latest source (John) is deeply concerned to show how void of all significance was the whole Johannine movement, except as premonitory of the Gospel. And yet the true relation is evident in the reverential regard of Jesus for John, in whose movement he saw no less a matter than the great repentance, to be effected according to Scripture "before the great and terrible Day of Yahweh" (Q, Matt. xi. 2-19, xii. 41, xxi. 32; Luke vii. 18-28, 31-35, xi. 32, xvi. 14-16). Equally apparent is it in the fundamental note of Petrine story, which begins with Jesus' coming into Galilee after John's arrest, with an invitation to the fishermen to join him in gathering men, rescuing the strayed sheep of the flock of Israel. There is all the less reason to doubt the statement that Jesus had been himself baptized by John, inasmuch as later evangelists experience great difficulty in adjusting this fact to their doctrine of Messiah's sinlessness (Matt. iii. 13-15; Gospel of Hebrews, fragment 3). 3 But the so-called Prologue of Mark (i. 1-13), wherein this scene is depicted on the basis of the Jewish legend of the anointing of Messiah by Elias, with employment of the voice from heaven of the transfiguration apocalypse (see below II. 7) does not belong to the basic Petrine tradition, which begins at verse 14 (cf. Acts x. 37). ### 2. The Motive for Jesus' Ministry. The real impulse under which Jesus took up the standard of the martyred prophet and carried it away from the wilderness into the centers of half-heathen Galilee, is clearly apparent from his invitation to the fishermen (with Mark i. 17 cf. Jer. xvi. 16 and Matt. xiii. 47) and kindred utterances from Q (Matt. ix. 35-38, x. 6, xviii. 12-14; Luke x. 2, xv. 3-7). It is made even more unmistakable in the special source of Luke, in which the humanitarian and sociological aspect of Jesus' work is strikingly emphasized. Synagogue religion under the domination of the scribes had in fact made it almost impossible for the "people of the land" to expect any "share in the world to come." The spiritual inheritance of Israel as a whole had been monopolized by the scribes and their devout followers the Pharisees. The ideal since even the times before the monarchy (Ex. iv. 22; Hos. xi. 1) had been that Israel was to be a people of God's "sons." Now none were allowed to be so reckoned who did not "do the will," as revealed in the sacred law and interpreted by the scribes. The Johannine movement as interpreted by Jesus (Q, Matt. xxi. 32=Luke vii. 29) was a protest against this usurpation. The rite of baptism itself, foreign as it is to the Mosaic code, and spontaneous to its symbolism, justifies this view of the movement of John. The epithet "friend of publicans and sinners," flung at Jesus by his foes the synagogue authorities, the scene of his early ministry, the very class in society to which he belonged, make it apparent that the beginning of Jesus' ministry in Galilee had exactly this character of protest in the name of the "little ones" whose poverty alone would have made the yoke of the law, ever heavier as the scribes were making it, a yoke which in Peter's words ( Acts xv. 7) "neither we nor our fathers were able to bear." It was sociological, and ethico-religious. ### 3. Message and Miracles. Jesus did more than merely carry on the baptism of John. He renewed John's preaching of repentance in view of the coming kingdom, but instead of awaiting in the wilderness those whom curiosity or, conscience might drive to him, he carried the message where the lost sheep of Israel were most numerous. He enlisted the aid of fishermen, publicans, wage-earners like himself to proclaim it. He went from Capernaum to the towns of Gennesaret, from Gennesaret to the villages of Galilee. He preached in the synagogues and in the streets. Baptism itself was for the time being left behind, since physical conditions made it impracticable. The message also was infinitely bolder, and at the same time infinitely more hopeful than John's. Fortunately much of it is preserved in substantially original form. The repentance itself of the sinful was to Jesus a proof of that divine forgiveness for the attainment of which the repentance had been demanded (Matt. xxi. 28-32=Luke xv. 11-32, vii. 36-50). He declared in the name of the great Father, Lord of heaven and earth, that there was access to him, forgiveness, adoption, life in the kingdom, for those who "did the will"; not in the sense of scribe and Pharisee, but by simple imitation of the spirit of the loving God of nature (Q, Matt. v. 43-48=Luke vi. 27-36). He welcomed such to spiritual brotherhood with himself (Mark iii. 35 and parallels). Inward, not outward, purity was made the condition of "seeing God"; and the essence of the law simple-hearted devotion to God, and God-like goodness to one's fellow men, "even to the unthankful and the evil." This was much more than all whole burnt-offering and sacrifice. The immense effect of Jesus' preaching was not due alone to the reawakening in the land of the voice of prophetic authority, with its moral imperative, "thus saith the Lord "; but to certain startling accompaniments, which at their first appearance were the occasion to Jesus of one of his vigils of prayer (Mark i. 35-39), but were ultimately welcomed by him as a divine aid and seal upon his proclamation of forgiveness. His stern rebuke of an outcry from a "possessed" person in the synagogue in Capernaum resulted in an involuntary exorcism. The "demon" went out. In Peter's house immediately after, a "healing" took place on the appeal of the inmates that he would lay hands upon the patient. Straightway Jesus was besieged with the importunities of the sick in body and mind, with the result that he appears divided between the desire to give physical help, and the vivid appreciation of the danger involved of being forcibly diverted from his higher aims. A whole cycle of marvels of healing and exorcisms, even the subduing of the demons of wind and storm, appears at this point of the Petrine tradition. Q, with more sobriety, presents Jesus' attitude on the subject in contrast with the malignant interpretation of the scribes. The "mighty works" are the evidence of God's gracious intervention to overthrow the power of Satan. Such evidence would have led Tyre and Sidon, Sodom and Gomorrah, to repentance; but to that hardened generation they were simply an occasion of "stumbling in him." In point of fact he was accused by leading scribes of collusion with Beelzebub. ### 4. Breaking of Bread. Before relating the irrepressible conflict with the scribes into which Jesus was led by his championship of the "people of the land," a few words must be devoted to a cycle of narratives presented in duplicate by Mark and Matthew, occupying a central position in every one of the Gospels. The chief feature of these is the feeding of the multitude. They owe their conspcuous position, as appears from the features on which they dilate, to their etiological significance, as explaining and defining the order of the church rite of the breaking of bread; and the very existence from earliest times of this institution, with its significant name of Agape or Love-feast (qq.v.; Acts vi. 4; I Cor. xi. 20-34; Jude 12), proves the fundamental historicity of the tradition. True, Mark's narrative is controlled by the idea of a prodigy outstripping the miracle related of Elisha in II Kings iv. 42-44, and the later evangelists follow this lead. Still the original motive is different. It inculcates that 'wonderful spirit of absolute abandon in self-denying service which formed one of the primitive "gifts of the Spirit" (I Cor, xiii. 3; Acts ii. 44-46, iv. 32-37), and which was rightly attributed to the influence of Jesus. The multitude gathered about Jesus in the wilderness had hung upon his words until the hour of the evening meal. Yet instead of dismissing them to find shelter and food as they best could in the neighboring villages, as the disciples urged, Jesus directed that the whole stock of their common resources be set before them. He not merely made the multitude thus materially his guests, but took them formally into the very circle wherein he was himself wont to act as house-father, "blessing and breaking the bread." The results in even a physical sense seem to have filled his followers with amazement, but became far more memorable after Jesus on a later occasion had exemplified the same spirit in the surrender of his very lifeblood. Paul is the witness (I Cor. xi. 24) that on the night of his betrayal Jesus asked the continuance of this custom of the breaking of bread as a fitting memorial of the life which was being laid down to open the kingdom of heaven to the spiritually disinherited. 4 ### 5. Collision with the Authorities. Invasion of the domain of synagogue authority by such a movement as that of the prophet of Nazareth could not fail to provoke a violent reaction. This became apparent first in the murmurs of the Galilean Pharisees at the disregard shown by his followers for set fasts, ceremonial ablutions, and even for the Sabbath. Jesus deprecated iconoclasm, but insisted on the prior right of "the greater matters of the law, judgment, mercy and good faith." Local orthodoxy was reenforced by a delegation of "scribes from Jerusalem." These, when their unworthy ascription of the healings wrought "by the Spirit of God" to Beelzebub had been rebuked by Jesus, openly challenged his authority to teach, and demanded a prophet's authentication by "sign from heaven." Jesus' reply was a noble repudiation of such criteria in favor of God-given "signs of the times." He denounced the usurpation by the scribes of the right to admit to or exclude from "sonship," and their pretensions to be solely qualified to reveal "the Father." Against them he appealed to the "inward light." He thanked the infinite "Lord of heaven and earth " that his truth was not given to the wise and prudent, but to minds as simple as babes. As representative and champion of the "little ones" he even declared that real knowledge of the Father belongs to him who has the filial spirit; while the Father reserves to himself alone the right to say who is a son (Q, Matt. xi. 25-27 = Luke x. 21-22). 5 ### 6. The Crisis in Galilee. But the Jews required a sign. The scribes remained masters of the field. Whether because of popular desertion, or the threatening attitude of Antipas, whose secret murder of John the Baptist at Machaerus falls at about this period (Mark vi. 14-29; cf. Luke xiii. 31-35), Jesus' public work in Galilee is from now on abruptly broken off. He remains in hiding on the northern frontier until, after secretly rallying his adherents in Capernaum, he undertakes with them the last emprise. The ultimate decision was made at Cæsarea Philippi, near the ancient Dan. Jesus consulted his few remaining followers as to his own career. The campaign must either be abandoned, or else reopened on a larger, but far more perilous scale. The impetuous Peter, so Petrine tradition relates, broached at this time the daring proposal of an actual Messianic *coup d'état* at Jerusalem. It was met by Jesus with a rebuke of crushing severity. He did indeed propose to attack the central seat of hierocratic usurpation, to vindicate in the temple itself the right of all the people to their own national sanctuary, now perverted into a mere instrumentality of extortion by a godless band of "robbers." Jesus was contemplating the throwing down of a gage of battle, in the face of the degenerate priestly aristocracy whose only relic of the splendid heritage of Maccabean sovereignty was the citadel of the temple. But he would do so in the name only of "the things that be of God." Zealot nationalists should not seize the reins to pervert his movement into a mere fruitless insurrection against the Romans. Once turned in this direction the result to himself, his followers, his cause, as he could not but foresee, would be inevitably fatal. Of the imminence of this danger he warned them, once and again. Yet withal, in the spirit of that unconquerable faith in God which they bad learned to know as his most distinctive trait he assured them that even if--as was only too probable--shipwreck did thus come of all their earthly hopes, even if they lost their lives for his sake and the Gospel's, they should find them again. Within the lifetime of that unworthy generation should come his vindication in the great "day of the Son of Man" of Danielic vision. ### 7. Jesus as "Son of Man." In the light of later conviction this assurance of divine vindication in the Messianic judgment came to be interpreted as a prediction by Jesus that he himself would come again as the Son of Man. This term is already consistently employed in the oldest evangelic source (Q) as a self-designation of Jesus, though not yet in Paul. From Q it passes to Mark and thence to the entire evangelic tradition, creating the wrong impression that Jesus was a visionary (*Ekstatiker*), carried away with the apocalyptic enthusiasm of the early post-resurrection conventicles. In reality his ideal was ethico-religious; and the integrity and unswervable fidelity of his simple, straightforward purpose ought to have made it impossible in the present to impute to him a perversion from this ideal. In spite of Jesus' crushing rebuke, a later element of the Palestinian Gospel (Matt. xvi. 17) makes Peter's suggestion of Messiahship at this time the foundation of the Church. Jesus, it is said, declared it a *bath kol*, or revelation from God. Parallel to this prose statement is the apocalypse or "vision" story of the transfiguration, interjected by Mark in ix. 2-10 from some Pauline source of the symbolic type represented in John. Jesus was "metamorphosed" (cf. II Cor. iii. 18) before the eyes of Peter, James and John into his glorified form, while the translated "witnesses of Messiah," Moses and Elias, stood beside him. The voice of Cod then declared his true character. This again, it need hardly be said, belongs to the history of Christological doctrine; not to the story of Jesus. ### 8. The Finale. The exodus from Galilee was accomplished secretly. The little body of those who were willing to leave all and follow Jesus to possible martyrdom went by way of the Jordan valley, Peraea and Jericho. At this last stage of the journey it received an encouraging accession, whether the story of Mark is followed or the "special source" of Luke. Shortly before Passover, Jesus entered the temple, surrounded by a motley company of enthusiastic, yet orderly supporters. The priestly authorities were overawed. The most obnoxious of abuses inaugurated in the sanctuary by "the hissing brood of Annas" was abolished, peremptorily, and yet without mob violence. In answer to the challenge of the sanhedrin Jesus gave as the sign of his authority "the baptism of John," a movement "from heaven and not of men." He had succeeded in averting the danger of Messianistic outbreak, and asserted the religious rights of the "last sons" in the central sanctuary, without affording a just pretext for Roman intervention. But his success was short-lived. He had to deal with a hierocracy which had no scruples about defending its supremacy by intrigue and midnight assassination; a Roman governor notorious for his ruthless harshness and readiness to shed innocent blood; and for support the broken reed of a fickle populace, ready at a moment's notice to forsake the champion of their rights in the kingdom of God. The tragedy as related by the first witnesses has but a single act--"the night in which he was betrayed." The scenes of that night, the last supper with its warning of the end, its pathetic "memorial," Gethsemane, the arrest, with desertion of the twelve, sequestration of Jesus till the morning in the high priest's house, Peter's denial and flight, show a vividness unequaled elsewhere in the Gospel story. All that follows is relatively vague and self-contradictory. Trial was impossible from time conditions alone. It could only prove self-stultifying to the accusers, if attempted. Annas and his fellow conspirators were far too shrewd to involve themselves in such public responsibility. They merely "delivered over" Jesus to Pilate as a Mesaianistic agitator. It may well be believed that Pilate put no faith in the disinterestedness of such accusers, and even that he hesitated at another judicial murder. But he soon discovered that the popularity of Jesus was less formidable than the pressure of synagogue authorities and priestly aristocracy. Jesus' conscience-stricken disciples emerged from their hiding-places to hear the awful issue. On the day before the Passover, as the priests had planned ( Mark xiv. 2), Jesus was crucified. The accusation was written as custom prescribed upon his cross. He died as having aspired to the throne of David. Friendly but unknown hands accorded him hasty burial. ### 9. The Issue. Such is the career whose outline critical analysis dimly discerns beneath the tradition of the Church. The vindication came, though not as Jesus expected it. The throne to which he had not aspired was given him by the love and faith of humanity. There was a "turning again" when the influence of Jesus, whether by the reaction of memories of the past, or in direct spiritual intervention from the unseen world, reawakened the faith of Simon Peter, and Christianity began, founded in devotion to the risen and glorified Lord. BENJAMIN W. BACON. BIBLIOGRAPHY: The literature is enormous and the following is no more than a selection aiming to direct to the most useful works from various points of view. The literature cited is exclusive of works on the teaching, work, and character of Jesus, and on special topics or phases of his life trial, death, resurrection, and ascension. A bibliography carrying all these and other topics is: S. G. Ayres, *Jesus Christ Our Lord; an English Bibliography of Christology comprising over 5,000 Titles annotated and classified*, New York, 1906; cf. W. B. Hill, *A Guide to the Lives of Christ for English Readers*, New York, 1905 (gives evaluation of thirty-six lives of Christ). Volumes which review discussions of the life and works of Christ are: A. Schweitzer, *Von Reimarus zu Wrede, Eine Geschichte der Leben-Jesu-Forschung*, Strasburg, 1906 (reviews the attempts up to date to write the life of Jesus); H. Jordan, *Jesus im Kampfe der Parteien der Gegenwart*, Stuttgart, 1907; F. Spitta, *Streitfragen der Geschichte der Jeau*, Göttingen, 1907; W. Sanday, Life of Christ in Recent Research, New York, 1907; H. Weinel, *Jesus im 19. Jahrhundert*, Tübingen, 1907 (a review of the work of the century); G. Pfanmüller, *Jesus in Urteil der Jahrhunderte*, Leipsic, 1908. Possibly the earliest attempt at a systematic life was that in a series of *Meditationes vitae Christi* attributed to Bonaventura, Eng. transl. by W. H. Hutchings, New York, 1881; a corresponding effort in English is Jeremy Taylor's *Great Exemplar of Sanctity and Holy Life*, London, 1649 (devotional). A new period opened with J. G. von Herder, *Erlöser des Menschen* and *Von Gottes Sohn*, in his *Christliche Schriften*, Riga, 1794-98 (the first notable works to apply scientific research). Stadia were marked by H. E. G. Paulus, *Das Leben Jesu*, Heidelberg, 1828 (rationalistic); D. F. Strauss, *Das Leben Jesu*, 2 vols., Tübingen, 1835-36; Eng. transls., e.g., 3 vols., London, 1846, and *Das Leben Jesu für das deutsche Volk*, Leipsic, 1864, Eng. transls., London, 1879 (advanced the mythical theory and evoked a storm of protest and a large number of replies); A. Neander, *Das Leben Christi*, Gotha, 1837, Eng. transl., London, 1846 (one of the earliest and best answers to Strauss); E. Renan, *Vie de Jésus*, Paris, 1863, Eng. transls., frequent eds., e.g., New York, 1904 (more appreciative than Strauss of historical verities, but yet so stressed the legendary that it evoked as much opposition as Strauss's work); T. Keim, *Geschichte Jesu von Nazara*, 3 vols., Zurich, 1867-72, Eng. transl., 6 vols., London, 1873, new ed., 1897 (critical, rationalistic, yet to be reckoned with). It may be serviceable to the historical student to know that the *British Museum Catalogue* gives in the entries under each of these notable works the titles of replies or criticisms which they evoked. While the works just named in a way mark stages in the study, the lives which follow are those which are of chief value among the very large number of works on the life of Christ; F. W. Farrar, *Life of Christ*; with an appendix, 2 vols., London, 1874 (popular); C. Geikie, ib. 1876; E. De Preasensd, London, 1879; J. Stalker, Edinburgh, 1879; A. M. Fairbairn, *Studies in the Life of Christ*, New York, 1882; A. Edersheim, London, 1883 (utilizes rabbinic sources); S. J. Andrews, New York, 1884 (one of the best in English); B. Weiss, 2 vols., Berlin, 1884, Eng. transl., 3 vols., Edinburgh, 1884; G. Dalman and A. W. Streane, *Jesus Christ in the Talmud, Midrash, Zohar, and the Liturgy of the Synagogue*, texts and transl., London, 1893; A. Robinson, *A Study of the Saviour in the Newer Light*, London, 1898 (critical but reverent); G. Matheson, *Studies in the Portrait of Christ*, 2 vols., London, 1900 (sympathetic and spiritual); R. Rhees, New York, 1900 (concise); O. Holtzmann, Tübingen, 1901, Eng. transl., London, 1904; N. Schmidt, *The Prophet of Nazareth*, New York, 1905 (critical, of high value); D. Smith, *The Days of His Flesh*, London, 1905 (highly esteemed); A. Whyte, *The Walk, Conversation and Character of Jesus Christ, Our Lord*, Edinburgh, 1905 (brilliant and original); W. Bousset, *Jesus*, Eng. transl., London, 1906 (a judicial consideration of the testimony of the Gospels); A. Réville, 2 vols., Paris, 1906 (critical); W. Sanday, *Outlines of the Life of Christ*, 2d ed., Edinburgh, 1906. For the critical literature on the sources see under GOSPELS; PAUL THE APOSTLE; and under the articles on the separate Gospels.
JESUS CHRIST, BROTHERS OF Jesus Christ, Brothers of

韩

暂时没有译文正文。

英

**JESUS CHRIST, BROTHERS OF.** See JAMES, I., 3, §§ 1-2.
JESUS CHRIST, MONOGRAM OF. Jesus Christ, Monogram of.

韩

暂时没有译文正文。

英

### JESUS CHRIST, MONOGRAM OF. Christ. Different Forms (§ I). Date of origin (§ 2). Symbolism (§ 3): Jesus. Jesus Christ. "Monogram of Christ" is the term Usually applied to a combination of the first two letters of the Greek word for Christ (XP), although it is also given to an abbreviated form of the name Jesus as well as to a synthesis of both. ### I. Christ: The monogram for "Christ" shows two chief forms, the "rho" being either placed within the "chi" (*?*), or the latter being set upright and the former superimposed on that arm, which thus becomes vertical (*?*). Two additional forms were given by the reversal of the "rho" ### 1. Different Forms. (*?*, *?*), and the addition of a horizontal line at right angles to the "rho" in the first of the main types gave yet another pair of monograms (*?*, *?*). There are also a number of less usual forms, as when the Latin "r" is substituted for the Greek "rho," which is found in Syria (420), Gaul (after the middle of the fifth century), and Italy (chiefly at Ravenna and on a tombstone at Milan). The form *?* is exclusively Christian, although it closely resembles the Egyptian *ankh* (*?*), the symbol of life, which is twice altered into the Christian monogram in an inscription of the sixth century from the island of Philæ, where it marks the transformation of a temple into a church. The monogram *?*, on the other hand, is pre-Christian, and appears on Attic tetradrachms, on Ptolemaic coins, and in an inscription to Isis of 138-137 B.C., while in Greek manuscripts of the Christian period it forms an abbreviation of various words. ### 2. Date of Origin. It has long been a problem whether the monogram for the name of Christ was introduced by the Emperor Constantine or was in use before his time. The inscriptions with this symbol to which appeal has been made in confirmation of the latter hypothesis are either spurious or extremely doubtful. The oldest Roman epitaphs of certain date which bear the monogram *?* are of 323 and 331, both in the reign of Constantine, while the earliest dated monument from Gaul is in 347. Yet since a monogram was made for the name Jesus in the second century, it would seem that the name Christ underwent the same process, and that Constantine adopted a form which was already current. This is confirmed by the fact that *?* as an abbreviation for "Christ" is found in certain inscriptions of the third century. The monogram occurs with great frequency in the inscriptions on Christian graves, sometimes alone and sometimes with the "alpha" and "omega" (see ALPHA AND OMEGA), with the fish, between two doves, between palm-branches, in a garland, in a circle, and the like. It is found throughout the Greek and Roman world, as well as among the Copts and in Germany. Nor is it confined to inscriptions, but occurs on funeral lamps, glass vessels, sarcophagi, wall-paintings, ornaments, and even on clothing and other articles of daily life. The two main forms of the monogram long existed side by side, and occasionally occurred on the same monument, but in the fifth century *?* gradually yielded to *?* , and both finally gave place to the simple cross. The Emperor Constantine placed the monogram, apparently in the form *?*, on his standard and helmet, as well as on the shield of his soldiers, and its use was very frequent on the coins of his successors (except Julian) until Justinian I. (d. 565), when it was replaced by the cross. In the second half of the fourth century the monogram was placed on public buildings, the earliest dated instance being from Sion (Switzerland) in 377. It was likewise employed in the churches, the oldest example being a mosaic in the Church of St. Constantia at Rome, where it appears in a scroll in the hand of Christ. In the remarkable church of the Savior at Spoleto, which dates probably from the second half of the fourth century, the monogram *?* occurs on the great arch above the altar, while the *?* is found on the tympanum of two side-windows of the facade. Other structures showing the monogram are the temple on the banks of the Clitumnus (apparently transformed into a church in the fifth century), Sta. Maria Maggiore in Rome (fifth century), and Sta. Francesca Romana in the same city (twelfth or thirteenth century). ### 3. Symbolism. In epitaphs the monogram is either used as a simple abbreviation of the name Christ, or, if isolated grammatically, denotes confession of Christ. In early art it stands as a symbol of Christ, as when he is typified on a sarcophagus in the Vatican grottos by a lamb which stands on a mount (Rev. xiv. 1) and bears the *?* on its head. It is likewise associated with the human figure of Christ, a single monogram being placed either above his head or in a halo, while in other cases one is represented on each side of his head. When set between two persons on glass vessels, the monogram symbolizes the presence of Christ in their midst. Particularly interesting is the symbolism frequently found on sarcophagi which represents the monogram *?* in a garland sustained by a flying eagle above the cross, at the feet of which appear the guardians of the grave. Here the lower portion typifies the crucifixion and the repose of the tomb, while the upper part is an emblem of the resurrection and ascension. The monogram appears also as a purely symbolic figure, as when a tomb stone of 355 represents a man holding the *?* in his outstretched right hand. ### II. Jesus: The oldest form of the monogram for the name Jesus is the Greek *?*, which is implied in the Epistle of Barnabas ix., where in the 318 men circumcised by Abraham (a combination of Gen. xvii. 23 with xiv. 14) is traced an allusion both to Jesus ( IH) and to the cross (T), the Greek mode of writing 318 being *?*, an interpretation which passed to the Latin Church. The employment of this monogram in ancient Christian monuments, however, is rare, although it is found in the catacomb of Priscilla and in the atrium of the so-called *Capella Græca*. In the Occident the form IHS has been extremely wide-spread since the end of the Middle Ages, this being due especially to the sermons of Bernardin of Sienna, who used to display at the close of the addresses which he delivered in various cities a tablet containing these letters written in gold and surrounded by the rays of the sun. This monogram later became the special emblem of the Jesuits. ### III. Jesus Christ: The simplest form for the combination of both the divine names in Greek is *?*, consisting of the initials I X. This monogram, though ancient, is rare, but is found on a tombstone from Rome in 268 or 279, and on others from Gaul in 491 and 597. It likewise occurs between the "alpha" and "omega" (bronze lamp in the museum of Estense) and in a circle (above a throne in the center of a sarcophagus at Tusculum). The form is occasionally modified to ?, especially in graffiti of the catacomb of St. Calixtus, while a Gallic gravestone of 498 shows the three forms ?, ? and, ?. The monogram occurs also in the mosaics of several churches of Ravenna. The usual abbreviation of the two names in the oldest manuscripts of the New Testament is IC XC, which is also found in the Neapolitan catacombs, while in the Greek Church it was frequently placed on the base of the paten. It appeared on the coins of the Byzantine emperors from John Zimiskes (969-975) to the fall of the dynasty, and was also employed in Greek paintings and sculptures, as well as on the bronze doors of 1070, formerly in the church of St. Paul at Rome. Particularly noteworthy is the transfer of this monogram to the medieval Latin Church. In the ancient church of St. Peter at Rome were mosaics of the time of Innocent III., which represented Christ enthroned between Peter and Paul with the inscription IC XC, while similar mosaics are still preserved from the early part of the fourteenth century in the church of Sta. Maria Maggiore at Rome. Italian easel-pieces of the fourteenth and fifteenth centuries likewise show this form of the monogram. The Latin form of the monogram for Jesus Christ was IHS XRS, which occur in the earliest Latin manuscripts of the Bible, the first two letters of each part being expressly declared to be Greek and the last Latin. In the Occident this form was used from the earliest times in inscriptions, sculptures, and paintings, especially in miniatures of the Carolingian period and in medieval panel-paintings, while it was placed on Byzantine coins from Basilius Macedo (867-886) to Romanus Diogenes (1068-71). (A. HAUCK.) BIBLIOGRAPHY: *Spicilegium Solesmense*, ed. J. B. Pitra, iv. 505 sqq., Paris, 1858; E. Le Blant, *Inscriptions chrétiennes de la Gaule*, vol. i., passim, ib. 1856; G. B. de Rossi, *Inscriptiones christianæ urbis Romæ*, vol. i. passim, Rome, 1861; R. Garrucci, *Storia della arte cristiana*, i. 163 sqq., Prato, 1881; F. X. Kraus, *Real-Encyklopädie der christlichen Alterthümer*, ii. 125 sqq., 412 sqq., Freiburg, 1886; V. Schultze, *Archäologie der altchristlichen Kunst*, pp. 235 sqq., Munich, 1895; *DCA*, ii. 1310-14; C. M. Kauffmann, *Handbuch der christlichen Archäologie*, pp. 295 sqq., Paderborn, 1905; H. Leclercq, *Manual d'archéologie chrétienne*, ii., 383 sqq., Paris, 1907; F. Cabrol, *Dictionnaire d'archéologie chrétienne*, i.178 sqq., Paris, 1903.
JESUS CHRIST, PICTURES AND IMAGES OF Jesus Christ, Pictures and Images of

韩

暂时没有译文正文。

英

### JESUS CHRIST, PICTURES AND IMAGES OF. The Oldest Views and Data on the External Appearance of Jesus. The Apocrypha and Pseudepigrapha (§ 1). The Church Fathers (§ 2). Other Data (§ 3). Literary Data on the Oldest Pictures of Jesus. Extant Pictures of Jesus. Portraits Ostensibly Authentic. Portraits by Painters, Sculptors, etc. (§ 1). Alleged Supernatural Pictures (§ 2). Pictures of Jesus in Ancient Art. Symbolical and Allegorical Representations (§ 1). Representations as Teacher and Lawgiver (§ 2). Origin of the Pictures of Jesus. ### I. The Oldest Views and Data on the External Appearance of Jesus: 1. The Apocrypha and Pseudepigrapha. Neither the New Testament nor the writings of the earlier post-Biblical Christian authors have any statements regarding the personal appearance of Jesus, thus contrasting sharply with the Apocrypha and the Pseudepigrapha and especially with the works of the Gnostics. In the "Shepherd" of Hermas (ix. 6, 12) the lofty stature of the Son of God is emphasized, and according to the Gospel of Peter he even towered above the heaven at his resurrection. Gnostic influence is betrayed by visions in which Christ appears as a shepherd, or the master of a ship, or in the form of one of his apostles, as of Paul and of Thomas, or again as a young boy. In the Acts of Andrew and Matthew he assumes the figure of a lad, and the same form is taken in the Acts of Peter and Andrew, in the Acts of Matthew, and in the Ethiopic Acts of James. Manazara is healed by a youth in the Acts of Thomas, and a beautiful lad appears to Peter and Theon in the *Actus Vercellensis*, which also mentions the smile of friendship in the face of Jesus. A handsome youth with smiling face appears at the grave of Drusiana in the Acts of John, but certain widows to whom the Lord restored their sight saw him an, aged man of indescribable appearance, though others perceived in him a youth, and others still a boy. The youthfulness of Christ is also mentioned in the life and passion of St. Cæcilus and the vision of Saints Perpetua and Felicitas ascribed to the risen Christ the face of a youth with snow-white hair. ### 2. The Church Fathers. The early Christian authors were by no means concordant in their opinions of the personal appearance of Jesus. Some, basing their judgment on Isa. Iii. and liii., denied him all beauty and comeliness, while others, with reference to Ps. xlv. 3, regarded him as the most beautiful of mankind. To the former class belong Justin Martyr, Clement of Alexandria, Basil, Isidor of Peluaium, Theodoret, Cyril of Alexandria, Tertullian, and Cyprian. Origen declared that Christ assumed whatever form was suited to circumstances. It was not until the fourth century that Chrysostom and Jerome laid emphasis upon the beauty of Jesus. While Isidor of Pelusium had referred the phrase, "Thou art fairer than the children of men" in Ps. xlv. 2, to the divine virtue of Christ, Chrysotom interpreted the lack of comeliness mentioned in Isa. liii. 2 as an allusion to the humiliation of the Lord. Jerome saw in the profound impression produced by the first sight of Jesus upon disciples and foes alike a proof of heavenly beauty in face and eyes. From the insults inflicted upon Jesus Augustine concluded that he had appeared hateful to his persecutors, while actuallly he had been more beautiful than all, since the virgins had loved him. ### 3. Other Data. The Problem of the life passion of St. C? us, and the external appearance of Jesus possessed but minor interest for the Church Fathers, although the Catholic Acts of the Holy Apostles ascribe to him an olive complexion, a beautiful beard, and flashing eyes. Further details are first found in a letter to the Emperor Theophilus attributed to John of Damascus (in *MPG*, xcv. 349), which speaks of the brows which grew together, the beautiful eyes, the prominent nose, the curling hair, the look of health, the black beard, the wheat-colored complexion, and the long fingers, a picture which almost coincides with a hand-book on painting from Mt. Athos not earlier than the sixteenth century. In like manner, Nicephorus Callistus, who introduced his description of the picture of Christ ( *MPG*, cxlv. 748) with the words, "as we have received it from the ancients," was impressed with the healthful appearance, with the stature, the brown hair which was not very thick but somewhat curling, the black brows which were not fully arched, the sea-blue eyes shading into brown, the beautiful glance, the prominent nose, but brown beard of moderate length, and the long hair which had not been cut since childhood, the neck slightly bent, and the olive and somewhat ruddy complexion of the oval face. A slight divergence from both these accounts is shown by the so-called letter of Lentulus, the ostensible predecessor of Pontius Pilate, who is said to have prepared a report to the Roman Senate concerning Jesus and containing a description of him. According to this document Christ possessed a tall and handsome figure, a countenance which inspired reverence and awakened love and fear together, dark, shining, curling hair, parted in the center in Nazarene fashion and flowing over the shoulders, an open and serene forehead, a face without wrinkle or blemish and rendered more beautiful by its delicate ruddiness, a perfect nose and mouth, a full red beard of the same color as the hair and worn in two points and piercing eyes of a grayish-blue. The unauthentic character of this letter is admitted by all. ### II. Literary Data on the Oldest Pictures of Jesus: (1) A handkerchief embroidered with the figures of Jesus and his Apostles, and made, according to legend, by his mother, is said to have been seen by the monk Arculfus during his residence in Jerusalem (Adamnan, *De Locis sanctis*, i. 11 [12]). (2) In his account of his visit to Cæsarea Philippi, Eusebius mentions ( *Hist. eccl.* vii. 18) a group of statuary in brass which consisted of a kneeling woman and a man standing with his hands stretched out toward her. Local tradition saw in this a figure of Jesus and the woman healed of an issue of blood, who was said to have come from Cæsarea Philippi. This legend was accepted by Eusebius, Asterius Amasenus Photius, Sozomen, Philostorgius, and Macarius Magnes, the last-named calling the woman Beronike. The actual meaning of the group is uncertain. Some have seen in it an emperor and a province, possibly Hadrian and Judea while others have regarded it as Æsculapius and Hygeia, a view which is vitiated by the fact that no mention is made of the serpent-staff characteristic of statues of the god of healing. It is entirely possible that the group actually represented Christ and either the woman with an issue of blood or possibly the woman of Canaan who implored him to heal her daughter. (3) According to Irenæus ( *Hær*., I., xxv. 6), pictures of Christ were possessed by the Gnostic sect of Carpocratians, who crowned them with garlands like the pictures of philosophers--Pythagoras, Plato, Aristotle, and others--while, according to the Carpocratians, Pilate had a portrait of Jesus painted during his lifetime, and the Carpocratian Marcellina possessed a picture of Christ which she honored, like those of Paul, Homer, and Pythagoras, with prayer and incense. (4) The Emperor Alexander Severus had a picture of Jesus; it must have been, however, only an ideal portrait, like those of Apollonius, Abraham, Orpheus, and others, which were also included in his lararium (Lampridius, *Vita Alex. Sev*. xxix.). (5) A brass statue of the Savior was erected by Constantine the Great before the main door of the imperial palace of Chalce (Theophanes in *MPG*, cviii. 817). (6) A picture of Jesus "painted from life" was possessed by the Archduchess Margaret which may be the same one as Dürer's altar-piece of St. Luke at Brussels (M. Thausing, *Dürer*, p. 420, Leipsic, 1876). While the portraits just mentioned were prepared by human agency, there were others to which a supernatural origin was ascribed. To this category belong (7) a picture at Camulium in Cappadocia, apparently on cloth and perhaps a copy of that of Edessa (see below). It was mentioned at the second Nicene Council and was carried to Constantinople by Justin II., where it was regarded as so sacred that a special festival was instituted in its honor, and it was frequently carried in war as a potent icon (*J. Gretsei opera*, xv. 196-197, Regensburg, 1741). (8) In the war against the Persians the General Philippicus had a picture of Christ which the Romans believed to be supernatural in origin, and the same portrait served to quell a mutiny in the army of Priscus, the successor of Philippicus. This icon was apparently on cloth, and was a copy of an original which was frequently confounded with a portrait in Amida, although the latter is expressly said to have been painted, and was, consequently, natural in provenience (Zacharias, *MPG*, Ixxxv. 1159). (9) A Syriac fragment mentions a picture of Jesus painted on linen and found unwet in a spring by a certain Hypatia shortly after the Passion. This portrait left a miraculous imprint on the napkin in which it was wrapped, and one of these pictures found its way to Cæsarea while the other was taken to Comolia (possibly identical with the city of Camulium already mentioned), although a copy was later found at Dibudin (?) (Lipsius, *Die edessenische Abgarsage*, p. 67, n. 1, Brunswick, 1880). (10) About 570 a linen mantle was shown at a church in Memphis which bore the impress of the Savior's face and was so bright that none could gaze at it (Antoninus Martyr, *De locis sanctis*xliv.). (11)Byzantine literature frequently mentions pictures of Christ impressed on bricks. According to a legend which presents several slight variations, the portrait of himself which Jesus had sent to Abgar at Edessa was believed to have been walled up to save it from the attack of King Ananun and to have been rediscovered in 539 together with a brick which bore a miraculous copy of the original (Georgius Cedrenus, ed. Bekker, i. 312, and others). (12) The patriarch Germanus, when forced to leave Constantinople, is said to have taken with him a picture of Christ which later came into the possession of Gregory II. (G. Marangoni, *Istoria dell' oratorio di San Lorenzo*, pp. 78 sqq., Rome, 1747). (13) The cloth with a picture of Christ presented by Photius to the hermit Paul at Latro in the ninth century was merely a copy of a miraculous original, although only he to whom the gift was made was able to perceive the portrait, others seeing only the cloth (Gretses, ut sup. p,186). (14) More important than all other statements concerning the oldest pictures of Christ is a passage of Augustine ( *De trin*. viii. 4), stating that the portraits of Jesus were innumerable in concept and design. ### III. Extant Pictures of Jesus. 1. Portraits Ostensibly Authentic: 1. Portraits by Painters, Sculptors, etc. (1) The paintings of Luke, of which the best known are two at Rome. One of these is in the chapel Sanctus Sanctorum, although the statement that Luke painted a portrait of Jesus dates only from medieval times, the monk Michael, the biographer of Theodore of Studium, being one of the earliest sources. In the last quarter of the twelfth century the legend of Luke was interwoven by Wernher of Niederrhein with the tradition of Veronica (see below). Luke, in answer to Veronica's entreaties, is said to have made repeated attempts to portray Christ, but his endeavors were unsuccessful. Jesus then impressed the image of his face upon the handkerchief of Veronica. Another picture ascribed to Luke and painted on cloth is in the Vatican library, while a third is said to have been placed in the cathedral of Tivoli by Pope Simplicius. Other pictures are likewise ascribed to a similar provenience, and very late traditions even attribute statues of Christ to the chisel of Luke. [In the church of San Miniato at Monto, in the environs of Florence, Italy, is shown a portrait of Christ, attributed to Luke.] (2) To Nicodemus is ascribed a statue of the crucified Christ carved in black cedar and preserved in the Cathedral of Lucca. Its design shows that it dates at the earliest from the eighth century, although tradition states that the model of Nicodemus was furnished by the impress of the Savior's body on the linen cloths purchased to cover the corpse at the descent from the cross. (3) A "true and only portrait of our Savior taken from an engraved emerald which Pope Innocent VIII. received from Sultan Bajazted II. for the ransom of his brother, who was a captive of the Christians," frequently reproduced in photograph is in reality the copy of a medal which may have been cut at the command of Mohammed II., and which is, at all events, of comparatively modern date. (4) The mosaic in the Church of St. Praxedis in Rome, which is exhibited on festal occasions, is by no means one of the earliest Christian mosaics, although tradition regards it as a present to Pudens from the Apostle Peter. ### 2. Alleged Supernatural Pictures. Alleged supernatural pictures may be divided into those which represent the entire figure of Jesus, and those which give only his face. (1) Clothe of medieval date containing more or less clear outlines of the figure of a man, all claiming to be the "napkin" in which Jesus was wrapped in the grave and on which his image was impressed, were formerly found in Chambéry, and until the end of the eighteenth century, in Besançon, while they still exist at Compiègne and Turin, the latter "napkin" being declared authentic by a bull of Sixtus IV. Far more famous, however, are the cloths which bear only the impress of a head or face and of these one of the best known is (2) the picture of Edessa, or the Abgar picture. According to the Doctrine of Addai and Moses of Choren, Hanan, the envoy of the king of Edessa, painted a portrait of Jesus and took it to his royal master. Evagrius, on the authority of Procopius, states that Christ sent to the king a picture of miraculous origin. The legend apparently arose about 350, and may well have been based on an actual painting which remained at Edessa till 944, when it was brought to Constantinople by the Emperor Romanus I. Its subsequent fortunes are uncertain, although various cities laid claim to its possession, especially Genoa, Rome, and Paris, the first-named city advancing the most probable arguments for authenticity and receiving the confirmation of Pius IX. (see ABGAR). This picture shows only the head of Jesus, but legend also knows a full-length Edessene portrait on linen produced by contact with the body of Christ. It is mentioned by Gervase of Tilbury in the beginning of the thirteenth century, who bases his statement on ancient sources and says that it was exhibited on festivals in the chief church of Edessa, and that on Easter it shows Jesus successively as a child, boy, youth, young man, and in the ripeness of years. (3) One of the choicest treasures of the Roman Church is the handkerchief of Veronica, which is shown only on special occasions, particularly in Passion Week. This portrait is said to have been transferred in 1297 by Boniface VIII. from the Hospital of the Holy Ghost to St. Peter's in Rome, where it reposes behind the statue of St. Veronica. The picture, which is now much faded, shows an elliptical face with a low-arched forehead, in marked contrast with the long nose. The mouth is slightly open, and the scanty hair is visible only on the temples. The beard on the cheeks is thin, but is stronger on the chin, where it ends in three points, while the mustache is more conspicuous for color than for strength. The eyes arched by scanty brows, are closed, and, combined with features distorted by agony and stained with blood complete the picture of a martyr pale in death. From the point of view of esthetics and the history of art, the picture is probably Byzantine. Although one would expect the picture of Veronica to be regarded as the napkin which covered the head of Christ, there is no tradition as to its origin, although a mess of medieval legends connects it with the name of a woman. These may be divided into two classes. In the older group, apparently written shortly before the ninth century, Veronica appears as the woman afflicted with an issue of blood, who had a portrait of Jesus either painted by herself or at her bidding, or else impressed by Christ himself upon a piece of cloth. The second form of the legend sprang up in France and Germany in the course of the fourteenth century and superseded the older version before 1500. According to this tradition, Veronica gave the Savior a handkerchief on his way to Golgotha, and received it back impressed with his features. Further amplifications of the tradition stated that the napkin was brought to Rome by John VII., or even during the reign of Tiberius, while it is certain that Celestine III. prepared a reliquary for it. At all events, what is clear is that during the medieval period Rome possessed a cloth picture of Christ, which was apparently supposed to be the miraculous impress of the head of Jesus in the sepulcher. It is significant, moreover, that it bore the name *sudarium* before the rise of the legend of the handkerchief given Christ to wipe his face on his way to the cross, nor was it until the twelfth century that the name of Veronica even began to form a part of the tradition, a connection suggested by a popular etymology of Veronica as *Vera *?** ("true image"), This legend of Veronica gave rise to a tendency of art which reached its culmination in Dürer, who represented the napkin of Veronica and the Savior with a crown of thorns, combining the suffering in the face of Jesus with the loftiness and the majesty of the Son of God, (4) The picture of Christ in the apse of St. John Lateran at Rome is supposed to have been miraculously produced when the church was dedicated by Pope Sylvester, although it is in reality a mosaic of recent date. ### 2. Pictures of Jesus in Ancient Art: 1. Symbolical and Allegorical Representations. In the course of time pictorial representations of Jesus became either real or symbolical and allegorical, the latter tendency gradually giving way to the former. To the category of symbols belong the fish, the lamb, the various monograms of Christ, and the Good Shepherd, the last-named leading to representations of Jesus in human form. As early as Tertullian the Good Shepherd adorned chalices, and it was a favorite form of decoration in the catacombs, where the figure usually carries a goat or a wether. In these pictures, often adorned with other animals, trees, and shrubs, and based on Luke xv. 5; John x.; and Ps. xxiii., the Christ appears only in youthful guise, although the Shepherd is usually clad in garments of a higher rank and wears the Roman tunic and the pallium as well as sandals. The figure, moreover, is Latin instead of Oriental in type, and represents a youthful and beardless sometimes even boyish, figure, a round head with curling hair, and a frank face with regular features. This type of picture, purely ideal as it was, underwent evolution in the course of time. In the third century the face grew more oval, while the unparted hair grew slightly over the forehead in the center and flowed on the on the sides in wavy or curly locks. ### 2. Representation as Teacher and Lawgiver. The first real impulse, however, to artistic representations of Jesus was given by his miracles, though the risen Lord as a teacher and a lawgiver became more and more a subject for pictorial representation. In the midst of all or a part of his disciples, including Paul, Christ appears either on a plain, as in Spain and southern France, or standing on a mountain either within or without the four rivers of Eden, or sitting on a throne with his feet on a footstool or on the clouds while mosaics represent him as seated on the celestial globe. As a teacher, he is depicted as speaking and as holding a book or scroll either in his hand or on his bosom, while as a lawgiver he proffers the Gospel to Peter or Paul. In both of these latter categories the beardless, youthful type gradually grows less frequent, so that on Roman, Upper Italian, and French sarcophagi the central Christ appears bearded, although in the reliefs on their sides he wears no beard, the former representing the risen Lord and the latter the earthly Savior. Originally a characteristic of the ascended Christ, the beard was attributed to Jesus during his earthly ministry after the end of the fourth or the beginning of the fifth century. The struggle between the two types is seen in the mosaics of Sant'Apollinare Nuovo at Ravenna and of St. Michael, but the earliest specimen of the bearded Christ is generally believed to be the socalled Callistinian mosaic which was found in the catacomb of St. Domitilla. In conformity with the manhood implied by the beard, the body increased in height and breadth, while the features became more sharply defined as the bones gained in accentuation over the flesh. The nose became longer and more prominent, and the eyes were deeper and their pupils enlarged, while the angles of the nose and mouth were more sharply outlined. The hair, while frequently less curling than hitherto, was now represented as falling to the neck and shoulders, and was often parted in the middle. The color both of the hair and of the beard varied through all shades from yellow to gray and black. The upper lip was never clean-shaven, and the beard was sometimes close and sometimes either pointed or rounded, the parted type being found only in rudimentary form in early Christian art. The bearded Christ represents the climax of the art of early Christianity, and the fifth century ushered in a period of decay marked by all manner of exaggeration. Majesty became stiffness, exaltation unapproachability, and earnestness gloom. Thus the Christ of Saints Cosmas and Damian (q.v.) in Rome, dating from the sixth century, is a figure with, long face, projecting cheek bones, ashen complexion, attenuated nose, mane-like hair, and scanty beard. It was the task of the Middle Ages to reduce the multiplicity of concepts of the likeness of Christ to unity, a task which required centuries for its completion. The Carolingian period saw a sort of fruitless recrudescence of the process of evolution of the early Christian Period. Even during the Renaissance the beardless type struggled for supremacy with the bearded, especially in miniatures and ivories, but the former steadily lost ground, so that its last sporadic occurrence is a Scandinavian Christ in glory of the thirteenth century, such pictures as the *Pietà* of Botticelli at Munich being mere anachronisms. IV. Origin of the Pictures of Jesus: While the theory may be advanced that the oldest pictures of Christ were based either on works of art still more ancient or on tradition, it is practically certain that they are not real portraits but ideal representations. This is clear both from their extreme diversity and from the words of Augustine: "What his appearance was we know not." The most primitive type, wherein early Christian and Gnostic documents agree, is that of a boy or youth. The youthful vigor of the early Church in religious and in moral thought, sustained by the belief in the second coming of the Lord and strengthened by persecution, inspired the artist to depict the Christ as the incarnation of undying youth, even as Noah, Job, Abraham, and Moses were represented as beardless boys. Herein, too, lay the genesis of the concept of the Good Shepherd. With the fourth and fifth centuries the bearded type was evolved side by side with the beardless. The explanation of this change lies in the perfection, strength, and manliness implied by the beard. The parted hair, on the other hand, which is characteristic of the pictures of Christ in this period, especially in the mosaics, typifies his earthly lineage and designates him as one of the children of Israel, since of human beings only Jews and Judeo-Christians are represented with parted hair in early Christian art. The theory, advanced by many scholars, that Greek religious art influenced the various early Christian concepts of the personal appearance of Christ seems to lack sufficient evidence to be in any wise conclusive. (NIKOLAUS MÜLLER.) BIBLIOGRAPHY: W. Bayliss, *Rex regum. A Painter's Study of the Likeness of Christ from the Time of the Apostles*, London, 1903; A. N. Didron, *Iconographie chrétienne. Histoire de Dieu*, Paris, 1843; W. Grimm, *Die Sage vom Ursprung der Christusbilder*, pp. 121-175, Berlin, 1844; Mrs. Jameson, *History of our Lord as Exemplified in Works of Art*, 2 vols., London, 1872; A Hauck, *Die Entstehung des Christustypus in der abendländischen Kunst*, Heidelberg, 1880; T. Heaphy, *Likeness of Christ*, New York, 1886 (illustrations valuable); H. M. A. Guerber, *Legends of the Virgin and Christ, with Special Reference to . . . Art*, ib. 1896; E. M. Hurll, *Life of Our Lord in Art*, Boston, 1898 (valuable); E. von Dobschütz, *Christusbilder*, Leipsic, 1899; F. W. Farrar, *Life of Christ as Represented in Art*, London, 1900; J. L. French, *Christ in Art*, Boston, 1900; F. Johnson, *Have We the Likeness of Christ*, Chicago, 1903: J. Burns, *The Christ Face in Art*, New York, 1907; J. S. Weis-Liebersdorf, *Christus- und Apostelbilder*, Freiburg, 1902; J. Heil, *Die frühchristlichen Darstellungen der Kreuzigung Christi*, Leipsic, 1904; K. M. Kaufmann, *Handbuch der christlichen Archäologie*, Paderborn, 1905; G. A. Müller, *Die liebliche Gestalt Jesu Christ, nach der schriftlichen und monumentalen Urtradition*, Styria, 1909.
JESUS CHRIST, THREEFOLD OFFICE OF Jesus Christ, Threefold Office of

韩

暂时没有译文正文。

英

**JESUS CHRIST, THREEFOLD OFFICE OF:** A phrase connoting the functions of Christ as prophet, priest, and king. ### Historical Survey. From the earliest times Jesus has been recognized as the representative of a twofold and yet unitary theocratic function, as king and priest. The spiritual kingdom of the Messiah has its foundation in the sacrifice of his life (Matt. xvi. 16-25, xx. 25-28). This thought may be traced from the second century to the time of the Reformation. But as early as Eusebius a threefold office is ascribed to Christ, that of prophet, priest, and king, and this is traceable to Jewish sources. The view of a threefold office, however, did not suppress the tradition of a twofold office, although the three designations of Christ were always used separately. Among the medieval theologians, Thomas Aquinas approaches closely the conception of Eusebius since he speaks of *legislator, sacerdos,* and *rex,* but with him this is merely a mechanical division, and Thomas makes no further use of the threefold scheme. The Evangelical doctrine followed in the beginning the tradition of a twofold office (cf. the works of Luther and the older Evangelical catechisms). Calvin added the prophetic office as a third function, and his conception of the doctrine of Christ's work became the basis for its treatment in Reformed theology and soon also in Lutheran theology. As prophet the Messiah brings the full light of intelligence and thus becomes the fulness and consummation of all revelations. As king of a spiritual and eternal kingdom he not only brings his people external and passing aid, but equips them especially with the gifts for eternal life and guards them against their enemies. As priest Christ secures to his people by his atonement and vicarious suffering the blessing that God deals with them not as judge, but as gracious father. In accordance with these principles Calvin emphasized the truth that communion with God is found in Christ's living personality and in life communion with that personality. In the Heidelberg Catechism (Questions 31 and 32) the thought of Calvin received a finished form and found a large circulation. The orthodox followers of Calvin, however, attempted both to explain the full content of the Messianic person from three points of view, and to analyze the act of salvation in its historical development according to the threefold scheme, thus not easily escaping the mistaken assumption that Christ had become first prophet, then priest, and finally king. It became the custom to deprive Christ of his royal function in the state of humiliation and of the prophetical function in the state of exaltation. Against this mechanical tendency, Cocceius opened new and fruitful points of view by returning to the living material of the Bible. The usual order of the offices of Christ seemed to him justified in so far as the dignity of Christ rose in the growing mind of the people, from the state of a prophet to that of a king. But in reality, be states, Christ's priesthood must be put in the first place, since even before time he mediated between his Father and the people; then follow the royal and prophetic offices. The first office is that through which Christ acquires his people; the second that through which he keeps them; and the third that through which he leads them to the knowledge and love of the king. This double consideration would have resulted in an organic and simultaneous union of the offices in the living personality, even if Cocceius had not expressly added that the entire mediatorial act lasted until the end of days. The Roman catechism also teaches the threefold office of Christ. ### In Lutheran Theology. In Lutheran theology the doctrine was adopted only at a late period. Melanchthon had not left to the school of theology which followed him a uniform system as Calvin had left for Reformed orthodoxy. The interest in the individual reception of justification drew attention from an all-sided objective observation of Christ and his gifts. There was even a tendency to reduce the twofold office of Christ to a single function. According to Melanchthon and Hesshusen, Christ is before everything priest; even as king he exercises essentially priestly functions. Selnecker seems to have been the first who used the formula of a threefold office, but his exposition is governed also by the priesthood of Christ, to which the two other offices are related like introduction and conclusion. Others again, like Gerhard, tried to identify the priestly and prophetical offices. Hemming and Nicohlus Hunnius taught that the office of the king was supreme and that it comprehended the other two functions. Everywhere the same concentration upon one point is found. In the mean time, however, Hafenreffer and especially Gerhard had directed their attention to the idea of a threefold office as advocated by Eusebius and Calvin. Gerhard not only used the new expression, but tried to prove that only the sum of the three offices offers the fulness of Christ's benevolent gifts. In the *regnum potentiae* he found a specific function for the royal office. Since the middle of the seventeenth century, after the old Melanchthonian scheme of dogmatics had been replaced by an objective and historical arrangement of the material, there was room for a coherent representation of the work of Christ, which was systematized according to the threefold office. There was a reaction of the old Lutheran sentiment in 1773 when Ernesti criticized the reigning doctrine because he could not see why the clear and sufficient designation of the work of Christ as *satisfactio*should be obscured by metaphorical phrases. Moreover, he was of the opinion that the different offices were not clearly separated from each other, so that one title might justly cover all of them. Other dogmaticians after him raised similar objections on the ground that neither the prophetical nor the royal office stands upon equal footing with the priestly office, but that both point to the atonement which is included in it. But the majority of recent dogmaticians adhere to the scheme of a threefold office. Schleiermacher took the lead in this tendency by attempting the successful proof that the three offices in their indissoluble union completely define and circumscribe the character of redemption as accomplished by Christ. With the exclusion of the prophetic office, he holds, the clear consciousness of the believer would be superseded by a magical mediation of salvation. Without the royal office, there would be lacking the relation of the individual believer to a community. Finally, the absence of the priestly office would rob foundation foundation of Christ of its religious content. ### Interpretation and Significance of the Doctrine. The doctrine of Christ's threefold office represents the redeemer as the fulfiller of all Old-Testament prophecies and thus of all needs of the human being. Everything that Israel expected of its future salvation had concentrated itself more and more in the hope of the Messiah, "the anointed of God" (John i. 41, iv. 25). He was thought of as the king who was to restore the glory of David's kingdom. In the course of time the prophet, who as successor of Moses was never to be wanting among God's people (Deut. xviii. 15), became identical with the Messiah (John vi.14-15). The third office is reflected in the picture of the Mesaiah in Isa. liii. God's people can feel themselves secure only when all conflict of the theocratic offices is excluded by unity and every blessing of salvation is to be found in one single person (Heb. vii. 23 sqq.). There was a longing especially for the solution of the frequent historical conflict between kingdom and priesthood (I Sam. ii. 35; Zech. vi. 12 sqq.). A priest-king after the manner of Melchizedek was hoped for (Ps. cx. 4). All these elements were combined in the idea of the Messiah who was to possess the spirit of God in many-sided fulness and as the power of a comprehensive redeeming activity (Isa. xi. 1 sqq., lxi. 1 sqq.; cf. Luke iv. 18 sqq.; John iii. 34). The anointing with the spirit mentioned in these passages has the significance of the anointing of kings, priests, and to a certain extent also of prophets in so far as they were endowed with the charismata. By confessing Jesus as Christ, the Christian congregation expresses that it finds in him the performer of all activities which secure salvation to the people of God. Jesus is king (Matt. xxi. 5, xxvii. 11), prophet (Matt. xxi. 11; Luke vii. 16), and high priest (Heb. ii. 17, iii. 1). The scheme of the threefold office permits of arranging the Biblical material in its original connection, as it belongs to a complete representation of the person of Christ. Its systematic value becomes evident only from the proof that for the fulfilment of the Messianic activity there is necessary nothing more and nothing less than the functions designated by it. The three offices of prophet, priest, and king correspond to the needs of the moral education of man and of his connection with human society and the surrounding world. If the activity of Christ on earth were restricted to atonement, it would not be possible to speak of the perfection of the human being in connection with Christ. It is a matter of course that in every moment of his earthly and heavenly activity Christ exercises at one and the same time all his offices. Socinianism claims for the entire activity of Christ on earth only the prophetical office in order to reserve the other functions as faint ornaments' for the state of exaltation (Racovian Catechism, §§ 191 sqq., 456 sqq.). The permanent union and simultaneous exercise of the three functions do not exclude, however, a fixed aim, namely, the kingdom. To this as the organizing purpose of the whole points before everything the Biblical basis of the formula, the starting-point and essential content of the Messianic office is royal dominion over and for God's people, the peculiar modification of which is described by the other titles. (E. F. KARL MÜLLER.) BIBLIOGRAPHY: For history of the doctrine consult: H. L. J. Heppe, *Dogmatik des deutschen Protestantismus im 16. Jahrhundert*, pp. 209 sqq., 222 sqq., Gotha, 1857; idem, *Dogmatik der evangelisch-reformirten Kirche*, Elberfeld, 1861; A. Schweizer, *Glaubenslehre der evangelisch-reformirten Kirche*, vol. ii., Zurich, 1847; H. Schmid, *Dogmatik der evangelisch-reformirten Kirche*, Frankfort, 1876; A. Ritschl, *Die christliche Lehre von der Rechtfertigung und Versöhnung*, i. 520 sqq., iii. 394 sqq., Bonn, 1882-83, Eng. transl., of vol. i., Edinburgh, 1872. For exposition of the doctrine consult the literature under DOGMA, DOGMATICS; WESTMINSTER ASSEMBLY.
JESUS CHRIST, TWOFOLD STATE OF Jesus Christ, Twofold State of

韩

暂时没有译文正文。

英

**JESUS CHRIST, TWOFOLD STATE OF:** The doctrine dealing with the humiliation and exaltation of Christ. ### The Lutheran Doctrine. Christian faith has always spoken of a humiliation and exaltation of Christ when it compared the earthly appearance of Jesus on the one side with the mode of existence of the preexisting Logos, and on the other side with the present world-rule of the Mediator. But the formula of a twofold state has been coined only in connection with the definite interpretation given to the incarnation by Luther and the Christological theory that followed in his steps. From the dogmatic idea of the unchangeableness of God and of the communication of divine attributes to the human nature of Christ there results a terminology which must make room in the earthly life of the Redeemer for a human development, otherwise inconceivable, by a special "state of humiliation." Incarnation denotes, accordingly, not a descent of the Logos, but an elevation of human nature, which has been received into the most intimate connection with the divine nature. In virtue of the Communicatio Idiomatum (q.v.) which began with his incarnation, it was impossible for Christ to rid himself of his divinity. With the incarnation the exaltation of human nature to divine glory was completed once for all. "When he [Christ] began to be a man, he also began to be God" (Luther). According to Brenz, the real ascension of Christ began with the incarnation. "Divine nature," however, "can neither be humiliated nor exalted." The life of Jesus within the limits of human development rests, therefore, upon that act of self-limitation of the God-man--not of the Logos--which is described in Phil. ii. 5-9. In this way the state of self-renunciation is brought about. The exaltation or "majesty" of Christ was self-evident, but the great problem to be solved was how humiliation was possible. Johann Gerhard among the Lutheran theologians most fully developed the doctrine of the two states of Christ. The communicatio idiomatum, according to him, was accomplished at the moment of incarnation, but Christ did not make use of them, he renounced them, he took upon himself the form of a servant, until he ascended to heaven and sat on the right hand of God; hence the distinction between the state of self-renunciation and the state of exaltation. The state of humiliation, therefore, does not denote the unconditional lack and absence of the divinity and majesty communicated to the flesh, but only the retraction and intermission of its use. In 1616 there originated a controversy between the theologians of Giessen and those of Tübingen (see CHRISTOLOGY, IX.) as to the manner in which Christ, emptied himself (see KENOSIS) of his divine attributes, whether it was mere concealment (Gk, *krypsis*) or an actual emptying (*kenosis*). The orthodox theologians did not consider the self-renunciation of Christ mere simulation, but a true and real self-renunciation of the plenary communicated divine majesty and virtue. There arose also a question as to the time when the state of self-renunciation began. According to Luther's interpretation of Phil. ii. this state began only after the birth of Jesus. After his birth Jesus might have exalted himself above men, if he had not been willing to serve them. But according to the later dogmaticians the state of humiliation began with the conception. Since humiliation, however, does not consist in the assumption of human nature, but in the assumption of the form of a servant, incarnation is distinguished from its incongruous form--the incarnation of the Logos is not his humiliation but an exaltation of human nature, while the act of conception is the first act in the humiliation of the God-man. The state of exaltation begins with the descent of Christ into hell as the triumph of the God-man over the devil (see DESCENT OF CHRIST INTO HELL). ### The Reformed Doctrine. For Reformed theologians the doctrine of the twofold state of Christ is of minor dogmatic importance; their attention was concentrated not so much upon the dogmatic assertion of the unchangeableness of God as upon the practical Biblical view of the truly human development of Jesus. According to the Reformed doctrine the Logos himself is the subject of the *kenosis* described in Phil. ii. In this way it was impossible for the Reformed to avoid contradiction with the dogma of the unchangeableness of God. In reference to Phil. ii. they accepted the Lutheran doctrine that the Logos did not assume human nature in general, but the form of a servant, and by identifying incarnation with Christ's obedient conduct until his death on the cross, the Reformed were able to speak of a humiliation of the God-man. The exaltation beginning with the resurrection actually extols human nature to a higher stage. ### Development. Modern Teachings. Within Protestant orthodoxy the treatment of the doctrine of states has led to a tendency to dissolve the theory of the two natures in its scholastic form. On the Lutheran side the true humanity of Christ became inconceivable, on the Reformed side there was at least proposed the full revelation of God in Christ. Holding to the orthodox standpoint of the unchangeableness of God, the Lutherans could not make conceivable the humiliation of Christ, while the Reformed could not explain the full and essential connection of God with the humiliated Christ. By their efforts to satisfy merely the immediate religious needs, in consonance with the practical and empirical spirit of modern times, theologians like Ritschl have discarded altogether the doctrine of states, holding that we must not transcend the simple belief that the man Jesus stands over against us on the side of God. Thus they simply cut off all insoluble questions concerning the relation of the eternal to the earthly son of God, and accordingly there is no need to speak of a special state of humiliation. But the development not only of the thought, but of practical faith results in the recognition that the truth of God's appearance in the flesh must in the end suffer if this side of the doctrine of states is discarded. In this connection the question of pre-existence can not be discussed, but it is to be remembered that the Biblical passages relating to it confirm an actual participation of God in the revelation in Christ. God's self-offer in Christ becomes conceivable only by the humiliating sacrifice of the eternal son for sinful humanity. Passages like John iii. 16; I John iv. 9; Rom. viii. 31-32; Gal. iv. 4 testify that in Christ we have the living and decisive expression of divine love, not merely a historical phenomenon which assures this love. As to the interpretation of Phil. ii., there has been brought forth only one really exegetical reason which apparently excludes the relation of that passage to the descent of Christ from heaven. It has been pointed out that the apostle desires to give in Christ an example of humiliation which is irritable. But this objection may be refuted if it is considered that the imitation of Christ in the sense of the New Testament does not always mean an actual appropriation of his actions in their essential quality, but simply the mode and manner of his actions and sentiments so that he, like God himself, may be an example in matters which are not imitable in their essence ( Eph. v. 25; I Pet. iii.13,18-19; Matt. v. 45; Eph. v. 1-2). See CHRISTOLOGY. (E. F. KARL MÜLLER.) BIBLIOGRAPHY: J. J. Van Oosterzee, *Christian Dogmatics*, ii. 494 sqq., New York, n.d.; J. H. Ebrard, *Christliche Dogmatik*, vol. ii., Königsberg, 1852; F. A. Philippi, *Kirchliche Glaubenslehre*, vol. iv., Gütersloh, 1885; A. B. Bruce, *Humiliation of Christ in its Physical, Ethical and Official Aspects*, New York, 1887; J. Köstlin, *Luthers Theologie*, Stuttgart, 1901; W. A. Brown, *Christian Theology in Outline*, pp. 332-336, New York, 1906; and the literature under COMMUNICATIO IDIOMATUM.
JESUS THE SON OF SIRACH, WISDOM OF Jesus the Son of Sirach, Wisdom of

韩

暂时没有译文正文。

英

**JESUS THE SON OF SIRACH, WISDOM OF.** See APOCRYPHA, A, IV., 12.
JETZER, JOHANNES Jetzer, Johannes

韩

暂时没有译文正文。

英

**JETZER, yet'ser, JOHANNES:** Journeyman-tailor and religious impostor; b. at Zurzach (16 m. n.n.e. of Aarau) in the canton of Aargau, c. 1483; d. after 1520. In 1506 he entered the Dominican monastery of Bern as lay brother. He is described as uneducated, morally depraved and deceitful, even suspected of theft. On Mar. 24, 1507, according to his story, St. Barbara appeared to him and a few days afterward the mother of God to announce that she had been indeed conceived in sin, as the Dominicans taught. To prove the truth of her divine revelations, she impressed upon him in repeated visits the stigmata of Christ, and now Jetzer began to act the story of Christ's sufferings in the church in lively manner. The monastery, whose picture of Mary shed bloody tears, attracted large crowds of people, and sold with great success handkerchiefs moistened with the blood. But doubts arose, and in July the bishop of Lausanne undertook an investigation which came to nothing. Subsequently the magistrate of the town investigated the case. Jetzer was imprisoned and tried; after various denials he confessed that the whole affair was an imposture in which the four head-masters of the monastery, Johannes Vatter, Dr. Stephen Boltzhurst, Franz Uelschi, and Heinrich Steinegger, were implicated. The matter was immediately reported to Rome and after a competent jury had been instituted, the culprits were tried under torture. In 1509 the four monks were condemned and burned alive as blasphemers, and Jetzer disappeared. The scandal caused great sensation and indignation, especially at Bern. A large literature of pamphlets in Latin, German, French, and Dutch told the scandalous story and confirmed the general verdict concerning the corruption of monastic life. (E. BLÖSCH†.) BIBLIOGRAPHY: G. Rettig, *Die Urkunden des Jetzerprozesses*, in *Archiv des historischen Vereins des Kanton Bern*, vol. xi., 1886; R. Paulus, *Ein Justizmord an vier Dominikanern begangen*, Frankfort, 1897.
JEWEL, JOHN Jewel, John

韩

暂时没有译文正文。

英

**JEWEL, JOHN:** Bishop of Salisbury and a noted defender of the Reformation settlement in England; b. in the parish of Berimber, Devonshire, May 24, 1522; d. at Monkton Farleigh (2 m. n.w. of Bradford), Wiltshire, Sept. 23, 1571. He went first to Merton College, Oxford, and then, winning a scholarship, to Corpus Christi College, taking his bachelor's degree in 1540. Two years later he was elected to a fellowship at Corpus Christi. During his university life he was strongly influenced in the direction of Biblical criticism by John Parkhurst, his tutor, and confirmed in a general Protestant attitude by Peter Martyr, who came to Oxford in 1547. Some time before 1551 he took orders, and about the end of that year became vicar of Sunningwell, near Oxford. On the accession of Mary in 1553 he lost his fellowship, and ultimately, after seeking peace even at the cost of signing articles which he did not believe, was forced to flee. He arrived at Frankfort in March, 1555, but soon joined Peter Martyr at Strasburg, and followed him to Zurich in the following year. On receiving the news of Queen Mary's death he started for England, arriving there in March, 1559, and was made bishop of Salisbury Jan. 21, 1560. He was active in preaching and in the visitation of his diocese, and soon took a prominent place in the controversy with Rome. His *Apologia pro ecclesia Anglicana* (London, 1562) has been called "the first methodical statement of the position of the Church of England against the Church of Rome." By it Jewel secured acknowledgment as the official champion of Anglicanism. He was engaged for several years in an exchange of controversial works with Thomas Herding, an old Oxford contemporary, who supported the papal cause. All his writings are noted for learning, clarity, and precision. Of his works, which are all deliberate, scholarly, and logical, a complete edition was published in 1609. Modern editions are those by R. W. Jelf (8 vols,, Oxford, 1848) and another in 4 vols., published by the Parker Society (Cambridge, 1845-50). BIBLIOGRAPHY: The original biography was by L. Humphrey, *Joannis Juelli . . . vita et more*, London, 1573, and was condensed by D. Featley in the *Memoir* prefixed to the *Works*, 1609; a second condensation was prefixed to an ed. of the *Apology* and the *Epistle to Scipio*, London, 1685, reproduced in C. Woodsworth, *Ecclesiastical Biography*, ib. 1853. These lives were the basis of that by C. W. Le Bas, ib. 1835. A *Memoir* is prefixed also to the Parker Society ed, of the *Works*. Consult further: *DNB*, xxix, 378-382 J. H. Overton, *The Church in England*, i. 459-461, ii. 36-37, London, 1897; W. S. Frere, *The English Church* (1558-1625), passim, ib. 1904; and in general the works on the history of Jewel's time.
JEWS Jews

韩

暂时没有译文正文。

英

**JEWS.** See ISRAEL, HISTORY OF.
JEWS, MISSIONS TO THE Jews, Missions to the

韩

暂时没有译文正文。

英

### JEWS, MISSIONS TO THE. In the Primitive Church. In the Roman Catholic Church. Early Missions (§ 1). Missions in Spain (§ 2). Missions in Other Countries (§ 3). In Protestant Churches. Lutheran and Reformed Churches (§1). English Missions (§ 2). Minor English Missionary Societies (§ 3). Missionary Societies in Other Countries (§ 4). Missions in the United States (§ 5). Methods and Practical Considerations. Methods in Christian Lands (§ 1). Methods in Non-Evangelical Countries (§ 2). Influence of Zionism on Jewish Missions (§ 3). ### I. In the Primitive Church: Although the kingdom of God which Christ had come to realize was to extend, according to the predictions of the prophets, not only over Israel, but over the whole earth, Jesus had, nevertheless, restricted his personal activity to Israel; and had even commanded his disciples not to go in the way of the Gentiles (Matt. x. 5). It was not till he was about to depart from the earth that he commanded them to teach and baptize all people. The Twelve, however, directed their efforts primarily to the Jews; and the earliest Christian congregations were composed entirely of Jews and proselytes to Judaism. Apostolic missions among the Jews were so successful that James could point out to Paul thousands of converted Jews (Acts xxi. 20). A large number of priests were also obedient to the faith (Acts vi. 7); and in the congregations which Paul founded in Asia Minor, Greece, Crete, etc., the nucleus was Jewish. That the conversion of the Jews was not lost sight of in the second or third century is proved by the dialogue of Justin Martyr with the Jew Trypho and Tertullian's *Adversus Judæos.* But Jewish Christianity had long developed a heretical tendency by insisting upon the national and religious peculiarities of Judaism and by avowing the most pronounced Gnosticism. The further growth of the Jewish element in the Church would have seriously endangered her inner life and existence, if the insurrection of Bar Kokba had not led to a sharp separation of Judaism from the universal catholic character of the Church. Deprived of their political power and national autonomy, the Jews concentrated their whole spiritual life upon the study of the Law and produced the Talmud. The transformation of prophetism into Talmudism created a wide gulf between Jews and Christians. From the very beginning, the spirit of the Talmud drew a veil over their eyes (II Cor. iii. 13-16). ### II. In the Roman Catholic Church: 1. Early Missions. The early church did not possess any special institutions for the conversion of the Jews, although there were always those whom the love of Christ compelled to preach the Gospel to the Jews, and there were likewise other factors which made it advisable for the leaders of both Church and State to win the Jews for Christianity. Cassiodorus, when he became a monk, felt himself constrained, in his exegesis of the Psalms (as in his *conclusvo* to Ps. lxxxi.), to urge the Jews to be converted. So the Emperor Justinian, from political motives, stated that the purpose he had in ordering the synagogues to use the Greek and Latin translations of the Old Testament, and to abstain from Talmudic exegesis, was to lead the Jews to Christianity. Bishops did not hesitate to resort to acts of violence to compel the Jews to become Christians. Justice, however, demands recognition of the fact that many popes protected the Jews. Gregory I. condemned all compulsory baptisms, and by kindliness and rewards tried to win the Jews for the Church. Although he put no high estimate upon converts gained in this way, he counted upon their descendants. "If we do not win the parents," he said, "we shall have their children"--a remark which experience proved to be ill-founded, especially in Spain. There was hardly a century that works were not written to bring about the conversion of the Jews, hardly one in which rewards were not offered to secure them for the Church, and also not a century in which numbers of proselytes, thoroughly convinced, did not pass over to Christianity, many of whom became an honor to the Church. ### 2. Missions in Spain. Proselytes have ever been especially active in missions to the Jews. In the seventh century Bishop Julian of Toledo (d. 690) wrote the *De sextæ ætatis comprobatione contra Judæos* to refute the Jewish notion, then asserting itself, that Jesus could not be the Messiah, as he was not to appear until the sixth millennium of the world. Almost at the same time Isidore of Seville wrote two books in which he proved the Christian doctrine of faith from the Old Testament and especially pointed out that the Christians now formed the true Israel. Raymond of Pennaforte, general of .the Dominicans, introduced the study of the Hebrew language and Talmudic writings in his order, especially for the promotion of missionary activity among the Jews; and another Dominican, Pablo Christiani of Montpellier, a Jew by descent, was the first real missionary preacher. He traveled in southern France and elsewhere, preaching and disputing with the Jews in churches and synagogues, and proving the Messiahship and divinity of Jesus from Bible and Talmud. At the same time the Dominican Raymond Martin, a Christian by birth, but well versed in Hebrew, Aramaic, and Arabic, wrote his *Pugio fidei contra Mauros et Judæos*, an armory for the disputes of the following times. Abner of Burgos, a respected physician and Christian convert, wrote several Hebrew and Spanish books for the conversion of the Jews. John of Valladolid, another proselyte, wrote an exposition on Ibn Ezra's commentary on the Ten Commandments and a *Concordia legum* of Judaism and Christianity. Cardinal Pedro de Luna, later Benedict XIII., himself had a debate in Pampeluna with Rabbi Shem Tob ben Shaprut, and took a lifelong interest in the conversion of the Jews. He was the first patron of Rabbi Solomon Halevi (1353-1435), later known as Paul of St. Maria, archbishop of Burgos, and interchanged controversial letters with Joshua of Lorca, until he finally became a Christian. Among the thousands who at that time entered the Church, frequently, it is true, for secular reasons, or from fear or compulsion, there was a great number of sincere believers in Christ. In the beginning of the fifteenth century the Dominican Vincent Ferrer (q.v.), who wandered through Italy, France, and Spain as a missioner, developed an astonishing activity in converting Jews; at least 20,500 are said to have been baptized in Castile and Aragon. The reason for such zeal of conversion in Spain was due to the extraordinary power of the Jewish population which threatened to suppress the spiritual and material development of Spain. ### 3. Missions in Other Countries. In France there were comparatively few efforts in this direction; and at the court of Louis the Pious there was even a suspicious sympathy with Judaism. With the exception of Nicholas of Lyra (1300-40), of Jewish descent, though born a Christian, who wrote a number of controversial writings against the Jews, there was hardly any one who labored for the conversion of the Jews. Still, France lacked neither pious proselytes and families of proselytes nor numerous compulsory baptisms, persecutions, and acts of violence. In Italy both power and monks were deeply interested in the conversion of the Jews. Lorenzo of Brundisium (d. 1619), general of the Capuchins, preached with great power and traveled through Italy, Hebrew Bible in hand, converting rabbis and laymen. In Rome many Jews accepted Christianity at all periods, and in 1550 Paul III. founded an institute for the conversion of the Jews; while Pius V. won more than a hundred learned and rich Jews for the Church. Many of the innumerable proselytes in Italy occupied high positions in the Church, or were received into the nobility of the nation. The history of missions among the Jews in England is singular. During the reign of William Rufus, the Jews complained because so many of their number became Christians; the king attempted to force them to return to Judaism, but the steadfastness of these proselytes hindered the execution of his menaces (1100). About 1200 Richard, prior of Bermondsey, established a hospital of converts, and the Dominicans in Oxford opened a similar institution. Henry III. set apart a special house in London for the reception and care of proselytes, for which it soon became necessary to organize branch institutions. Under Edward I. 500 proselytes received baptism in the Converts' House, yet this same king was compelled, in 1290, to banish 16,500 Jews for usury and coining. Germany stands in the strongest contrast to England. Here there is no record of any missionary efforts, but only of compulsory baptisms occasioned by the persecutions during the crusades, the invasions of the Tatars, and the Black Death. Modern Roman Catholic efforts for the conversion of the Jews began in France. The two brothers Lehmann, both proselytes, worked successfully under Pius IX. among the Jews of France. The proselyte Abbé Bauer used his brilliant oratorical gifts for the conversion of the Jews in Paris and Vienna. The most extensive work, however, was carried on in Palestine by the proselyte Maria Alphonse Ratisbonne, who joined the Roman Catholic Church in 1842. With his brother he established the order of Nôtre Dame de Sion for the education of Jewish girls and founded many charitable institutions, not only in Palestine, but also in France, England, Chalcedon, Galatia, and elsewhere. ### III. In Protestant Churches: 1. Lutheran and Reformed Churches. Luther's attitude toward the Jews was at first favorable, as is evident from his *Dass Jesus eim, geborner Jude war*, but in later works, as in his *Von den Juden und ihren Lügen*, he showed utter hopelessness of the conversion of the Jews, so that little zeal in that direction could have been expected. Nevertheless, there were numerous proselytes in the Lutheran and Reformed Churches, among them Immanuel Tremellius of Ferrara, who at Heidelberg, with Ursinus and Olevianus, took part in the compilation of the Heidelberg Catechism. In the seventeenth century Ezra Edzard (b. at Hamburg June 28, 1629; d. there Jan. 1, 1708) of Hamburg, was greatly interested in the conversion of the Jews, and from his own means established a considerable fund for that purpose. His sons Georg and Sebastian continued his work. Similar funds seem to have existed in other cities; as, for example, in Geneva, where a part of the ecclesiastical revenue is still called *Fond des proselytes*, and again in Darmstadt and Frankfort. Among the Pietists, who distinguished themselves by their missionary zeal, Spener declared it the duty of the government to take care of the conversion of the Jews; while the Moravian Samuel Lieberkühn labored thirty years among the Jews. In 1728, at the suggestion of A. H. Francke, Callenberg founded at Halle an Institutum Judaicum, which lasted until 1792. The two first missionaries of that institution were Widmann and Manitius, who from 1730 to 1735 traveled through Poland, Bohemia, Germany, Denmark, and England. In 1736 they were joined by Stephan Schulz, the most important worker of that institute, who extended his travels over the whole of Europe and the Orient. Through the instrumentality of Lessing, and still more through Moses Mendelssohn, a reform movement took place among the Jews, starting from Germany and penetrating the East, while in the Romance countries similar results were achieved by the French Revolution. The gradual renunciation of the Talmud on the part of the liberal Jews dates from that time. The immediate result was that large numbers turned to Christianity, especially in Berlin. In 1816-43, 3,984 Jews, and these the richest and most cultured, were baptized in the eight old Prussian provinces. ### 2. English Missions. The corruption of the churches and their institutions, and the apostasy of thousands from all faith, led many in England to believe that the end of the world was near, and that soon a general conversion of the Jews was to take place. With Simeon of Cambridge, Marsh of Birmingham, the proselyte J. F. Fry, and the Preacher Legh Richmond, Lewis Way, a wealthy clergyman, founded in 1808, under the patronage of the Duke of Kent, the London Society for Promoting Christianity among the Jews, which included both churchmen and dissenters until 1815, when the latter withdrew from the organization Way traveled in Holland, Germany, and Russia to better the political and social position of the Jews and to awaken missionary zeal among the Christians. He induced Alexander I. to promise, in 1817, his special protection, as well as lands, to baptized Jews. In 1814 the Duke of Kent laid the cornerstone of a church for the Jews, to which was added an educational institution for children of proselytes, a Hebrew college for the training of missionaries, and a trade school for proselytes. Baptisms became no numerous that in 1832 the founding of a Hebrew-Christian Church in England was planned, but could not be realized. The society is the oldest, largest, richest, most enterprising, and best organized of its type, and has auxiliary societies throughout the British Isles and Canada. The society, whose income in 1900-01 was £46,338, with an expenditure of £36,910, employed at 52 missionary stations 199 workers, among them 25 clergymen, 19 physicians, 34 female missionaries, 20 lay missionaries, 35 colporteurs, 58 teachers, and 8 apothecaries. Of these, 82 were converts from Judaism. Of the 52 stations 18 are in England, 3 in Austria, 1 in France, 4 in Germany, 2 in Holland, 1 in Italy, 4 in Rumania, 1 in Russia, 1 in Conatantinople; in Asia there are 10 stations, among them Jerusalem with 27 workers; in Africa there are 7 stations. About 5,000 Jews have been baptized by the society since its foundation. Its principal organs are the *Jewish Missionary Intelligence* and the *Jewish Missionary Advocate*. ### 3. Minor English Missionary Societies. Among the other English missionary societies for the conversion of the Jews are the following: The Free Church of Scotland Jewish Mission, established in 1840, with about 77 workers and stations at Budapest, Constantinople, Breslau, Tiberias, Safed, and Edinburgh, and publishing the *Free Church of Scotland Monthly* and *The Children's Record;* the Presbyterian Church in Ireland Jewish Mission, established in 1841, with stations at Hamburg-Altona (with two ordained missionaries and three colporteurs and Evangelists) and Damascus (with four ordained missionaries and four other laborers), and publishing *The Missionary Herald of the Presbyterian Church in Ireland;* the British Society for the Propagation of the Gospel among the Jews, established in London in 1842, its membership including representatives of the various dissenting bodies, with twenty-two missionaries and sixteen stations in England, Germany, Austria, Russia, and Turkey, and publishing *The Jewish Herald;* the Church of Scotland Jewish Mission, established in 1841, with stations in Alexandria, Beirut, Smyrna, Constantinople, and Saloniea, and publishing *The Church of Scotland Home and Foreign Mission Record;* The Presbyterian Church of England Jewish Mission, established in 1860, with two missionaries in London, one agent in Aleppo and one in Corfu; Parochial Missions to the Jews at Home and Abroad, established in 1875, under the auspices of the Established Church, laboring chiefly in parishes with a large percentage of Jewish population, having stations in England and Bombay, and publishing *Church arid Synagogue;* the Mildmay Mission to the Jews, established in 1876, with stations in Russia, South Africa, Egypt, and Bulgaria, and publishing *Trusting and Toiling;* the East London Mission to Jews, established in 1877, with a mission house and orphans' home; the Barbican Mission to the Jews, established in 1879; The Jerusalem and the East Mission Fund, established in 1897 by Bishop Blyth of Jerusalem, with eighteen assistants in Jerusalem, Beirut, Haifa, Cairo, and Suez, and publishing *Bible Lands;* The Kilburn Mission to the Jews, established in 1896 by the proselyte Ben Oliel, especially for the well-to-do business men of London; and The London City Mission to Jews with sixteen laborers among the 250,000 foreign Jews in London. Besides these societies, a Hebrew Christian Union and a Prayer Union for Israel were founded in 1897, the latter publishing *The Friend of Israel.* ### Missionary Societies in Other Countries. In Germany there are three societies for missions among Jews. The Gesellschaft zur Verbreitung des Christentums unter den Juden was established in 1822 at Berlin under the influence of Lewis Way and Tholuck. It has stations in Berlin, Posen, Czernowicz, and Stanislau. Since its existence about 713 baptisms have taken place. Its official organ is the *Nathanael*. Independently of this missionary society Prof. H. L. Strack manages the Institutum Judaicum, an association formed for the purpose of acquainting theological students at the university with the mission among the Jews. The Evangelisch-lutherischer Centralverein für Mission unter Israel was established in 1871 at Leipsic. It tries to unite all Lutheran missions among the Jews to uniform activity and employs three laborers in Leipsic and in Galicia; its organ is the *Saat auf Hoffnung*. In connection with it Professor Delitzsch founded in 1880 the first Institutum Judaicum. There is also a seminary for missionaries among the Jews. The Westdeutscher Verein für Israel was established in 1843 in Cologne. It has stations at Cologne, Frankfort, and Strasburg. Its organ is the *Missionsblatt des westdeutschen Vereins für Israel*. Switzerland has a Verein der Freunde Israels at Basel, established in 1830. It publishes *Der Freund Israels* and *L'Ami d'lsrael*. France has a *Société française pour l'évangélisation d'Israel*, established in 1888 by the Rev. G. Krüger, with one missionary for France and agencies in Algiers and Oran. Its organ is *Le Réveil d'lsraël*. Scandinavia has three societies for missions among the Jews: the "Evangelical National Society," established in 1856, with a station at Hamburg; the "Society for Missions among Israel," established in 1875 by the Rev. A. Lindström at Stockholm, with a home for proselytes at Stockholm and lay missionaries at Budapest and Cracow, and publishing *Missions Tidning för Israel;* the "Norwegian Central Committee for Missions to Israel," established in 1865 at Christiania, with two missionaries at Galaz and Braïla in Rumania, and publishing *Missions Blad for Israel.* In Russia, where half of all the Jews of the world live, the government limits Protestant missionary work among the Jews. Missionary work in the proper sense is restricted to the State Church. In Kishinef Faltin developed a successful missionary activity after 1859, and Joseph Rabinowitz in 1882-99. In Melbourne, Australia, there is the Friends of Israel Association, of which the proselyte Abramowitz is the head. ### 5. Missions in the United States. In the United States there are eleven church missions: the Church Society for Promoting Christianity amongst the Jews (Protestant Episcopal) established in 1842 in New York, with stations at New York and Philadelphia and five missionaries, and publishing *The Gospel of the Circumcision*; the Board of Foreign Missions of the Presbyterian Church of North America, established in 1871 in New York, working at Urumia, Teheran, Hamadan, and Sidon, and publishing *The Assembly Herald;* the Reformed Presbyterian Mission to the Jews, established in 1894 in Philadelphia, with three laborers; and the Messiah Mission of Chicago, established in 1896 and continued since 1899 as the Mission of the Women's Association of the United Presbyterian Church of North America. Specifically Lutheran are the four following missions: the Norwegian Zionsforeningen for Israelsmissionen blandt norske Lutheranere i Amerika, established 1878 at Minneapolis, with three laborers in Minsk and Odessa in Russia and New York; the Jewish Mission of the Evangelical Lutheran Synod of Missouri, Ohio, and Other States, established in 1885 in New York; the Jewish Mission of the Joint Synod of Ohio, established in 1892; and the Mission of the German Lutheran Synod of the Jews in Chicago, established in 1894 in Chicago. The Methodists have the New York City Church Extension and Missionary Society, established in 1892; the Baptists, the Missionary Society of the Seventh Day Baptists, established in 1887; and the Quakers the.Friends' Mission at Ramallah in Palestine, established in 1870 by English Quakers, and continued in 1887 by American Quakers as the Eli and Sibyl Jones Mission. Besides these, there are twenty-one independent missions, the most important of which are: the New York City Mission, the oldest of all American missions, established in 1828; the Chicago Hebrew Mission, founded in 1887 and publishing *The Jewish Era*; the Gospel Mission of the Jews, formerly the Hope of Israel Mission, established in 1892 in New York; the Brooklyn Christian Mission to the Jews, established 1892 in New York and publishing *Our Hope* and the Yiddish "Hope of Israel"; the World's Gospel Union, established in 1892 at Kansas City, Mo., with eight missionaries, one in Morocco; the American Mission to the Jews, established in 1895 by the proselyte Warschaviak; and the Immanuel Mission to the Jews in Cleveland, established in 1898, and publishing *Immanuel's Witness*. The American missions to the Jews engage 150 laborers in all. ### IV. Methods and Practical Considerations: 1. Methods in Christian Lands. A distinction must be drawn between missions among those Jews who live scattered in a Christian country, and those who live in a compact mass and have their own language and customs, and those in Mohammedan and heathen countries. Missions to the Jews living within the pale of Christian churches can have no other purpose but to incorporate them in the churches. This is especially the case with the Jews of western Europe. For more than a century they have been in a process of assimilation with Christian nations. Self-preservation, if no other motive, must compel the Christian Church to carry on missionary work among the Jews; for it would be extremely dangerous if so many thousands of Jews in the midst of Christians were equal or even superior to them in political, social, moral, and economical respects, and yet opposed in religion. It is the duty of the Church to educate suitable catechetes and evangelists for this work among the Jews. All missionary activity should start from the Church. Among the Evangelical churches only the English and Scotch and some smaller free churches promote these missions as a branch of their churchly activity. It is not the duty of the Church, however, to provide for the material assistance of proselytes; this be longs rather to private charity and independent associations. The proper persons to be employed in converting the Jews are Christian clergymen; although it is much more difficult to prepare born Christians for work of that kind than born Jews, who can more easily adapt themselves to the mode of thinking of their brethren. But it would be entirely wrong to gather the Jews into a separate Judæo-Christian Church, since that would lead only to a new sect; and, on the other hand, extreme caution must be observed that baptism may not be granted too hastily or to unworthy recipients. Methods of missionary work differ according to the various conditions of the Jews. While the Jews lived almost without any legal rights among the Christians the State and the Church could force them to hear the preaching of the Gospel in their own synagogues or in churches. Since the emancipation of the Jews, this method has become impossible, and they have accordingly been visited in their homes, and the Gospel has been announced to them by the distribution of tracts and books. But as such visits may be considered by the Jews an invasion of their homes, nothing is left but occasional meetings in public places. Public lectures, reading-rooms, and free schools have also contributed to the success of missions. The instruction of catechumens must be adapted to their religious condition and spiritual training. Special consideration must be devoted to those difficult doctrines which for the Jew are not only offensive, but even detestable, such as the doctrines of the Trinity, of the divinity of Christ, and of the atonement. ### 2. Methods in Non-Evangelical Countries. Missionary activity must assume a different attitude in non-Evangelical countries, where Jews live in a compact mass. This is the case principally in eastern Europe, especially in the western provinces of Russia that formerly belonged to Poland. The number of Russian Jews is estimated at from 4,500,000 to 6,000,000. Thousands of Jews are also crowded together in Galicia and Rumania. In countries like Russia missionaries encounter special difficulties, owing to deep-rooted Jewish fanaticism, hatred of the Christians, Jewish narrowness, and great erudition in the Talmud and Cabala. A missionary who is not thoroughly versed in Hebrew literature and science will here be little respected. As only converted Jews thoroughly know the Jewish heart and the Jewish head, they have, almost without exception, been used for this kind of missionary work. But there is always danger that inefficient missionaries may be employed merely because they are proselytes, and that born Jews may be too indulgent to Jewish peculiarities and prejudice. Such deficiencies and dangers will best be avoided by the combined work of born Christians and proselytes. Missionary activity among foreign Jews has offered almost insuperable difficulties. If an individual person or family in the midst of large Jewish congregations adopts Christianity, reception into a Christian congregation already in existence is often impossible. The conversion of whole families has been almost impossible, but since a peculiar interest in Evangelical Christianity has arisen in Poland and Russia, and dozens of Jews desire instruction from clergymen and missionaries, it will perhaps be possible to gather eventual converts into Judæo Christian congregations; for the Jews of the East are neither suited nor willing to be absorbed into another nationality and church. Literature is a very important means of influencing Jews, especially as the Hebrew New Testament is well received and much read by the Jews of the East, particularly in the excellent translation of Delitzsch. Jews in heathen or Mohammedan countries form the smallest part of the population and they are on the lowest level in spiritual and moral respects. Though not learned in the Talmud, they cling obstinately to their old traditions, and Christianity has taken little root among them. ### 3. Influence of Zionism on Jewish Missions. Since 1897 the movement of Zionism has presented new problems to Christian missions. It arose as a reaction against the efforts of assimilation, and as a means of remedying the oppressions of anti-Semitism; and its object is to regain the Jewish country for the Jewish people. It looks upon missions as an instrument by which an increasing number are cut off from the national body of the Jews; but on the other hand, the Zionists seek the friendship of the Christians because they need their moral and material aid in the realization of their plans. Thus Zionists are enemies of missions, but not enemies of Christianity. Missionaries must, therefore, convince the Jews that acceptance of Christianity does not necessarily include the sacrifice of Jewish nationality, and that a national regeneration of their people is impossible without a religious regeneration. The total number of missionaries working among the 10,000,000 or more Jews in the world is about 500. (F. HEMAN.) BIBLIOGRAPHY: F. F. A. de la Roi, *Die evangelische Christenheit und die Juden unter dem Geschichtspunkt der Mission*, 3 vols., Carlsruhe, 1884-92; A. A. Bonar, *Narrative of a Mission of Enquiry to the Jews from the Church of Scotland*, Edinburgh, 1854; J. Mason, *Three Years in Turkey; Medical Mission to the Jews*, London, 1860; Mrs. Edwards, *Missionary Work among the Jews in Moldavia, Galicia, and Silesia*, ib. 1867; C. K. Kalkar, *Israel und die Kirche*, Hamburg, 1869; G. A. Dalman, *Kurzgefasstes Handbuch der Mission unter Israel*, Berlin, 1893; J. Dunlop, *Memories of Gospel Triumphs among the Jews*, London, 1894; *The Jewish Question and the Mission to the Jews*, ib. 1894; A. L. W illiams; *Missions to the Jews*, ib. 1897; W. T. Gidney, *The Jews and their Evangelization*, ib. 1899; idem, *Missions to Jews*, ib. 1899; *At Home and Abroad*, ib. 1900; A. E. Thompson, *A Century of Jewish Missions*, Edinburgh, 1902; J. Richter, *Jüdische Missionsgeschichte*, Gütersloh, 1906; H. O. Dwight, *Blue Book of Missions for 1907*, New York, 1907; J. Schneider, *Kirchliches Jahrbuch*, Gütersloh, 1909.
JEZEBEL Jezebel

韩

暂时没有译文正文。

英

**JEZEBEL:** Wife of Ahab, seventh king of Israel. She was a daughter of Ethbaal, king of Tyre, and one of the most unscrupulous yet energetic queens of history. She seems to have swayed the mind of her husband, and where he was weak and vacillating, she supplied courage and resolution. She established the worship of the Phenician Baal in the kingdom, and, while supporting at her own table the priests of Baal, persecuted the prophets of Israel (I Kings xviii. 4), and vowed vengeance upon Elijah (I Kings xix. 2). When her husband despaired of getting Naboth's vineyard, she ordered the judicial murder of Naboth and secured for her husband the coveted possession (I Kings xxi. 5). She survived Ahab fourteen years, but continued to have great influence at court, and saw her daughter Athaliah married to the king of Judah (II Kings viii. 26). When Jehu drove into Jezreel, with the design of extirpating the house of Ahab, Jezebel was thrown from the upper story of the palace to death on the atones beneath. Her body was crushed under Jehu's chariot-wheels, and, according to II Kings ix. 30-35, devoured by dogs. See AHAB; and ELIJAH. BLIOGRAPHY: Consult, besides the pertinent sections in the works named under AHAB: *DB*, ii. 656-657; *EB*, ii. 2457; *JE*, vii. 186.
JEZREEL Jezreel

韩

暂时没有译文正文。

英

**JEZREEL:** A plain mentioned Josh. xvii. 16; Judges vi. 33; Hos, i. 5, etc. The name ("God sows") denotes the fruitfulness of the plain as something unusual, extraordinary, and wrought by God, and indicates that from the most ancient times agriculture was adequately recompensed in the region. Jezreel is the largest plain in the mountain land of Israel, and is therefore called the "valley" (Judges v. 15; I Sam. xxxi. 7), and "the great plain" (I Macc. xii. 49). It was of great significance in commerce, and the road from Egypt led by three branches to the southern edge of the plain and continued northwest to the coast, northeast to Tabor and Damascus, while the eastern edge was crossed by the road from Samaria to Galilee. This made it a continual cause of strife. The Israelites first gained possession of it by the victory of Barak and Deborah (Judges v.), though the Canaanites retained possession of Megiddo, Ibleam, Taanach, and Dor until the time of the kings (Judges i. 27). To Manasseh belonged the southern portion (Josh. xvii. 11-13), to Issachar the eastern part (Josh. xix. 18-20), while Zebulun was on the north (Josh. xix. 10 sqq.). The Israelites under Saul and Jonathan sustained a defeat beneath Gilboa (I Sam. xxxi.); Ahab defeated Ben-hadad II. near Aphek (I. Kings xx 26); and Josiah was defeated by Necho II. at Megiddo (II Kings xxiii. 29). The city of Jezreel, belonging to Issachar, was situated on the plain, at the foot of Gilboa (Josh. xix. 18), above Beth-shean (I Kings iv. 12), not far from Carmel ( I Kings xviii. 45), and was the home of Ahab and Naboth ( I Kings xxi. 1) and the scene of Jehu's exploit ( II Kings ix. 17 sqq.). It is called Esdraelon in Judith, iii. 9, iv. 6, and in later times, as in the *Onomasticon* of Eusebius; the modern village Zer'in has preserved the name. There were other places of note on the plain. Josephus ( *Ant*. XX., vi. 1) mentions Ginaea, the modern Jenin, the old Engannim of Josh. xix. 21. Taanach of Judges v. 19 is the modern Ta'annuk. The city of Megiddo lay on the south border of the plain, and appears as the Egyptian Maketi and as Magidda in the Amarna Tablets; it was a royal Canaanitic city, and was refortified by Solomon. In the western part lay the village of Nein, to be identified with the Nain of Luke vii. 11 aqq. The modern Endur bespeaks the ancient En-dor of Josh. xvii. 11, south of which is Sulem, the Shunem of Josh. xix. 18. Aphek must be sought not far from the city of Jezreel, possibly in the ruins of the modern El-Fule. (H. GUTHE.) BIBLIOGRAPHY: G. A. Smith, *Historical Geography of the Holy Land*, chap. xix., London, 1897; H. Reland, *Palästina*, pp. 359-370, Utrecht, 1714; C. Ritter, *Comparative Geography of Palestine*, ii. 314-315, 317-322, iv. 333, 343-350, Edinburgh, 1888; G. Ebers and H. Guthe, *Palästina in Bild und Wort*, i. 275-290, Stuttgart, 1883; W. M. Thomson, *The Land and the Book*, ii. 177-191, New York, 1886; W. M. Müller, *Asien und Europa*, pp. 157-158, 167, Leipsic, 1893; F. Buhl, *Geographie des alten Palästina*, pp. 106 sqq., 204 sqq., Tübingen, 1896; Robinson: *Researches*, iii. 161-168; Schürer, *Geschichte*, i. 494-495, Eng. transl., I., ii. 89; *DB*, ii. 657-658; *EB*, ii. 2458-2460, *JE*, vii. 186-187.
JOAB Joab

韩

暂时没有译文正文。

英

**JOAB:** One of the most notable contemporaries of David, son of Zeruiah, sister of David, and brother of Abishai and Asahel (II Sam. ii. 18). He first appears in II Sam. ii. 13 as one of David's captains in the war with Ish-bosheth, though I Sam. xxii. 1 implies that he had then been long a companion of David. In this war Abner, the leader of Ish-bosheth's forces, slew Asahel, Joab's brother, causing a blood feud with Joab, who avenged his brother by killing Abner, but under such circumstances as to involve David in the suspicion of playing Abner false, since he was treating with Abner for the union of the northern tribes under his sway (II Sam. ii.-iii.). Joab was so powerful in the army that David had to confess his inability to punish Joab for the murder and the consequences which might have resulted (II Sam. iii. 39). I Chron. xi. 4-8 makes Joab win his position of leader by capturing the fortress of Jerusalem; but this does not agree with II Sam. v. 6-9 and the context, according to which Joab was already a leader. According to II. Sam viii. 16, when David became king of all Israel, to Joab was given command of the army, but since military achievements thereafter were ascribed to David himself, the name of Joab appears only occasionally. He waged a bloody war in Edom and drove the Edomitic king in exile to Egypt (I Kings xi. 15-17); defeated the Aramean allies of the Ammonites (II Sam. x. 6-14); executed the command of David to have Uriah killed in a skirmish (II Sam. xi. 14-27); and yielded to David the glory of a hard-earned victory over the capital of the Ammonites (II Sam. xii. 26-31). It was Joab who, by employing a stratagem carried through by a wise woman of Tekoa, persuaded David to recall from exile Absalom, who had killed his brother Amnon, and two years later secured a formal reconciliation between father and son (II Sam. xiii. 39-xiv. 33). In the rebellion of Absalom Joab remained true to David, killed the unfilial rebel, and advised the king wisely when the latter in mourning for his son was likely to alienate the affections of his people. He defeated an attempt of David to appoint Amasa in his place (II Sam. xvii.-xx.), killing Amasa in the war which arose over the rebellion of Sheba and thus raising another blood-feud. He opposed the census of the people ordered by David (II Sam. xiv. 1-9). At the end of David's reign Joab favored Adonijah as the rightful heir to the throne, and thereby incurred the enmity of Solomon, who was designated David's successor and was favored by the party of Nathan. For this and earlier offenses Joab was slain at the altar by command of Solomon (I Kings ii. 18-34). (H. GUTHE.) BIBLIOGRAPHY: The commentaries on Samuel and Kings and the relevant sections in the works on the history of Israel (named under AHAB); *DB*, ii. 858-859; *EB*, ii. 2460-2462; *JE*, vii. 187-189.
JOACHIM Joachim

韩

暂时没有译文正文。

英

**JOACHIM I.,** jo'a-kim: Margrave of Brandenburg; b. Feb. 21, 1484; d. at Stendal (40 m. n.n.e. of Magdeburg), July 11, 1535. Although only fifteen years of age at the death of his father he assumed control of the government and appeared in the diet of 1500 with the dignity of electoral prince, having associated his ten-year-old brother with himself as nominal co-ruler. Through Dietrich of Bülow the young prince had received a thorough humanistic education, and in his intense admiration for the new learning he sought and secured the friendship of the famous Tritheim, abbot of Sponheim, who, after a long solicitation, visited Berlin in 1505 and took part in the following year in the foundation of the University at Frankfort-on-the-Oder. Both by Tritheim and by Aleander Joachim was praised as a learned prince and as a patron of the sciences. In the government of his territories he displayed exceptional energy in the suppression of public disorder and he followed this up with the introduction of the Roman law and important judicial reforms which, however, were slow in coming into effect. In the imperial election which resulted in the choice of Charles V., Joachim played an unworthy rôle of mingled duplicity and weakness, carrying on secret negotiations both with Emperor Maximilian and with Francis I. of France and appearing finally as a candidate himself. He failed, however, to secure the vote even of his brother Albert, whom his influence had made, in 1514, archbishop of Mainz (see ALBERT OF BRANDENBURG). He held himself aloof from the imperial court until the victory of Pavia in 1525 made Charles all-powerful in Germany. Thereupon Joachim became a thorough partizan of the House of Hapsburg. As early as 1514 he had allowed the sale of indulgences to be carried on in his dominions, and three years later Tetzel was permitted to pursue his practises there. The theologians at the University of Frankfort took sides against Luther, whom the margrave regarded with personal dislike because of the reformer's bitter attack on Archbishop Albert. A personal interview with Luther previous to the meeting of the Diet of Worms served only to intensify the opposition between the two. In the execution of the provisions of the Edict of Worms Joachim took the leading part, gaining thereby increased favors from the emperor. In 1524 he married his eldest son to a daughter of Luther's enemy, George of Saxony, and in the following year joined the association formed at Dessau for the destruction of "The Abominable Sect of Lutherans." In spite of all his efforts, however, the new teachings made rapid progress in Brandenburg and created dissensions in his own household. In 1527 his wife Elizabeth received the communion secretly from a Lutheran priest, largely through the influence of her brother Christian II. of Denmark, whose interference in his domestic affairs aroused bitter resentment in Joachim. The electress escaped lifelong imprisonment only by flight, and Luther's intervention served but to intensify the elector's hatred. At the Diet of Augsburg he appeared as one of the leading champions of a policy of relentless warfare against the Lutherans. In 1533 he concluded with George of Saxony and Archbishop Albert a league at Halle in opposition to the Schmalkald League. In his will, drawn up in 1534, he laid the injunction upon his successors to remain faithful to the Roman communion, and, when his son Joachim's wife died, he obtained for him the hand of Hedwig, daughter of Sigismund, king of Catholic Poland. His death revealed, however, that his efforts against the spread of the reformed faith were practically vain. (G. KAWERAU.) BIBLIOGRAPHY: J. G. Droysen, *Geschichte der preussischen Politik*, ii. 2, pp. 1-163, Leipsic, 1870; A. Müller, *Geschichte der Reformation in der Mark Brandenburg*, Berlin, 1839; C. W. Spieker, *Geschichte der Einführung der Reformation in . . . Brandenburg*, ib. 1839; D. Erdmann, *Luther und die Hohenzollern*, pp. 37 sqq., Breslau, 1883; J. Heidemann, *Die Reformation in der Mark Brandenburg*, Berlin, 1889. For matter upon the choice of the emperor consult: *Reichstagsakten*, new series, vol. i., Gotha, 1893; E. R. Roesler, *Die Kaiserwahl Carls V*., Vienna, 1878. Consult also the literature given under TRITHEMIUS.
JOACHIM II. Joachim II.

韩

暂时没有译文正文。

英

**JOACHIM II.:** Margrave of Brandenburg; b. Jan. 9, 1505; d. at Köpenik (8 m. s.e. of Berlin), Jan. 3, 1571. He was the son of Joachim I. (q.v.), was educated under the supervision of his uncle the Elector Albert (see ALBERT OF BRANDENBURG), and at an early age conceived an interest in theological questions. By his marriage with the daughter of George of Saxony in 1524 and of Sigismund of Poland in 1535, his father had sought to bind him to the Roman faith. But it was early apparent that he would not follow closely in the footsteps of his father, whom he succeeded in 1535. At first he attempted to play the part of mediator between the two parties and eagerly embraced the plan of a general council for the settlement of the religious schism, but when the convocation of such an assembly was repeatedly postponed he turned his efforts solely in the direction of establishing harmony within the empire. In 1538 he submitted to the emperor a compromise program for the attainment of such an end, which led to prolonged negotiations in that and the following year without resulting in any definite achievement. The death of George of Saxony in 1539 removed one of the strongest influences for Catholicism in Brandenburg. For some years before this event Joachim had permitted the open extension of the Lutheran influence, and in 1538 he submitted to Melanchthon a program of church reform drawn up for him by the dean of Elgersma. Melanchthon rejected the constitutions as insufficiently Evangelical, and the widespread movement among the nobles and the third estate convinced the margrave that the time for a radical change had come. New church constitutions were drawn up, after preparation by Prince Georg von Anhalt, by a commission comprising Jacob Stratner, Georg Buchholzer, and Georg Witzel and were approved by Melanchthon. In November, 1539, the margrave formally received the Lord's Supper according to the Lutheran form and subsequently the revised church constitutions were sent to Wittenberg, where they received the approval of Luther, Melanchthon, and Jonas, though of all Protestant Church systems they represented the least departure from the Roman Catholic position. Joachim succeeded in obtaining the confirmation of the emperor on the promise of submission to the decisions of a future council. The new ordinances were speedily introduced and the gradual abolition of the monastic system was begun. In the field of politics also Joachim attempted to play the rôle of arbitrator between the two parties. At the Colloquy of Worms (q.v.) in 1540-41 his representatives sat with the "submissive" as opposed to the "protesting" deputies, and he based much hope upon the plan here secretly formulated for another conference at Regensburg where it was hoped that the reunion of the parties might be achieved. Luther, to whom the project was submitted, rejected its terms as unsatisfactory both to the Roman Church and to the Protestants, but Joachim did not abandon his activity, and when the emperor contemplated the despatch of a special mission to Luther he offered himself for the service. Before the outbreak of the Schmalkald War (1546) he attempted to mediate between the leaders of the League and the emperor, but, failing, sent a force of cavalry in the following year to the aid of Maurice of Saxony in return for the elevation of his second son Frederick to the post of coadjutor bishop of Magdeburg and Halberstadt. He pledged himself to abide by the decisions of the council to be assembled at Trent and obtained the same concessions in the religious sphere that had been granted to Maurice of Saxony. He was active in advocating the adoption of the Augsburg Interim (see AGRICOLA, JOHANN; INTERIM, 2). From this time his political importance declines; his subsequent efforts were directed toward dynastic aggrandizement, and with this ambition he permitted his son Sigismund to accept the archbishopric of Magdeburg and the see of Halberstadt on the condition of complete submission to the pope. It was only political interests, however, that prevented the complete introduction of the Protestant confession in his dominions, an event which followed the death of Joachim and the succession of his son John George. (G. KAWERAU.) BIBLIOGRAPHY: Besides the literature given under JOACHIM I., consult: A. Hartung, *Joachim II. und sein Sohn Johann Georg*, Berlin, 1798; F. Meine, *Die vermittelnde Stellung Joachims II. . . . zu den politischen und religiösen Parteien seiner Zeit*, Lüneburg, 1898; articles in the *Forschungen zur brandenburgischen und preussischen Geschichte*, ii (1889), 395 sqq., and vii (1894), 181 sqq., by F. Holtze, and vi (1893), 529 sqq., by H. Landwehr; and new articles of importance by N. Müller in *Jahrbuch für brandenburgische Geschichte*, 1904 sqq.
JOACHIM OF FIORE Joachim of Fiore

韩

暂时没有译文正文。

英

**JOACHIM OF FIORE** (Lat. *Floris*) and the **"EVERLASTING GOSPEL"** (*Evangelium aeternum*): ### Joachim's Life and Writings. Joachim, abbot of San Giovanni in Fiore (in the Sila Mountains, 25 m. e. of Cosenza), Calabria, is said to have been born of wealthy parents at Celico, a village near Cosenza, in 1145(?), to have made a pilgrimage to Palestine, and then to have become a monk. In 1177 he was abbot of a Cistercian monastery at Corazzo (12 m. s.e. of Cosenza), but often withdrew to the mother monastery of Casamari (near Veroli, 50 m. s.e. of Rome) to pursue his studies. Later (not before 1188) he gave up his place at Corazzo and founded San Giovanni in Fiore, which became the center of a congregation comprising more than thirty monasteries. Leading a strictly ascetic life and being reputed a prophet, he was highly respected by potentates and popes, who encouraged him in his Biblico-apocalyptic studies. He was very loyal to the papacy, and required the members of his order not to publish the writings which he left before they had passed the examination of the papal censor. Of his works only the three which he considered the most important have been printed, viz.: (1) *Liber concordiae novi ac veteris testamenti* (Venice, 1519); (2) *Psalterium decem chordarum* (Venice, 1527); (3) *Expositio apocalypsis* (also called *Apocalypses nova*, Venice, 1527). There are other works still in manuscript. The commentaries on Isaiah and Jeremiah, attributed to him as early as the middle of the thirteenth century, are not his and differ from his genuine writings especially by their harsh attitude toward the Church of Rome. Now that they have been eliminated (by Engelhardt and Friederich), a correct estimate of Joachim is first made possible. ### His Relations and Significance. He belongs in part to those of the twelfth century who, like Bernard of Clairvaux and Gerhoh of Reichersberg, in spite of their ecclesiastical sentiment and attitude, had nevertheless a keen eye for the shortcomings of ecclesiastical life. To this, like the visionaries Hildegard of Bingen and Elizabeth of Schönau, he added an excited expectation of an impending transformation of all things. The ancient hope of a glorious time of the Church on earth, preceded by fearful struggles, was revived anew. This hope Joachim based not on new revelations, but mainly upon the Holy Scriptures, for whose deeper understanding he imagined himself especially equipped through divine illumination. This illumination, however, did not take the place of study, but rather led him to a very thorough and, in his way, closer examination of the Scriptures, requiring much time and pains, and united to an artificial system of historico-prophetical theology. One may say that in this respect--following certain predecessors like Rupert of Deutz--he opens up a new development in the department of prophetical theology--a treatment which was afterward continued by Cocceius and Bengel, but it must not be forgotten that Joachim differs from both successors at least as much as each differs from the other. ### His Exposition of History. Upon the principles indicated above the following notion of history is established. It is divided into three dispensations (*status*) of the Father, of the Son, and of the Spirit; or, with reference to the three chief classes in the Church, the times of the predominance of the married, of the clerics, and of the monks. The first commenced with Adam, the second with John the Baptist; the preparation for the third began with St. Benedict, its development commenced with the order of the Cistercians, and about 1260 the final development will take place. The helping power, the *Parvuli de ecclesia latina*, will come from the Church of the West, which he thinks of as a monastic order, the *ordo justorum*. The elect in the Greek Church will also be united with the Roman Church, and the conversion of Gentiles and Jews will take place. This is the time in which, as is written in the Scriptures, Spirit and Life shall be in the Church, the time of the eternal Gospel (cf. *ALKG*, i. 52 sqq. and iii.). But there must still take place a last fight against the power of evil, which appears in the person of the last and worst antichrist, in Gog. After this will follow the final judgment and the great Sabbath of the consummation will be ushered in. ### His Influence and Followers. The "Everlasting Gospel." These thoughts, as further expanded in Joachim's writings, were favorably received. The thirteenth century was filled with more extravagant expectations of the future than the twelfth even, and the zealous Franciscans, who thought more of the ideal of poverty than of the official Church, were not the last to foster them. Here the ideas of Joachim found the most ready reception, and received an interpretation and expansion which were contrary to his own meaning. Here belong also the commentaries on Isaiah and Jeremiah. The Minorite Gerhard of Borgo San Donnino went the furthest. He regarded the three principal works of Joachim as truly inspired and canonical writings, as the last and highest part of the canon, which as *Evangelium aeternum* surpassed the Old and New Testaments. He prepared an edition of the same, supplied it with glosses and an *Introductorius in evangelium aeternum*. This work published at Paris in 1254, caused a great stir (cf. the passage from the *Roman de la rose* in Haupt, 379, note 1). The theologians of the University of Paris, who saw themselves threatened in their ecclesiastical and scientific position by the mendicant monks, took up the gauntlet and made a complaint at Rome. In 1255 Alexander IV. appointed a commission to examine the matter (cf. the protocols in *AKLG*, i. 99-142). On Nov. 4, 1255, a bull was issued which condemned the *Introductorius*, without censuring, however, the writings of Joachim. When a synod at Arles (1260 or 1263) afterward condemned the writings of Joachim, this decision obtained no general ecclesiastical authority. His name remained as that of one beatified ( *beatus*) in the memory of the Church, and as such he has a place in the *Acta Sanctorum.* Still less could this condemnation prevent Joachim's prophetical expositions from being read over and over again, and finding believers, though the year 1260 passed without change in the ecclesiastical relations. Johannes Petrus Olivi and Ubertinus of Casale, in general the *Spirituales* of the Minorites, are under their spell. There were Joachimites who adhered to the pope as well as Ghibelline Joachimites, and through the entire medieval period traces of Joachimism are found. S. M. DEUTSCH. BIBLIOGRAPHY: Besides the writings of Joachim and scattered notices, the first source is: *Synopsis virtutum beati Joachimi*, by Luca Consentinas, in F. Ughelli, *Italia sacra*, ix. 205 sqq., Venice, 1722 (also, with the *Vita* by Jacobus Graecus Syllanaeus and prefatory remarks, in *ASB*, May, vii. 83-112). Consult: J. G. V. Engelhardt, *Kirchengeschichtliche Abhandlungen*, pp. 1-150, 260-291, Erlangen, 1832 (fundamental); C. U. Hahn, *Geschichte der Ketzer im Mittelalter*, iii. 72-175, 259-346, Stuttgart, 1850 (in Engelhardt and Hahn's comprehensive extracts from Joachim's works); Friederich, in *ZWT*, ii (1859), 349-363, 444-514 (on Joachim's commentaries on Isaiah and Jeremiah); J. J. T. von Döllinger, in *Historisches Taschenbuch*, v., i (1871), 257-370; W. Preger, *Geschichte der deutschen Mystik*, i. 196-207, Leipsic, 1874 (defective); H. F. Reuter, *Geschichte der religiösen Aufklärung im Mittelalter*, ii. 191-218, 364-368, 536 sqq., Berlin, 1877; S. Denifle, *Das Evangelium aeternum und die Commission zu Anagni*, in *ALKG*, i (1885), 49-141; H. Haupt, *Zur Geschichte des Joachimismus*, in *ZKG*, vii (1884), 372 sqq. (agrees with Denifle on independent grounds); W. Bousset, *Der Antichrist in der Ueberlieferung*, Göttingen, 1895; E. Wadstein, *Die eschatologische Ideengruppe, Antichrist, Weltsabbat und Weltgericht*, Leipsic, 1896; Neander, *Christian Church*, iv. 220-232 et passim; Moeller, *Christian Church*, ii. 418-417.
JOAN, POPE Joan, Pope

韩

暂时没有译文正文。

英

**JOAN, POPE:** An alleged female pope, the central figure of a legend dating from the middle of the thirteenth century. The story occurs for the first time in the chronicle of Jean de Mailly, whence it was borrowed by his brother Dominican Stephen of Bourbon (d. 1261), both dating Pope Joan about 1100. The legend was chiefly disseminated, however, by the chronicle of Martinus Polonus (d. 1278). According to him, she was born either in Mainz or England, disguised as a man studied in Athens, aroused deep admiration at Rome by her learning, and was finally elected pope in 855, ruling two and a half years under the name of Johannes Angelicus. She died in childbirth in the street during a public procession and was buried where she expired. In the fifteenth century the legend of Pope Joan was regarded as a fact and was one of the main arguments in the controversies on the justification and extent of the papal power, additional credibility being given the story through its circulation by Roman Catholic historians. The legend is now regarded as based on a local Roman tradition concerning an ancient statue which has disappeared, but which seems to have represented a priest of Mithra and a child. This figure of the priest was popularly supposed to be a woman, and the unintelligible inscription on the group was taken to be the epitaph of the female pope. The name Joan (Johanna, Johannes) is obviously due to the numerous popes John, some of whom bore an indifferent reputation. The double date of 855 and 1100 originated in an attempt to fill a supposed lacuna in the list of popes at those times. (R. SCHMID.) BIBLIOGRAPHY: The one book of importance is J. J. T. von Döllinger, *Papstfabeln des Mittelalters*, ed. Friedrich, Munich, 1890, Eng. transl., of 1st ed., pp. 3-74, New York, 1872. Consult also: E. Rhoides, *La Papesse Jeanne*, Paris, 1878, Eng. transl., London, 1887, Germ. transl., Leipsic, 1904; Neander, *Christian Church*, iii. 367, v. 285, 307; Moeller, *Christian Church*, ii. 159.
JOASH (JEHOASH) Joash (Jehoash)

韩

暂时没有译文正文。

英

**JOASH (JEHOASH:** the two forms are used interchangeably in the sources): **1.** Seventh king of Judah, son and successor of Ahaziah after the six years' usurpation of his mother Athaliah. His dates according to the old chronology are 878-838 B.C.; according to Kamphausen, 836-797 B.C.; according to Duncker, 837-797 B.C.; and according to Curtis (*DB*, i. 401), 836-796 B.C. He was hidden by his aunt Jehoshebah when Athaliah massacred the seed royal, and in his seventh year was brought out from his concealment and made king under the practical regency of the priest Jehoiada (q.v.). The important external event of his reign was a threatened or real attack on Jerusalem by the Arameans under Hazael, which, according to II Kings xii. 18, was averted by a heavy tribute which stripped the city of its treasures, but according to the Chronicler (II Chron. xxiv. 23-24) was consummated and proved disastrous to the kingdom. Joash's religious significance lies in his services to the temple, which, under the usurpation of Athaliah, had been allowed to fall into disrepair. This was first committed to the charge of the priests and Levites, but was neglected by them. The matter was then taken out of their hands and entrusted to the chief priest and a civil officer. The sources seem to imply a defection from religious zeal after the death of Jehoiada; both sources, Kings and Chronicles, record his death by assassination at the hand of "his servants," and the Chronicler asserts that he was not buried "in the sepulchers of the kings." **2.** Twelfth king of Israel, son and successor of Jehoahaz. His dates, according to the old chronology, are 840-823 B.C.; according to Kamphausen, 797-782 B.C.; according to Duncker, 798-790 B.C.; according to Curtis, 798-782 B.C. He gained a series of victories over Ben-hadad of Damascus by which he recovered large parts of the kingdom which had been lost to Hazael under Jehoahaz--an event made possible by the fact that under Shamshi-Ramman Assyria had renewed its battering at the gates of Damascus (see ASSYRIA, VI., 3, § 9), and the Syrians were therefore fully employed guarding their eastern frontier. A second important matter was the defeat of Amaziah of Judah after the latter had wantonly provoked a conflict, and his punishment by a partial destruction of the wall of Jerusalem and reduction to vassalage. Some light is cast upon the religious status of Joash by II Kings xiii. 14 sqq., telling of a real attachment between himself and the prophet which suggests that the sentence of condemnation uttered in II Kings xiii. 11 implies a Judaic standpoint from which all the kings of Israel were regarded as recreant. BIBLIOGRAPHY: For 1 the sources are II Kings xi-xii; II Chron. xxii. 11-xxiv.; and for 2, II Kings xiii. 10-25, xiv. 8-16. Besides the literature given under AHAB, consult: C. F. Burney, *Notes on the Hebrew Text of . . . Kings*, Oxford, 1903; *DB*, ii. 556-557; *EB*, ii. 2463.
JOB, BOOK OF Job, Book of

韩

暂时没有译文正文。

英

### JOB, BOOK OF. Place of the Book in the Canon. The Text. The Septuagint Text Shorter than the Hebrew (§ 1). Possible Explanations of Difference of Text (§ 2). Parallelism as an Aid to Text-Criticism (§ 3). Corruptions of Consonantal Text Explained (§ 4). Early Condition of the Text (§ 5). Plan, Contents and Purpose. The Elihu Section a Later Addition (§ 1). The Plan (§ 2). The Religion of Job and His Friends (§ 3). Genuineness of the Prologue (§ 4). Satan in the Prologue and in Other Scripture (§ 5). The Purpose (§ 6). Organic Interconnection of Dialogue and Narrative (§ 7). Result of the Divine Admonitions (§ 8). Job's Attempt to Comprehend His Misfortunes (§ 9). Job's Ultimate Position (§ 10). The Author and the Time of Composition. I. Place of the Book in the Canon: Among the Kethubhim, constituting the third division of the Hebrew canon (see CANON OF SCRIPTURE), three books stand together as a class marked by a system of accentuation different from that of the other books of Scripture. These are Psalms, Proverbs, and Job. The position of Job in the sources, however, varies greatly. The Talmud (Baba batra 14b) places it between Psalms and Proverbs; Jerome's *Prologus galeatus* puts it before Psalms; Origen seems to say (Eusebius, *Hist. eccl.*, vi. 25) that while Psalms and the three Solomonic writings separate the historical and prophetical books, Job stood after the prophetical books and before Esther. Melito places Job after Psalms and the Solomonic books and before the prophetic writings. Indeed no uniformity appears and a very varying order of arrangement is attested; it is sufficient to say that the order in the English Bible--Job, Psalms, Proverbs, Ecclesiastes, Canticles--is attested by a large group of patristic writings. There is, on the other hand, a group of authorities which arrange the history of pious Job with those of other pious persons, Tobit, Judith, Esther, and Ezra, placing these among the historical books. A noteworthy position, due to the supposition that Job is a work of Moses, locates it with Joshua immediately following the Law. The idea underlying these various arrangements is either the poetic form, the relationship of contents, or the supposed authorship or the connection of its hero with early celebrities. ### II. The Text: 1. The Septuagint Text Shorter than the Hebrew. The best helps to the text are the direct translations, including that of the Targum (which often gives a double rendering), the Peshito, the translations of Jerome and the Greek of Origen. The Hebrew basis of these versions witnesses to the same recension of the Hebrew as underlies the Masoretic text. From this the Septuagint varies in an astonishing manner, not only in its additions (like that of the speech of Job's wife in chap. ii., explicable on psychological grounds) but in its omissions; and with the Septuagint goes the Old Latin derived from it. With this corresponds also the Old Latin which Jerome sought to supplement by his Latin translation of the Septuagint *juxta Graecos* and later by his *editio juxta Hebraeos*. Jerome testifies to the lacunas, amounting to seven or eight hundred verses, in the Old Latin and the Septuagint, which Origen had supplied from other versions in which the readings, according to Jerome, were often without sense. The number of omissions might be suspected as exaggerated in the foregoing statement were it not that, in the first place, Jerome indicates that the Old-Latin version is more defective and disfigured than the Greek basis, and, in the second place, the statement exceeds only a little the results from stichometric counts. Zahn gives the reckoning for the first form as varying between 1,800, 1,700, and 1,600 stichoi, the last testified by a number of manuscripts, for which the number of the corresponding improved text is 2,200. This last number as a round statement agrees closely with the count of a number of manuscripts and editions, and also with the Masoretic count of the verses of Job as 1,070, which gives 2,140 stichoi, allowing two stichoi to each verse. According to this testimony, the improved Greek was 500 or (according to Hesychius) 600 stichoi longer than the earlier Septuagint; but how this result was reached or upon what basis the statement was made is now unknown. It is further noticeable that the statement refers to a form of the Septuagint which differs from that of Origen. And the situation is further complicated by the fact that the Hexaplar notes transmitted can not be either fully or rightly understood. At any rate, it is possible to affirm that the Job of the old Septuagint was at least a fourth part shorter than the present Hebrew text. The traditional explanation was that a text corresponding to the present lay before the Greek translator, but that the rendering was shortened either by one of the ordinary mishaps attending copying and translation, or purposely because the contents were offensive to the translator, or because the words were not understood, or because the book seemed too long. If it is noted that in many cases corruption is inherent in the Greek text, individual cases are explained upon that ground. But when it is noted that the translator is dexterous in substituting phrases in telligible in Greek for obscure Hebrew phrases and in making the condensed Hebrew luminous by additions, it becomes more difficult to hold that the translator wilfully shortened the text or passed over passages because they were difficult. ### 2. Possible Explanations of Difference of Text. On the other hand, it has often been the case that scholars, prejudiced in behalf of the Hebrew, have found in the other Greek versions and in the tradition reaching back to Jerome pure creation, even where the paraphrase is, like that of the Targum, suggested by the Hebrew. Such a passage is vi. 7, where, instead of *orge, horme* is to be read as the rendering of *naphshi* in the sense of intensity of hunger. The extension of this verse is not to be explained by the introduction of a gloss, but by the attempt in the paraphrase to express clearly the meaning of the original. A similar example is found in the passage iv. 12, where the free translation expresses well, though in expanded form, the original Hebrew, with slight changes in reading. testamenti, pp. 150-187, Innsbruck, 1882 (goes into metrody and strophical structure); G. Hoffmann, Kiel, 1891; C. Siegfried, in *SBOT*, 1893; G. Beer, 2 vols., Marburg, 1895-97 (critical and of great value); B. Duhm, Göttingen, 1897; *Wiener Zeitschrift für die Kunde des Morgenlandes*, vols. vi.-vii. (critical unpointed text, with directions for reading in Latin); and in the new *Biblia Hebraica* of R. Kittel, Leipsic, 1905-06. The Sahidic version was edited by Ciasca in *Sacrorum bibliorum fragmenta Copto-Sahidica*, Rome, 1889 (has a rich introduction; cf. Amélineau in *TSBA*, ix. 2, 1893, 5 sqq.). A Greek edition is by P. de Lagarde in his Mittheilungen, ii. 189 sqq., Göttingen, 1887. Earlier commentaries are by Brentius, Halle, 1546; Johannes de Spineda, Madrid, 1597; A. Schultens, Leyden, 1737; C. F. Houbigant, *Notae criticae in universos veteris testamenti libros*, Frankfort, 1777; T. J. Reiske, Leipsic, 1779; M. H. Stuhlmann, Hamburg, 1804; J. W. C. Umbreit, Heidelberg, 1824; E. B. Köster, Schleswig, 1831. More modern ones are by A. Ewald, *Dichter des alten Bundes*, vol. iii., Göttingen, 1836, Eng. transl., London, 1897; S. Lee. London, 1837; J. G. Stickel, Leipsic, 1842; K. Schlottmann, Berlin, 1851; L. Hirzel, ed. Olshausen, Leipsic, 1852; J. G. Vaihinger, Stuttgart, 1856; T. J. Conant, New York, 1857; E. Renan, Paris, 1859, Eng. transl., London, 1889; A. B. Davidson, vol. i., London, 1862 (never completed, philological, an excellent piece of work); idem, in Cambridge Bible 1884 (perhaps the best in English); Franz Delitzsch, Leipsic, 1876, Eng. transl. of 1st ed., Edinburgh, 1869 (the introduction is very valuable, gives a history of the exegesis of the book); F. C. Cook, in *Bible Commentary*, London, 1873: O. Zöckler, in Lange's Commentary, Eng. transl., New York, 1874; E. W. Hengstenberg, Leipsic, 1875; C. P. Robinson, London, 1876; D. Thomas, ib. 1879; S. Cox, ib. 1880; G. H. B. Wright, ib. 1883; G. G. Bradley, *Lectures on the Book of Job*, Oxford, 1887; W. Volek, Munich, 1889; A. Dillmann, Leipsic, 1891; R. A. Watson, in *Expositor's Bible*, London, 1892; K. Budde, Göttingen, 1896; B. Duhm, Freiburg, 1897; E. C. S. Gibson, London, 1889; Friedrich Delitzsch, Leipsic, 1902; M. Pritchard, London, 1903; D. Davies, vol. i., London, 1909. On the metrics consult: J. H. A. Ebrard, Das Buch Hiob als poetisches Kunstwerk, Landau, 1858; . P. Vetter, *Die Metrik des Buches Hiob*, in Bardenhewer's *Biblische Studien*, ii. 4, Freiburg, 1897; J. Ley, *Die metrische Beschaffenheit des Buches Hiob*, in *TSK*, 1895, 1899; E. Kautzsch, *Die Poesie und die poetischen Bücher des A. T.*, Tübingen, 1902. On critical and other questions related to the book consult: G. Bickell, *De indole ac ratione versionis Alexandrinae*, Marburg, 1862; J. A. Froude, in *Short Studies on Great Subjects*, London, 1867; W. H. Green, *Argument of the Book of Job*, New York, 1874; K. Budde, *Beiträge zur Kritik des Buches Hiob*, Bonn, 1876; F. Giesebrecht, *Der Wendepunkt des Buches Hiob*, Greifswald, 1879; T. K. Cheyne, *Job and Solomon*, London, 1887; E. Hatch, *Essays in Biblical Greek*, ib. 1889 (on the Septuagint); J. F. Genung, *The Epic of the Inner Life, the Book of Job*, Boston, 1891; W. T. Davison, in *Wisdom Literature of the O. T.*, London, 1893 (a luminous treatment); L. Laue, *Komposition des Buches Hiob*, Halle, 1895; G. Beer, in *ZATW*, xvi (1896), 297 sqq., xvii (1897), 97 sqq., xviii (1898), 257 sqq. (deals with all the versions); J. Owen, *Five Great Skeptical Dramas*, New York, 1896; G. V. Garland, *Problems of Job*, London, 1898; R. G. Moulton, in *Literary Study of the Bible*, Boston, 1899; M. Jastrow, *Babylonian Parallels to Job*, in *JBL*, xxv. 2 (1906); *DB*, ii. 660-671; *EB*, ii. 2464-2491; *JE*, vii. 193-200.
JOBSON, FREDERICK JAMES Jobson, Frederick James

韩

暂时没有译文正文。

英

**JOBSON, FREDERICK JAMES:** English Wesleyan; b. at Northwich (17 m. e.n.e. of Chester), Cheshire, July 6, 1812; d. in London Jan. 4, 1881. He served an apprenticeship to an architect of Norwich, but in 1834 entered the Wesleyan Ministry. He was located at Patrington, Yorkshire, in 1834, and at Manchester 1835-37. In the latter year he went to London as assistant at the City Road Chapel. In 1858 he was sent by the British conference to the Methodist Episcopal Conference at Indianapolis, Ind., and in 1860 to the conference at Sydney, Australia. As book steward of the Wesleyan Methodist organization 1864-79 he greatly extended the publishing-business of his denomination. For twelve years he superintended the *Methodist Magazine*. In 1869 he was elected president of the Wesleyan Methodist conference. His principal works are, *Chapel and School Architecture* (London, 1850); *A Mother's Portrait* (1855); *America and American Methodism* (1857); *Australia; with Notes by the Way on Egypt, Ceylon, Bombay, and the Holy Land* (1862); *Perfect Love for Christian Believers* (1864); *Serious Truths for Consideration* (1884); and *Visible Union with the Church of Christ* (1864). A number of his sermons were printed in B. Gregory's *Life of F. J. Jobson* (London, 1884). BIBLIOGRAPHY: Besides the Life by Gregory, ut sup., consult the *Wesleyan Methodist Magazine*, Sept. 1844, June 1871, and 1881, pp. 150-157, 176-185, 285-294, 397; *DNB*, xxix. 396.
JOCELIN Jocelin

韩

暂时没有译文正文。

英

**JOCELIN,** jes'e-lin: A Cistercian monk of Furness Abbey (in northwestern Lancashire, west of Morecambe Bay) and later of Down in North Ireland. He flourished about 1200 and is noteworthy for his lives of saints, especially his *Life of St. Kentigern* (ed. A. P. Forbes, Edinburgh, 1874) and the *Life and Miracles of St. Patrick* (published by Colgan in the *Trias thaumaturga*, Louvain, 1647, 64-116, and in the *ASB*, Mar., ii. 540-580; Eng. transl. by E. L. Swift, Dublin, 1809).
JOCH, JOHANN GEORG Joch, Johann Georg

韩

暂时没有译文正文。

英

**JOCH,** yoh, **JOHANN GEORG:** German Protestant theologian; b. at Rothenburg (31 m. s.s.e. of Würzburg) Dec. 27, 1677; d. at Wittenberg Oct. 1, 1731. He is noted in the ecclesiastical history of his time as an ardent champion of pietistic teachings in the two strongholds of orthodox Lutheran theology, Dortmund and Wittenberg. At Jena, where he studied from 1697 to 1709, he became an enthusiastic follower of Spener, and when he was made superintendent and gymnasiarch at Dortmund in the latter year, he applied himself to the performance of his duties in the spirit of pietism. He found a demoralized and materialistic clergy, devoted solely to dogmatism and polemics, and at once began a struggle for regeneration by means of pietistic assemblies and the institution of catechism classes. This brought him into conflict with his clerical colleagues, but he enjoyed the support of the municipal authorities until he alienated them by his attacks upon them. In 1722 he became head preacher at Erfurt, and in 1726 was appointed professor of theology at Wittenberg, where his advent was the signal for the outbreak of a long controversy in which the cause of Pietism made little headway. Joch was a prolific writer in various fields, but his productions, almost without exception, were pamphlets of little permanent value. (E. IDELER.) BIBLIOGRAPHY: C. W. F. Walch. *Historie der Ketzereien*, vi. 236; 473 sqq., 11 vols., Leipsic, 1762-85; J. C. W. Augusti, *Beiträge zur Geschichte und Statistik der evangelischen Kirche*, i. 164-231, Jena, 1837.
JOEL Joel

韩

暂时没有译文正文。

英

**JOEL:** The second of the Minor Prophets in the arrangement of the English version. ### Date. Little is known of the prophet; he was the son of Pethuel, probably a Judahite, and prophesied in Jerusalem; but that he was a Levite does not follow from i. 9, 13, ii. 17. By most scholars his date is placed in the reign of Joash between 875 and 845 B.C. on the ground that Amos used his book, that the descent of the Edomites upon Judah under Joash was fresh in his memory, and that his mention of temple, priests, and ritual necessitates that early date. Others place him in the times of Jeroboam II. and Uzziah, others under Ahaz and Hezekiah, still others in the last years of Josiah, while several recent critics put him in Persian or Greek times. Against a post-exilic dating are the following considerations: The position of the book in the Hebrew and Greek canon is among the early prophets and before those of the Chaldean period. Among the peoples named in the book there appear neither Syrians, Greeks, Persians, Babylonians, nor Assyrians, not even Moabites or Ammonites, but only Philistines, Phenicians, Egyptians, and Edomites. Nothing follows from silence respecting a king and the northern kingdom. Against the assertion that iii. 2 and 6 imply the Babylonian or an Assyrian captivity, it is to be noted that neither Babylonians nor Assyrians are mentioned; Philistines and Phenicians are the chief foes in iii. 4 (cf. II Chron. xxi. 16-17, where Philistines and Arabians are said to have aided Jerusalem in the time of Jehoram, and II Kings viii. 22). Characteristic are the "parting of the land" and the selling of Judean prisoners of war to foreign peoples, a practise of the Phenicians (F. C. Movers, *Die Phönizier*, ii. 3, 70 sqq., Bonn, 1845), who, by the ninth century, were in commercial contact with the Greeks. The mention of Egypt in iii. 19 may be connected with the expedition of Shishak of I Kings xiv. 25 under Rehoboam. Against this the "bring again the captivity" of iii. 1 can not be urged, since in post-exilic times this phrase means to restore and not to return captives; and that Judah and Jerusalem needed restoration when the northern tribes had revolted, had assailed the capital, annexed Judean territory, and sold captives into slavery no one will deny. The conception of the book that Jerusalem was the legitimate sanctuary is no proof of late origin, since Isaiah and Micah have the same idea ( Isa. ii. 2; Mic. i. 2). Similarly, Joel's attitude to the priesthood finds analogies in early prophetic books. The linguistic test can not be employed, since it gives no sure results. But more decisive is the unquestionable dependence of Amos on Joel (cf. Amos i. 2, 9, 13 with Joel iii. 16, 18), while the *gazam* of Amos iv. 9 is repeated only in Joel i. 4, ii. 25, and is not dependent in Joel upon Amos. If Joel is placed in the early years of Joash when Jehoiada was influential, the attitude toward the priests is fully explained. ### Contents. The occasion of the book was a dire plague of locusts, accompanied by a severe drought, the results and course of which are described i. 2-ii. 17, resulting in the prophet's call to fasting and repentance. This fast must have been observed, since in the second and remaining part of the book promises of good abound, relating to the immediate and the distant future. The immediate outlook is the defeat of the foe, healing and good fortune, so that Zion rejoices in its God; in the distant future (ii. 28) Yahweh's spirit is to come on all flesh, making all prophecy superfluous, while Zion is to dwell in security. Its foes are to be gathered, a hostile army, for judgment, and amid terrifying upheavals of nature are to be reaped like a ripe harvest. The book closes (iii. 18-21) with blessing upon Judah and Jerusalem and promise of destruction for their foes. The articulation of the book is good and its parts are well related. The Day of Yahweh, which in the first part appears as one of terror unless repentance supervenes, is in the second part a day of grace because that repentance has come. Against Merx, the hostile peoples are not all mankind, but the immediate neighbors of Judah, those who, in accordance with the law of prophecy, were in the ken of the prophet, viz., Tyre, Sidon, and Philistia. This issues, however, in chap. iii. in the distinction between Israel as God's people and the people of the world who are foes of God, a representation which is repeated in Zech. xiv. 2. The place of judgment of the world is the Valley of Jehoshaphat, made memorable by the event narrated in II Chron. xx. 22-26, a place which recalled not only Jehoshaphat but a noted judgment upon Judah's foes. The plague of locusts is to be taken literally, not metaphorically. The metaphoric interpretation depends largely upon the fact that one of the names for locusts in the Masoretic pointing means "northern," and Judah's enemies were northern, while the locusts usually came from the south. But swarms are sometimes brought from the northern Syrian desert by a northeast wind. Moreover, the prediction in ii. 20 is applicable to a swarm of locusts driven into the Dead Sea and the Mediterranean, not to a human enemy. There is no ground for denying to the prophet the composition of the book as a whole; the unity becomes clear when it is seen that the phenomena of the first part are the basis of the rest (ii. 28-iii. 21). (W. VOLCK†.) It is now no longer possible to say, with the late writer of the above article, that most scholars place the date of Joel "in the reign of Joash between 875 and 845 B.C." [Joash of Judah really reigned from 836 to 797 B.C.] It has been well said that "the book is either very early or very late," and recent critics almost unanimously place it in the fourth century B.C., though a few still regard it as the earliest of the prophetical writings. In answer to the arguments for the older view it may be said: (1) It is more likely that Joel, e.g. in iii. 16, 18, borrowed from Amos than that Amos, e.g., in i. 2, ix. 13, borrowed from Joel, for the former passages are brought close together as would naturally be done in a reproduction of earlier thoughts. (2) The attacks of the Edomites upon Judah (cf. iii. 19), during the helplessness of the latter just before and for centuries after the exile, finally resulted in their actual annexation of the country even to the north of Hebron; and it is these relations with Edom which form the chief subject of prophetic references (see Ob. i. 8; Jer. xlix. 7, 17, 20; Ezek. xxv. 12, 14, xxxii. 29; Mal. i. 4) to that inveterate enemy of Judah. (3) There is no allusion to the kingdom of northern Israel. (4) The detailed references to the priesthood and the temple offerings and services (i. 9, 13, 14, ii. 14-17) suggest the later period of Jewish church influence rather than the days of prophetic independence. (5) The exile and dispersion and foreign occupation seem to be presupposed in iii. 2, 17. (6) The allusion to the "Grecians" (iii. 6) is best accounted for by the effects of the Macedonian régime in Asia. (7) The strongest argument for a late date is the apocalyptic character of the book from ii. 28 to the end, the general indefiniteness of the historical background, and lack of specific allusion to contemporary events and situations which forms such a striking feature of the earlier prophets. J. F. MCCURDY. BIBLIOGRAPHY: The two best commentaries are by S. R. Driver, in *Cambridge Bible*, 1897, and G. A. Smith, *The Book of the Twelve*, London, 1898. Other commentaries are by: A. F. Holzhausen, Hanover, 1829; C. A. Credner, Halle, 1831; E. Meier, Tübingen, 1841; A. Wünsche, Leipsic, 1872 (gives bibliography of Joel to 1872); E. Montet, Geneva, 1877; A. Merx, Halle, 1879 (gives history of interpretation down to Calvin); F. Hitzig, ed. J. Steiner, Leipsic, 1881; A. Scholz, Würzburg, 1885; C. F. Keil, Leipsic, 1888; E. le Savoureux, Paris, 1888; G. Preuss, Halle, 1889; J. Wellhausen, *Die kleinen Propheten*, pp. 56 sqq., 207 sqq., Berlin, 1892; C. von Orelli, in *Kurzgefasster Kommentar*, 3d ed., Munich, 1908, Eng. transl. of earlier ed., *The Twelve Minor Prophets*, Edinburgh, 1893; W. Nowack, Göttingen, 1897; I. T. Beck, ed. J. Lindenmeyer, Gütersloh, 1898; J. Hyde, London, 1898; E. B. Pusey, *Minor Prophets*, reissue, London, 1906; A. C. Gaeberlin, ib., 1909. Questions of date, unity, genuineness, etc, are treated in the works on Biblical Introduction, such as Driver's, and in the commentaries. Special treatises are: H. Grätz, *Der einheitliche Charakter der Prophetie Joels*, Breslau, 1873; W. L. Pearson, *The Prophecy of Joel: its Unity, its Aim, and the Age of its Composition*, New York, 1885; G. Kessner, *Das Zeitalter des Propheten Joel*, Leipsic, 1888; H. Holzinger, in *ZATW*, 1889, pp. 89-131; F. W. Farrar, *The Minor Prophets*, London, 1890; G. B. Gray, in *Expositor*, Sept., 1893; G. G. Findlay, *Books of the Prophets*, London, 1898; *DB*, ii. 672-878; *EB*, ii. 2492-2497; *JE* vii. 204-208.
JOHANN, JOHANNES Johann, Johannes

韩

暂时没有译文正文。

英

**JOHANN,** yo'han, **JOHANNES,** yo'hãn-nêz. See JOHN.
JOHANNES III. SCHOLASTOCUS Johannes III. Scholasticus

韩

暂时没有译文正文。

英

**JOHANNES III. SCHOLASTICUS:** Patriarch of Constantinople; b. at Sirimis (near Antioch); d. probably Aug. 31, 577. The Patriarch Eutychius (q.v.) having been banished on account of his firm attitude against Aphthartodocetism (see JUSTINIAN), Justinian appointed to succeed him, in Jan., 565, Johannes, deputy of the Patriarch Anastasius of Antioch. Before becoming a cleric, Johannes had been a lawyer. According to John of Ephesus (*Hist. Eccl.*, i. and ii.), he was an unsparing oppressor of the Monophysites of the capital. After severe illness, he died in the twelfth year of the Emperor Justin II. whose favor he had enjoyed. Johannes was the author of (1) a "collection of canons," and this while still a presbyter of Antioch; also (2) a legal canon (Justellus, *Bibliotheca Juris canonici veteris* 2 vols., Paris, 1661, ii. 499-672). The former treatise contains the canons of church councils down to Chalcedon; the latter, the ecclesiastical legislation of the emperors; and both collections are treated systematically. According to Photius (*Bibliotheca*, cod. lxxv., p. 52, ed. Bekker, 2 vols., Berlin, 1824), Johannes wrote a "catechetical discourse" against the tritheism of Johannes Philoponus (q.v.); according to John of Nikiou (ed. by Zotenberg in *JA* 1878, ii. 344), also an "initiation." G. KRÜGER. BIBLIOGRAPHY: *ASB*, Aug. 1, *67; *DCB*, iii. 366-367; Fabricius-Harles, *Bibliotheca Graeca*, xi. 101, xii. 146, 193, 201, 209, Hamburg, 1803-09.
JOHANNES IV. JEJUNATOR Johannes IV. Jejunator

韩

暂时没有译文正文。

英

**JOHANNES IV. JEJUNATOR:** Patriarch of Constantinople; b. in Constantinople; d. Sept. 2, 595. He was a deacon at St. Sophia under the Patriarch Johannes III. Scholasticus (q.v.). While not a learned man, he was distinguished for devout works and for his extended fasts, whence his name Jejunator. On April 12, 582, he succeeded Eutychius (q.v.) as patriarch of Constantinople, and stood in high esteem with the Emperors Tiberius and Mauritius. He is commemorated as a saint by the Greek Church on September 2. He is known in ecclesiastical history for his controversy with Popes Pelagius II. and Gregory I. In the proceedings of a synod held at Constantinople in 588, under his presidency, he is called archbishop and ecumenical patriarch. The first protest against this title was urged by Pelagius (cf. Gregory, *Epist.* v. 41 and v. 44). Some years later Gregory took occasion to rebuke the patriarch's insolence and haughtiness because, by usurping that title, which nobody, not even the Roman pontiff, had ever assumed, he exalted himself above the other bishops. The remonstrance passed unheeded, even when Gregory also addressed the Emperor Mauritius in the matter (Gregory, *Epist*., v. 37; cf. v. 39). At all events, Gregory's strict decision continued binding for the Church of Rome, which denied to the devout faster the veneration due to a saint. Gregory was in error if he supposed that Johannes undertook an innovation, for the title was used in the time of Johannes II. the Cappadocian in 518. Still again, Gregory erred in the assumption that his own predecessors had refused the title of universal bishop or patriarch; for the contrary is true in respect to Leo I., Hormisdas, Boniface II., and Agapetus I. Gregory was also probably wrong in construing the title to mean an exaltation of the Byzantine patriarch over all other bishops, including the bishop of Rome, for there are still good reasons for the hypothesis that "ecumenical patriarch" meant "imperial patriarch." The following writings are extant under the name of Johannes, although none of them date back to him: (1) "Rules and guide in the case of those who make confession" (*MPG*, lxxxviii., 1889-1918; cf. 1931-36); (2) "On repentance, self-control, and virginity" (*MPG*, lxxxviii. 1937-78), also ascribed to Chrysostom; (3) "On false prophets," (among Chrysostom's works, *MPG*, liv., 553-568); (4) "Instruction for nuns and reproof of every kind of sin" (J. B. Pitra, *Spicilegium Solesmense*, 4 vols., iv., 416-435, Paris, 1858). According to K. Holl (*Enthusiasmus und Bussgewalt beim griechischen Mönchtum*, pp. 289 sqq., Leipsic, 1898) the first one was composed by a Cappadocian monk, Johannes, who lived in the Petra cloister at Constantinople about 1100. G. KRÜGER. BIBLIOGRAPHY: *ASB*, Aug. 1, *69-*74; Fabricius-Harles, *Bibliotheca Graeca*, xi. 108-112. Hamburg, 1808; A. J. Binterim, *Denkwürdigkeiten*, v. 3, pp. 383-390, Mainz, 1829; A. Pichler, *Geschichte der kirchlichen Trennung zwischen Orient und Occident*, ii. 647-666. Munich, 1865; J. Hergenrother, *Photius*, i. 178-190, Regensburg, 1867; J. Langen, *Geschichte der römischen Kirche*, ii. 446 sqq., Bonn, 1885; F. Kattenbusch, *Lehrbuch der vergleichenden Konfessionskunde*, i. 111-117, 262, Freiburg, 1892; K. Holl, *Enthusiasmus und Bussgewalt beim griechischen Mönchtum*, pp. 289-298, Leipsic, 1898; *DCB*, iii. 367-368; and literature under PELAGIUS II., and GREGORY I.
JOHANNES ASKUSNAGES Johannes Askusnages

韩

暂时没有译文正文。

英

**JOHANNES ASKUSNAGES,** as-kus'na-jîz: Greek theologian of the sixth century. He was a pupil of the Syrian Peter of Rhesina, whom he succeeded as teacher of philosophy at Constantinople during the reign of Justinian I. In a conference held in the presence of the emperor, Johannes declared himself not only a monophysite, but a tritheist, and he was accordingly banished as a heretic. Abulfaraj makes Johannes Askusnages the founder of tritheism, but the Greek sources, which ignore this theologian, assign this place to Johannes Philoponos (q.v.), the discrepancy being apparently due to the fact that the latter was the most distinguished representative of the tritheistic doctrine. (PHILIPP MEYER.) BIBLIOGRAPHY: C. W. F. Walch, *Historie der Ketzereien*, viii. 684, 11 vols., Leipsic, 1762-85; Neander, *Christian Church*, ii. 613.
JOHANNES BEKKOS Johannes Bekkos

韩

暂时没有译文正文。

英

**JOHANNES BEKKOS:** Patriarch of Constantinople; b. at Constantinople in the early part of the thirteenth century; d. in the castle of St. Gregory in Bithynia 1293. He first became important in the unionistic synod of 1274, when the Emperor Michael Palæologus, a zealous advocate of union, sought his aid as a scholar and orator. Johannes, however, after some hesitation declared the Latins heretics, and was accordingly imprisoned. During his confinement he read the older Greek literature on the controverted points and became convinced of the truth of what he had hitherto rejected. The consequence was his elevation to the patriarchal throne, but the change in ecclesiastical policy resulted in his deposition in 1282 and his banishment in the following year. His final years were spent in prison. The Greek Church has stricken the name of Bekkos from the list of the orthodox, but his polemical writings were included in the *Graecia orthodoxa* of Leo Allatius (Rome, 1652-59). His theological works were chiefly in defense of the union, the most important being "On the Union and Peace of the Old and New Churches of Rome." (PHILIPP MEYER.) BIBLIOGRAPHY: Krumbacher, *Geschichte*, pp. 96-97 (where the literature is indicated); Fabricius-Harles, *Bibliotheca Graeca*, xi. 344-349, Hamburg, 1808.
JOHANNES ELEEMON Johannes Eleemon

韩

暂时没有译文正文。

英

**JOHANNES ELEEMON:** Patriarch of Alexandria; b. at Amathus (on s. shore of Cyprus); d. there probably Nov. 11, 619. He was installed as patriarch by the Emperor Heraclius, in deference to the Alexandrians, at the close of 610 or beginning of 611. His administration meant a powerful reinforcement of the orthodox cause in Alexandria. The policy of uniting the orthodox party with the Monophysites, as fomented by Heraclius and by Sergius of Constantinople, encountered in Johannes an outspoken opponent. He was famed for his great charity, whence his name, Eleemon, and his good deeds won for him the hearts of the people. When the Persians approached Alexandria in 619(?), Johannes fled to Cyprus, where he died. His anniversary day is November 12. G. KRÜGER. BIBLIOGRAPHY: The life by Leontius is in *MPG*, xciii. 1613 sqq., in Lat. transl., with notes in *MPL*, lxxiii. 337-384; the Lat. transl. of Leontius and of the life by Simeon Metaphrastes, with comment, is in *ASB*, Jan., ii. 495-535. H. Gelzer edited the life by Leontius, Freiburg 1893. Consult: H. Gelzer, *Ein griechischer Volksschriftsteller des 7. Jahrhunderts*, Munich, 1889; F. Pösl, *Die reine . . . Liebe dargestellt in dem Leben des . . . Johannes des Almosengebers*, Regensburg, 1862; A. von Gutschmid, *Kleine Schriften*, ii. 471-475, Leipsic, 1890; H. T. F. Duckworth, *St. John the Almsgiver, Patriarch of Alexandria*, London, 1901; *DCB*, iii. 348.
JOHANNES PHILOPONOS Johannes Philoponos

韩

暂时没有译文正文。

英

**JOHANNES PHILOPONOS:** Greek philosopher, philologist, and theologian of the sixth century. Of his life few details are known, except that he was born at Alexandria and was a pupil of the Aristotelian exegete Ammonius and the grammarian Romanos. He was a man of learning, versatility, and restless energy, but, adhering fully neither to tradition nor to dogma, his fondness for a philosophical treatment of Christian dogma, to which he subscribed in general, frequently placed him in a dubious position. He won disapproval, moreover, by his interpretation of the Trinity in his "Arbitrator," a dialogue in ten books but now extant only in fragments, since he asserted that hypostasis and nature are the same, so that Christ could have but one nature, unless two hypostases were to be assumed. In the Trinity he postulated three independent hypostases comprised under a unity, which was such merely in virtue of being a generic concept. There was, therefore, no unity in the Trinity except that which presupposed the triad of hypostases and was inferred from their common predicates. The teaching here summarized brought upon Johannes the charge of tritheism, and with some show of reason, although he was not, as Leontius alleged, the founder of tritheism, but merely one of its chief representatives. The chief work of this author still extant is his *De aeternitate mundi* (ed. V. Trincavellus, Venice, 1535), assailing Proclus, Aristotle, and Plato, and seeking to explain the creation rationally without the aid of the Bible. In his "On the Resurrection," known only from excerpts in Photius, Nicephorus, and Timotheus, he again made a concession to philosophy by his distinction between a sensuous and supersensuous creation. The second work still preserved is his *Commentariorum in Mosaicam mundi creationem libri septem* (ed. B. Corder, Vienna, 1630), based on older writers on the hexameron, especially Basil, but enriched with a mass of theories of nature and philosophy developed by the author. Mention should also be made of his *Disputatio de paschate*, printed together with the foregoing work, in defense of the thesis that on the thirteenth day of the month and on the day before the legal Passover Christ celebrated a mystic meal with his disciples, but did not actually eat a Passover-lamb. (PHILIPP MEYER.) BIBLIOGRAPHY: Fabricius-Harles, Bibliotheca Graeca, x. 639 sqq., Hamburg, 1807; F. Trechsel, in *TSK*, viii (1835), 95-118; J. M. Schönfelder, *Die Kirchengeschichte des Johannes von Ephesus*, pp. 286-297, Munich. 1892; *Byzantinische Zeitschrift*, viii (1899), 444 sqq.; Krumbacher, *Geschichte*, p. 53 et passim; *KL*, vi. 1748-1754.
JOHANNES SCHOLASTICUS OF SCYTHOPOLIS Johannes Scholasticus of Scythopolis

韩

暂时没有译文正文。

英

**JOHANNES SCHOLASTICUS OF SCYTHOPOLIS:** Bishop of Scythopolis. According to Photius (*Bibliotheca*, cod. xcv., p. 78, ed. Bekker, 2 vols., Berlin, 1824), a certain Johannes Scholasticus of Scythopolis wrote twelve books against the separatists of the Church; that is, the Eutychian party. Photius (cod. cvii., p. 187) doubtless correctly identified him with that Johannes Scholasticus against whom Basil the Cilician wrote an apology in the time of the Emperor Anastasius (491-518). The same author also wrote a commentary on the pseudo-Dionysian writings, about 532. According to Loofs (*Leontius of Byzantium*, pp. 269 sqq., Leipsic, 1887) he is also identical with Bishop Johannes of Scythopolis, who was in office about 540, and wrote against Severus of Antioch (cf. *Doctrina patrum*, ed. Diekamp, p. 85, Münster, 1907; and Photius cod. ccxxxi., p. 287). Possibly, too, the Johannes Scholasticus whom St. Sabas encountered at Scythopolis about 520 (Cotelerius, *Ecclesiae Graecae monumenta*, iii. 327, 4 vols., Paris, 1677-92) is the same man. G. KRÜGER. BIBLIOGRAPHY: Krumbacher, *Geschichte*, p. 56; F. Loofs, *Leontius von Byzanz*, pp. 269-272, Leipsic, 1887: *DCB*, iii. 394, 427 (nos. 363, 565, 568).
JOHANNES SCOTUS ERIGENA Johannes Scotus Erigena

韩

暂时没有译文正文。

英

**JOHANNES SCOTUS ERIGENA.** See SCOTUS ERIGENA, JOHANNES.
JOHANNES, ADOLF Johannes, Adolf

韩

暂时没有译文正文。

英

**JOHANNES, ADOLF:** German Roman Catholic; b. at Brendlorenzen (a village near Neustadt-an-der-Saale, 40 m. n.e. of Würzburg), Bavaria, Nov. 21, 1855. He was educated at the universities of Würzburg, Vienna, Innsbruck, and Munich, and was ordained to the priesthood in 1881. After being curate at Heidingsfeld and Hassfurt, as well as prefect of the Julianum at Würzburg, he was appointed professor in the Lyceum of Dillingen in 1886. Since 1900 he has been professor of Old-Testament exegesis, Biblical introduction, and Oriental languages. He has written *Commentar zu den Weissagungen des Propheten Obadja* (Würzburg, 1885); *Commentar zum ersten Brief des Apostels Paulus an die Thessalonicher* (Dillingen, 1898); and minor contributions.
JOHN John

韩

暂时没有译文正文。

英

**JOHN:** The name of twenty-two popes. The inconsistency in the numbers of the later ones is due to the fact that after Boniface VII. a John XV. is described in some lists as having occupied the see for four months. According to some early writers he was only elected, not consecrated, while others say that he was put forward as a candidate by the party of Boniface; but modern investigation shows that he has no claim even to the name of antipope.
JOHN I. John I.

韩

暂时没有译文正文。

英

**John I.:** Pope 523-526. He was consecrated Aug. 16 (or 13), 523. When in that year the Emperor Justin I. ordered a general persecution of heretics, the Arian Goths of the Danube province appealed for help to Theodoric, who conceived the idea of sending to Justin an embassy of prominent Romans, and John was forced to take part in it. Arriving in Constantinople at the end of 525, he achieved the purpose of his mission, but was thrown into prison on his return by Theodoric, who apparently considered him a supporter of the Byzantine party, and died there May 18, 526. (H. BOEHMER.) BIBLIOGRAPHY: Liber pontificalis, ed. Mommsen, in *MGH, Gest. pont. Rom.*, i (1898), 133-137; T. Hodgkin, *Italy and Her Invaders*, iii. 510-520, Oxford, 1885; F. Gregorovius, *Hist. of the City of Rome*, i. 322, 328-329, London, 1894; G. Pfeilschifter, in *Kirchengeschichtliche Studien*, iii. 155-202, Münster, 1896; H. Grisar, *Geschichte Roms und der Päpste*, i. 481-493, Freiburg, 1898; Bower, *Popes*, i. 324-327; Milman, *Latin Christianity*, i. 440-442; B. Platina, *Lives of the Popes*, i. 120-122, London, n.d.; *DCB*, iii. 389-390.
JOHN II. John II.

韩

暂时没有译文正文。

英

**John II.:** Pope 533-535. He was elected by the influence of the Ostrogothic court, and consecrated Jan. 2, 533. The most important event of his pontificate was the settlement of the Theopaschite controversy (see THEOPASCHITES). On June 6, 533, the Emperor Justinian laid before him a confession containing the disputed formula for confirmation. He hesitated a long time, but finally, on Mar. 24, 534, issued an approving document which, with the emperor's letter, was included in the Code of Justinian. He deposed the adulterous Bishop Contumeliosus of Riez, and named Cæsarius of Arles administrator of the diocese--the first act of jurisdiction of this kind recorded of a pope. (H. BOEHMER.) BIBLIOGRAPHY: *Liber pontificalis*, ed. Duchesne, i. 285-286, Paris, 1886, ed. Mommsen, in *MGH*, Gest. pont. Rom., i (1898), 141; Cassiodorus, *Variae*, ed. Mommsen, in *MGH, Auct. Ant.*, xii (1894), 279 sqq., 331-332, and pp. xxix.-xxx.; T. Hodgkin, *Italy and Her Invaders*, iv. 87 sqq., Oxford, 1885; J. Langen, *Geschichte der römischen Kirche*, ii. 313-324, Bonn, 1885; F. Gregorovius, Hist. of the City of Rome, ii. 194-196, London, 1894; H. Grisar, *Geschichte Roms und der Päpste*, i. 497-498, Freiburg, 1898; Bower, *Popes*, i. 333-336; Milman, *Latin Christianity*, i. 458; B. Platina, *Lives of the Popes*, i. 124-125, London, n.d.
JOHN III. John III.

韩

暂时没有译文正文。

英

**John III.:** Pope 561-574. He was the son of Anastasius, a prominent Roman, and was elected after a long interregnum July 17, 561. He succeeded in bringing about the return to the Roman obedience of the revolting provinces of Italy. Ravenna submitted Sept. 15, 568, and in 571 Arch-bishop Laurence II. of Milan entered into negotiations with Rome. His influence was also felt in the Frankish kingdom in the restoration of the deposed bishops of Embrun and Gap, who had appealed to him. (H. BOEHMER.) BIBLIOGRAPHY: *Liber pontificalis*, ed. Duchesne, i. 305-306, Paris, 1886, ed. Mommsen, in *MGH, Gest, pont. Rom.*, i (1898), 157-158; Jaffé, *Regesta*, i. 136-137; J. Langen, *Geschichte der römischen Kirche*, ii. 401-403, Bonn, 1885; T. Hodgkin, *Italy and her Invaders*, v. 65, Oxford, 1895; *DCB*, iii. 891; Bower, *Popes*, i. 374-380; Milman, *Latin Christianity*, i. 475; B. Platina, *Lives of the Popes*, i. 132-134, London, n.d.
JOHN IV John IV

韩

暂时没有译文正文。

英

**John IV.:** Pope 640-642. The son of Venantius, a Dalmatian teacher, he was elected Aug. 2, 640, and consecrated September 22. Soon after he held a synod at which he condemned Monothelitism; and when Pyrrhus, patriarch of Constantinople, defended this heresy by appealing to the decisions of Honorius, John addressed a strong letter to the sons of the Emperor Heraclius in which he asserted the complete orthodoxy of Honorius and demanded the condemnation of Pyrrhus' teaching. He died Oct. 12, 642. (H. BOEHMER.) BIBLIOGRAPHY: *Liber pontificalis*, ed. Duchesne, i. 330, Paris, 1886, ed. Mommsen, in *MGH, Gest, pont. Rom.*, i (1898), 177; Jaffé, *Regesta*, i. 227-228; J. Langen, *Geschichte der römischen Kirche*, ii. 517-520. Bonn, 1885; R. Baxmann, *Die Politik der Päpste*, i. 171 sqq.. Elberfeld, 1868; T. Hodgkin, *Italy and her Invaders*, vi. 18, 172, Oxford, 1895; Mann, *Popes*, i. 351, 354, 367; Bower, *Popes*, i. 438-441; Milman, *Latin Christianity*, ii. 272; B. Platina, *Lives of the Popes*, i. 150-152, London, n.d.; *DCB*, iii. 391-392.
JOHN V John V

韩

暂时没有译文正文。

英

**John V.:** Pope 685-686. He was a Syrian by birth, who, in accordance with the constitution of Constantine VI., was consecrated immediately after his election (July 23, 685) without waiting for imperial confirmation. His only known official act was the bringing of the Sardinian church once more into subjection to Rome. He died Aug. 2, 686. (H. BOEHMER.) BIBLIOGRAPHY: *Liber pontificalis*, ed. Duchesne, i. 366-367, Paris, 1886, ed. Mommsen, in *MGH, Gest. pont. Rom.*, i (1898), 205-206; Jaffé, Regesta, i. 242; Mann, Popes, i., 2, pp. 64-67; Bower, *Popes*, i. 489-490; Milman, *Latin Christianity*, ii. 287; B. Platina, *Lives of the Popes*, i. 166-167, London, n.d.; *DCB*, iii, 392.
JOHN VI. John VI.

韩

暂时没有译文正文。

英

**John VI.:** Pope 701-705. A Greek by birth, he was consecrated October 30. The Emperor Apsimar-Tiberius, disapproving his election, sent the exarch Theophylact to Rome to procure his deposition; but the military force of all Italy is said to have assembled around Rome in his defense. He was in greater danger from the Lombard Duke Gisulf of Benevento, but by means of gifts warded off this attack also. He died Jan. 11, 705. (H. BOEHMER.) BIBLIOGRAPHY: *Liber pontificalis*, ed. Duchesne, i. 383, Paris, 1886, ed. Mommsen, in *MGH, Gest. pont. Rom.*, i (1898), 217-218; Jaffé, *Regesta*, i. 242; Mann, *Popes*, i. 2, pp. 105-108; Bower, *Popes*, ii. 9-12; B. Platina, *Lives of the Popes*, i. 172-173, London, n.d.; *DCB*, iii. 392-393.
JOHN VII. John VII.

韩

暂时没有译文正文。

英

**John VII.:** Pope 705-707. He was a Greek, renowned, according to the *Liber pontificalis*, for his eloquence, education, and taste for art. He showed little firmness in his dealings with Justinian II. in regard to the confirmation of the Quinisext Council. He maintained friendly relations with the Lombards. (H. BOEHMER.) BIBLIOGRAPHY: *Liber pontificalis*, ed. Duchesne, i. 384, Paris, 1886, ed. Mommsen, in *MGH, Gest. pont. Rom.*, i (1898), 219-220; Jaffé, *Regesta*, i. 246-247; Mann, *Popes*, i. 2, pp. 109-123: J. Langen, *Geschichte der römischen Kirche*, ii. 595-596, Bonn, 1885; F. Gregorovius, *Hist. of the City of Rome*, ii. 194-196, London, 1894; Bower, *Popes*, ii. 12-13; B. Platina, *Lives of the Popes*, i. 173-175, London, n.d.; *DCB*, iii. 393.
JOHN VII. John VIII.

韩

暂时没有译文正文。

英

**John VIII.:** Pope 872-882. He was a Roman by birth. On being elected pope Dec. 14, 872, he took up with alacrity the task of ruling in the spirit of Nicholas I. He had many qualities necessary for success, including a genius for financial and military organization and for promptly turning to advantage each change in the political situation. His whole force was devoted to two purely political aims, the liberation of Italy from the Saracens and its subjection, together with that of the empire, to the over-lordship of the papacy. The first, a necessary preliminary to the second, he pursued in alliance with the Emperor Louis II., but on his own account he built a fleet, organized a standing militia and completed the fortification of Rome. The greatest obstacle to the success of his plans was the impossibility of detaching the princes of Palermo, Naples, and Capua, and the maritime power of Amalfi, from their alliance with the Saracens, to whom he was himself forced toward the end of his reign to pay a yearly tribute. His natural unfriendliness to the Germans and the Carolingian dynasty showed itself on the death of Louis (Oct. 12, 875), when he invited not Louis the German but Charles the Bald to Rome to receive the imperial crown, which he placed on his head at Christmas. When Charles the Bald died in the next year, John had to reckon with the claims to the empire of his nephew Carloman, whose adherents appeared in Rome in the spring of 878, imprisoned John, and took an oath of the leading citizens to support Carloman as emperor. As soon as the pope was released, he went by sea to France and held a council at Troyes, where he crowned Louis the Stammerer (Sept. 7, 878); but as Louis showed little inclination to be mixed up in the Italian troubles, John had another candidate, Count Boso of Provence, who followed him back to Italy and was to have been crowned king in Rome. The plan failed because the German Carolingians had gained too much ground in northern Italy. In August, 879, John was forced to acknowledge Charles the Fat at Ravenna as king of Italy, and some time before Feb. 9, 881, to crown him as emperor, and thus bid farewell to any hope of realizing his Italian plans. In the controversy between Methodius and the Bavarian episcopate, he took the side of the former, although in 879 he summoned him to Rome to answer a charge of heresy. But John's attempts to please both parties sowed the seeds of future discord in the young Moravian church. He carried on his predecessors' policy more consistently in the Bulgarian question, but gained nothing except vague promises, while the Greek clergy and liturgy remained in possession. This question had troubled the relations of Rome with Ignatius, patriarch of Constantinople. After his death in 877, Photius (who had been deposed by the fourth council of Constantinople in 869) was reinstated. In 879, in order to win the Emperor Basil's support against the Saracens, John expressed his readiness to recognize him on certain conditions, and though Photius grossly falsified the terms when he recited them in the council of 879, John disavowed the action of his protesting legates and still sought for union. The assertion of later historians that he reversed this policy before his death (Dec. 15, 882) and once more deposed Photius finds no support in his letters. (H. BOEHMER.) BIBLIOGRAPHY: The letters of this pope may be found in Mansi, *Concilia*, xvii, 1 sqq.; S. Löwenfeld, *Epistolae Romanorum pontificum ineditae*, pp. 24-34, Leipsic, 1885; and Jaffé, *Regesta*, i. 376-422. Consult: Hincmar, Annales, ed. G. H. Pertz, in *MGH, Script*., i (1826), 495 sqq.; *Liber pontificalis*, ed. Duchesne, ii. 121-122, Paris, 1892; Mann, *Popes*, iii. 231-353; J. Hergenröther, *Photius*, 3 vols., Regensburg, 1867-69; B. Jungmann, Dissertationes selectae, iii. 419-435, Regensburg, 1882; A. Gasquet, *L'Empire byzantin et la monarchie franque*, pp. 432-482, Paris, 1888; J. Langen, *Geschichte der römischen Kirche*, iii. 170-275, Bonn, 1892; A. Lapôtre, *L'Europe et le Saint-Siège à l'époque carolingienne*, vol. i., Paris, 1895 (Ultramontane); F. Gregorovius, *Hist. of the City of Rome*, iii. 171-203, London, 1895; Hauck, *KD*, ii. 558 sqq., 702 sqq.; Hefele, Conciliengeschichte, iv. 447 sqq., 514 sqq.; Bower, *Popes*, 283-292; Milman, *Latin Christianity*, iii. 37, 81-100; B. Platina, *Lives of the Popes*, i. 232-233, London, n.d.
JOHN IX John IX

韩

暂时没有译文正文。

英

**John IX.:** Pope 898-900. He was a Benedictine, and was elevated to the papacy after the expulsion of Sergius III. At a synod in St. Peter's he reversed the proceedings of the synod of Stephen VI. (q.v.) which had condemned Formosus (q.v.), and reaffirmed the validity of the orders conferred by the latter. He revised the provisions for papal elections, recognized Lambert of Spoleto as emperor, and declared the coronation of Arnulf null and void. At first he confirmed the decrees of his predecessors in regard to Photius, but just before his death he seems to have succeeded in reaching some understanding with the Greeks at a synod. (H. BOEHMER.) BIBLIOGRAPHY: *Liber pontificalis*, ed. Duchesne, ii. 232, Paris, 1892; J. M. Watterich, *Romanorum pontificum vitae*, i. 656 sqq., Leipsic, 1862; Jaffé, *Regesta*, i. 442-443; J. Langen, Geschichte der römischen Kirche, iii. 307-311, Bonn, 1892; F. Gregorovius, *Hist. of the City of Rome*, iii. 231-238, London, 1895; Mann, *Popes*, iii. 245, 370, 384, 394; Bower, *Popes*, ii. 302-304; Milman, *Latin Christianity*, iii. 112; B. Platina, *Lives of the Popes*, i. 240-241, London, n.d.
JOHN X. John X.

韩

暂时没有译文正文。

英

**John X.:** Pope 914-928. He is said to have been born at Toffignano in Romagna, to have been first a deacon in Bologna, and then to have risen to the bishopric of that see, which he immediately exchanged in some uncanonical manner for that of Ravenna, whence he was called, again uncanonically, by the *primates* of Rome--meaning notably Theodora, to whom he seems to have been related--to the papacy about March, 914. He displayed some zeal and ability in ecclesiastical affairs, maintaining close relations with Germany and France; the instructions sent to the archbishop of Reims for dealing with the newly converted Normans are notable. He was, however, more important as a politician and military commander, succeeding in uniting the principal Italian princes and the eastern emperor against the Saracens, and personally winning a brilliant victory over them on the lower Garigliano in August, 916. But the league soon fell a prey to the spirit of faction, the Emperor Berengar was murdered at Ravenna in 924, and John had a powerful foe in Rome in the person of the intriguing Marozia. In June, 928, his brother Peter, prefect of the city, was murdered and he himself was thrown into prison, where he soon died. (H. BOEHMER.) BIBLIOGRAPHY: Sources are: Liudprand, *Antapodosis*, ed. E. Dümmler, pp. 44-47, 61, 73, Hanover, 1877; Benedictus, *Chronicon*, ed. G. Waitz, in *MGH, Script.* xiii (1881), 714-715. Consult further: *Liber pontificalis*, ed. Duchesne, ii. 240-241, Paris, 1892; Jaffé, *Regesta*, i. 447-453; J. M. Watterich, *Romanorum pontificum vitae*, i. 35-36, 661 sqq., Leipsic, 1862; B. Jungmann, *Dissertationes selectae, iv. 46-62, Regensburg, 1884; J. Langen, Geschichte der römischen Kirche*, iii. 319-328, Bonn, 1892; F. Gregorovius, *Hist. of the City of Rome*, iii. 249-279, London, 1895; Bower, *Popes*, ii, 308-311; Milman, *Latin Christianity*, iii. 160-166; B. Platina, *Lives of the Popes*, i. 245-247, London, n.d.
JOHN XI. John XI.

韩

暂时没有译文正文。

英

**John XI.:** Pope 931-936. A natural son of Sergius III. by Marozia, he was elevated to the papacy about 931 by his mother's influence, and was involved in her fall when his half-brother Alberic gained power a year later. It is not known whether he ever regained his freedom, but it was undoubtedly Alberic who decided all the more important acts of jurisdiction. John died in January, 936. (H. BOEHMER.) BIBLIOGRAPHY: *Liber pontificalis*, ed. Duchesne, ii. 243, Paris, 1892; Jaffé, *Regesta*, i. 454-455; J. M. Watterich, *Romanorum pontificum vitae*, i. 38, 669 sqq., Leipsic, 1862; J. Langen, *Geschichte der römischen Kirche*, iii. 329-331, Bonn, 1892; Gregorovius, *Hist. of the City of Rome*, iii. 283-305, London, 1895; Bower, *Popes*, ii. 311-312; B. Platina, *Lives of the Popes*, i. 248-249, London, n.d.
JOHN XII. John XII.

韩

暂时没有译文正文。

英

**John XII.** (Octavian): Pope 955-964. He was the illegitimate son of Alberic, and was elected Dec. 16, 955. The most shocking moral scandals were rife; but with all his vices he combined the soaring ambition of his house. First he tried to extend his power in the south, and then to deal with King Berengar, both without success. Berengar's son Adalbert was occupying Roman territory when John decided to appeal to Otto I., possibly under pressure from the reforming party among the Roman clergy. After enacting guaranties for his own position, he admitted Otto into the city and crowned him emperor (Feb. 2, 962); but hardly had Otto left Rome when John entered into relations with Adalbert and attempted to do so with the Byzantine empire. Becoming aware of his treachery, Otto marched back to Rome. John and Adalbert fled to Tivoli. A synod met in St. Peter's under the emperor's presidency, which after nearly a month's debate declared John guilty of perjury, murder, sacrilege, and incest, deposed him, and elected the *protoscriniarius* Leo, who was then only a layman, in his place. After the emperor had left Rome, John's friends rose and expelled Leo. John returned to the Lateran, and held a council of his own (Feb. 26) at which he annulled the acts of the previous one and declared Leo deposed. Stern vengeance was taken upon the reforming leaders, but before Otto could return John was struck down either by a stroke of apoplexy or by an injured husband, and died May 14, 964. (H. BOEHMER.) BIBLIOGRAPHY: The Epistolae et privilegia are in *MPL*, cxxxiii. Sources are: Liudprand, *De rebus gestis Ottonis*, ed. E. Dümmler, pp. 124-136, Hanover, 1877; *Liber pontificalis*, ed. Duchesne, ii. 246 sqq., Paris, 1892. Consult further: Jaffé, *Regesta*, i. 463-467; J. M. Watterich, *Romanorum pontificum vitae*, i. 41-63; F. Gregorovius, *Hist. of the City of Rome*, iii. 328-351, London, 1895; B. Jungmann, *Dissertationes selectae*, iv. 449 sqq., Regensburg, 1884; Hauck, *KD*, ii. 222-236; Bower, *Popes*, ii. 315-319; Milman, *Latin Christianity*, iii. 175-184; B. Platina, *Lives of the Popes*, i. 252-254, London, n.d.
JOHN XIII John XIII

韩

暂时没有译文正文。

英

**John XIII.:** Pope 965-972. Formerly bishop of Narni, and apparently a son of the younger Theodora, he was elected under the influence of Otto I. and consecrated Oct. 1. In December the citizens rose and imprisoned him. He escaped, but was unable to reenter Rome except with the help of the emperor, to whom he remained in absolute subjection. This relation, however, increased his consideration in the West, and from countries as distant as Spain, England, and Scotland questions were referred to him for decision. He died Sept. 6, 972. (H. BOEHMER.) BIBLIOGRAPHY: The *Epistolae et privilegia* are in *MPL*, cxxxv. Consult: *Liber pontificalis*, ed. Duchesne, ii. 252, Paris, 1892; Jaffé, *Regesta*, i. 470-477; J. M. Watterich, *Romanorum pontificum vitae*, i. 44, 66, 685-686, Leipsic, 1862; B. Jungmann, *Dissertationes selectae*, iv. 493 sqq., Regensburg, 1884; J. Langen, *Geschichte der römischen Kirche*, iii. 354-363, Bonn, 1892; Hauck, *KD*, iii. passim; F. Gregorovius, *Hist. of the City of Rome*, iii. 357-377, London, 1895; Bower, *Popes*, ii. 321-323; B. Platina, *Lives of the Popes*, i. 255-256, London, n.d.
JOHN XIV John XIV

韩

暂时没有译文正文。

英

**John XIV.:** Pope 983-984. Formerly known as Peter, bishop of Pavia and chancellor of Italy, he was elected in Nov. 983, by the influence of Otto II. After Otto's death the rival claimant, Boniface VII., returned from Constantinople and imprisoned John in the Castle of Sant'Angelo, where he died Aug. 20, 984. (H. BOEHMER.) BIBLIOGRAPHY: Jaffé, *Regesta*, i. 484; J. M. Watterich, Romanorum pontificum vitae, i. 66, 686-687, Leipsic, 1862; Bower, *Popes*, ii. 325; B. Platina, *Lives of the Popes*, i. 280, London, n.d.; F. Gregorovius, *Hist. of the City of Rome*, iii. 393, 397, London, 1895.
JOHN XV John XV

韩

暂时没有译文正文。

英

**John XV.:** Pope 985-996. During his pontificate the political power in Rome was in the hands of John Crescentius II., and the papacy enjoyed little consideration abroad, as is shown by the history of the Reims contest (see SYLVESTER II.). His relations with Germany, however, were relatively close, and he acted (through his legate Leo of Trevi) as mediator between Ethelred of England and Richard of Normandy, sanctioning the peace of Rouen (Mar. 1, 991). He died early in April, 996. (H. BOEHMER.) BIBLIOGRAPHY: *Liber pontificalis*, ed. Duchesne, ii, 260, Paris, 1892; J. M. Watterich, *Romanorum pontificum vitae*, i. 66-67, 687-688, Leipsic, 1862; J. Langen, *Geschichte der römischen Kirche*, iii. 369-380, Bonn, 1892; F. Gregorovius, *Hist. of the City of Rome*, iii. 398-408, London, 1895; Bower, *Popes*, ii. 326-329.
JOHN XVI John XVI

韩

暂时没有译文正文。

英

**John XVI.:** Pope 997-998. A Greek of low extraction from Rossano in Calabria, he was made abbot of Nonantula by the favor of the Empress Theophanu, who, as regent after Otto II.'s death, procured his elevation to the bishopric of Piacenza. When John Crescentius expelled Gregory V. from Rome, he assumed the papacy; but Otto III. restored Gregory, and John was captured in March, 998, deposed, mutilated, and imprisoned in a Roman monastery, where he lived apparently until April 2, 1013. (H. BOEHMER.) BIBLIOGRAPHY: Jaffé, *Regesta*, i. 495-496; J. M. Watterich, *Romanorum pontificum vitae*, i. 68, 689 sqq., Leipsic, 1862; J. Langen, *Geschichte der römischen Kirche*, iii. 385-387, Bonn, 1892; F. Gregorovius, *Hist. of the City of Rome*, iii. 422-427, London, 1895; Bower, *Popes*, ii. 330; B. Platina, *Lives of the Popes*, i. 263-264, London, n.d.
JOHN XVII John XVII

韩

暂时没有译文正文。

英

**John XVII.:** Pope 1003. He was a Roman named Sicco, who was elected June 13 by the will of Crescentius, and died Dec. 7. The only thing known of him is that he was married before his elevation. (H. BOEHMER.) BIBLIOGRAPHY: *Liber pontificalis*, ed. Duchesne, ii. 265, Paris, 1892; Jaffé, *Regesta*, i. 501; Bower, *Popes*, ii. 333; B. Platina, *Lives of the Popes*, i. 265.
JOHN XVIII John XVIII

韩

暂时没有译文正文。

英

**John XVIII.:** Pope 1003-09. He was another creature of Crescentius, named Fasanus or Phasianus, son of a Roman presbyter Leo. That he was not lacking in energy is shown by his vigorous proceedings against the bishops of Sens and Orléans, who had required Abbot Gauzlin of Fleury to burn the papal privileges of exemption; and he seems to have had some success against his Byzantine opponents. He died in June, 1009. (H. BOEHMER.) BIBLIOGRAPHY: *Liber Pontificalis*, ed. Duchesne, ii. 266, Paris, 1892; Jaffé, *Regesta*, i. 501-503; J. M. Watterich, *Romanorum pontificum vitae*, i. 69, 699-700. Leipsic, 1862; Mary Bateson, in *Historical Review*, 1895, pp. 728-729; F. Gregorovius, *Hist. of the City of Rome*, iv. 7-10, London, 1896; Bower, *Popes*, ii. 334; B. Platina, *Lives of the Popes*, i. 266, London, n.d.
JOHN XIX John XIX

韩

暂时没有译文正文。

英

**John XIX.:** Pope 1024-32. He was the brother of Benedict VIII., Romanus by name, and was elected by the Tusculan party between April 12 and May 10. The eastern Emperor Basil II. requested him to acknowledge the patriarch Eustathius of Constantinople as "ecumenical bishop," or practically as an eastern pope. John was disposed to accede, but the monastic reformers raised such a storm of protest that the negotiations were broken off. After crowning Conrad II. (Mar. 26, 1027), John was completely under his power, and his decrees were treated with contempt by the emperor in Germany. In France, however, his authority seems to have been respected, and King Canute of England paid him a visit in 1027. Apparently without much protest, he conducted a simoniacal traffic; the only objection raised by Canute to the demand of money for conferring the pallium was to the largeness of the amount. He seems to have died Nov. 6, 1032. (H. BOEHMER.) BIBLIOGRAPHY: Jaffé, *Regesta*, i. 514-519; J. M. Watterich, *Romanorum pontificum vitae*, i. 70, 708-711, Leipsic 1862; J. Langen, *Geschichte der römischen Kirche*, iii. 418-428, Bonn, 1892; F. Gregorovius, *Hist. of the City of Rome*, iv. 31-39, London, 1896; Bower, *Popes*, ii. 337-339; B. Platina, *Lives of the Popes*, i. 269-270, London, n.d.; Hauck, *KD*, iii. 496, 555-556, 559, 561.
JOHN XXI. John XXI.

韩

暂时没有译文正文。

英

**John XXI.** (Pedro Juliani): Pope 1276-77. A native of Lisbon, he became cardinal-bishop of Tusculum in 1273, and was elected pope at Viterbo Sept. 15 or 16, 1276, taking the title of John XXI., though he was in reality the twentieth pope of this name. He was a man of great learning, though apparently of equal eccentricity; since the fourteenth century it has been usually believed that he was identical with "Petrus Hispanus," the author of a number of medical works and a popular compendium of logic. His pontificate was without influence on the development of the church. He was injured by the fall of a ceiling in the papal palace at Viterbo, and died May 20, 1277. (A. HAUCK.) BIBLIOGRAPHY: J. Giurand and E. Cadier, *Les Registres de Gregoire X. et Jean XXI.*, Paris, 1898; R. Stapfer, *Papst Johannes XXI.*, Münster, 1898: Bower, *Popes*, iii. 25-26; F. Gregorovius, *Hist. of the City of Rome*, v. 475-477, London, 1897; B. Platina, *Lives of the Popes*, ii. 106-108, ib. n.d.: Milman, *Latin Christianity*, vi. 134-135.
JOHN XXII. John XXII.

韩

暂时没有译文正文。

英

**John XXII.** (Jacques Dueza): Pope 1316-34. He was born at Cahors, France, about 1244, became bishop of Avignon in 1310 and cardinal-bishop of Porto in 1312, and was elected pope at Lyons, after an interregnum of more than two years, on Aug. 7, 1316, taking up his residence at Avignon. The main object of his policy was to get rid of the remains of imperial power in Italy, in the interests of the papacy. He took advantage of the contested election to the empire in 1314 to declare on Mar. 31, 1317, that upon a vacancy in the imperial office its *jurisdictio, regimen, et dispositio* passed to the pope; and on this ground he forbade the imperial vicars and other officials named by Henry VII. to retain their offices, himself appointing Robert of Naples, as his predecessor had done, imperial vicar for Italy. He maintained a more or less neutral position between the rival claimants in Germany. The case was altered when Louis the Bavarian's victory over his competitor at the battle of Mühldorf (Sept. 18, 1322) made it possible for him to take hold of Italian affairs, and his nomination of Berthold of Neiffen as imperial vicar showed that he was disposed to do so. In a public consistory (Oct. 8, 1323) he brought charges against Louis (the so-called "first process"), his action being based on the claim first made by Gregory VII. and renewed by Innocent III. that to the pope belonged the right of examining and approving or rejecting the candidate elected to the imperial throne. Louis was accused of disregarding papal rights by taking the title of emperor without confirmation and assuming to administer the empire before he had received it, as well as of favoring and protecting the Visconti, who had been condemned for heresy. He was summoned, on pain of excommunication, to lay down the reins of government and annul his previous acts, and his subjects were released from their allegiance. John probably did not expect Louis to yield obedience; what he hoped to gain was a renewal of the conflict in Germany. After a momentary hesitation (second process, Jan. 7, 1324), the sentence of excommunication was pronounced against Louis Mar. 23, and a like penalty threatened against all who should continue to render obedience to him (third process). On July 11 he was declared deprived of all rights supposed to follow from his election, and once more summoned to answer at the bar of Rome before Oct. 1, while his adherents were excommunicated (fourth process). In reply to the first process, Louis had made a declaration which asserted the validity of an election independent of papal confirmation, raised the charge of heresy against John himself, and appealed to a general council. This declaration appears not to have been published; but on May 22, 1324, he came out publicly with a renewed appeal to a council. The attempt to set up a rival emperor failed, and the menace of excommunication and interdict had but little effect in Germany. Early in 1327 Louis came down to Italy with unexpected success, had himself crowned in Rome (Jan. 17, 1328) by four syndics elected by the people, and brought about the election (May 12) of an antipope, known as Nicholas V. John met these proceedings by declaring that Louis had forfeited all fiefs which he held from either Church or empire, especially the duchy of Bavaria (fifth process, Apr. 3, 1327); by condemning him as a heretic (Oct. 23); by proclaiming a crusader's indulgence for all who should bear arms against him for a year (Jan. 21, 1328); and by ordering a new election to the empire later in the spring. Louis was not strong enough to keep the control of Italy, and was obliged to leave it in the winter of 1329-30, after which his anti-pope made his submission. In a sermon on All Saints' Day, 1331, the pope declared that the beatific vision of God was not granted to the saints until after the resurrection. Doubts had already been expressed as to his orthodoxy, and this statement gave fresh offense, all the more that the Italian cardinals were unfriendly to the Gascon pope. Taking advantage of this situation Louis, in concert with Cardinal Napoleone Orsini, addressed a formal request to the sacred college in 1334 for the summoning of a general council; but before any result could follow this new attack, John died on December 3 of that year. John is described as a small, thin, ugly, bald-headed man. He was incessantly busy without accomplishing anything worth while. Germany was injured, Italy distracted, and the Church and papacy lowered in the general esteem by his pontificate, which earned a bad name also by the financial methods developed by him. He needed money to enrich his relatives, and he delighted in amassing it for its own sake. Giovanni Villani estimated his fortune to be 25,000,000 florins (over $6,000,000); but about 800,000 florins is probably much nearer the mark. As a means of money-getting he made wide use of reservations (see RESERVATIONS, PAPAL). Immediately after his election he reserved all benefices whose previous holders had received another position from the pope, and a year later, by declaring that no one might hold more than two benefices, he created a large number of other vacancies, which he likewise reserved to himself. In 1322 he reserved all the benefices in the patriarchate of Aquileia and the archbishoprics of Ravenna, Milan, and Genoa. The same purpose was served by the foundation of a large number of new dioceses by division of the older ones. For John's relation to the Franciscans, see F RANCIS, S AINT, OF A SSISI, III., §§ 5-7; for his activity in the field of canon law, see C ANON L AW, II., 6, § 3. See also B EGHARDS, B EGUINES, § 6. (A. HAUCK.) BIBLIOGRAPHY: The weightiest documents of John's reign are published in the *Annales ecclesiastici* of O. Raynaldus ed. A. Theiner, vol. xxiv., Bar le Duc, 1872; in *AMA,* xv. 2, 61 sqq, xvi. 2, 156 sqq., xvii. 1, 159 sqq., 1880-86; in *Vatikanische Studien*, Innsbruck, 1890; W. H. Bliss, *Calendar . . . Papal Letters*, ii. 123 sqq., in *Rolls Series*, London 1895; the bull *Licet juxta doctrinam* is quoted in Mirbt, *Quellen*, pp. 152-153; important also are *Lettres du pape Jean XXII., 1316-34, relatives à la France*, Athens, 1900 sqq. The earlier lives are collected in S. Baluze, *Vitae paparum Avenionensium*, i. 113 sqq., Paris, 1693, and in G. Villani, *Cronica*, books ix.-xi., Florence, 1823. Consult: Pastor, *Popes*, i. 58-83; C. Müller, *Der Kampf Ludwigs . . . mit der römischen Kurie*, vol. i., Tübingen, 1879; S. Riezler, *Geschichte Baierns*, ii. 348 sqq., Gotha, 1880; W. Felten, *Die Bulle Ne pretereat*, 2 vols., Treves, 1885-87; B. Jungmann, *Dissertationes selectae*, vi. 156 sqq., Regensburg, 1886; M. Faucon, *La Librairie des papes d'Avignon*, 2 vols., Paris, 1886-87; *Regulae cancellariae apostolicae*, Innsbruck, 1888; L. König, *Die päpstliche Kammer unter . . . Johann XXII*., Vienna, 1894; Neander, *Christian Church*, iv. 358 et passim; Hefele, *Conciliengeschichte*, vi. 575 sqq; Bower, *Popes*, iii. 73-78; B. Platina, *Lives of the Popes*, ii. 140-147, London, n.d.; Milman, *Latin Christianity*, vii. 18-120.
JOHN XXIII John XXIII

韩

暂时没有译文正文。

英

**John XXIII.** (Baldassare Cossa): Pope 1410-15. He came of a noble Neapolitan family. At first he took up the profession of arms, but later he studied at the University of Bologna and became cardinal in 1402 and legate of Bologna in 1403. In this position he rendered distinguished services for the restitution and protection of the Papal States (q.v.) and for the increase of the papal finances. He fell out with Gregory XII. and became the leading spirit of the Council of Pisa (q.v.); the newly elected pope, Alexander V., was only an instrument in his hands. After the death of Alexander, John himself was elected pope May 17, 1410. He carried on a successful war against Ladislaus of Naples (battle of Roccasicca, Apr. 29, 1411), but was forced to flee and throw himself into the arms of the Roman King Siegmund. By his ignominious flight from the Council of Constance (Mar. 20 to 21, 1415), John incurred the hatred of the whole assembly. On May 29, 1415, the council deposed him and delivered him into the hands of Count Palatine Louis of Bavaria. He was then imprisoned in Radolfszell, Gottlieben, Heidelberg, and Mannheim till 1418, when he was released by Martin V. and made cardinal bishop of Tusculum. He died Dec. 22, 1419. (B. BESS.) BIBLIOGRAPHY: Pastor, *Popes*, i. 191-199; Creighton, *Papacy*, i. 267-344; C. Hunger, *Zur Geschichte Papst Johannes XXIII.*, Bonn, 1876; J. Schwerdfeger, *Papst Johann XXIII. und die Wahl Siegmunds, 1410*, Vienna, 1895; H. Blumenthal, in *ZKG*, xxi. 1900; Neander, *Christian Church*, v. 90 sqq.; Bower, *Popes*, iii. 171-201; E. J. Kitts, *In the Days of the Councils; a Sketch of the Life and Times of Baldassare Cossa*, Edinburgh, 1909.
JOHN THE APOSTLE John the Apostle

韩

暂时没有译文正文。

英

### JOHN THE APOSTLE. The Man. His Position Among the Apostles (§ 1). His Family (§ 2). His Character (§ 3). The Writings Attributed to John. The Apocalypse. Preliminary Considerations (§ 1). External Testimony (§ 2). John the Presbyter (§ 3). The Date of Composition (§ 4). The Epistles. I John (§ 1). II and III John (§ 2). The Gospel. Its Character (§ 1). Internal Testimony to Authorship (§ 2). Objections to Johannine Authorship (§ 3). John's Residence at Ephesus (§ 4). Conclusion (§ 5). ### I. The Man: The picture which the name of John calls up in the mind of every educated Christian is a reflection of the traits apparent in the writings transmitted under his name; but whether he was the author of those writings has been for a hundred years a question to which diverse answers have been given, many denying his authorship absolutely, while others regard it as uncertain. The attempt must be made to arrive at the historical position of the apostle from these writings and from the traditions as to his later life which are so closely connected with them. ### 1. His Position Among the Apostles. In nearly all the lists of the apostles, after the names of Peter and Andrew come those of James and John, the sons of Zebedee. That in Acts i. 13 John comes before James, and both before Andrew may be explained by the fact that in this book John was to be frequently named as a prominent man in the apostolic circle, while James appears only once, in the mention of his martyrdom (xii. 2). On the other hand, it may be concluded from the almost constant precedence given to James in the Gospels that he was the elder brother, for the greater historical importance of John was well known by the time the Gospels were written. According to an old and wide-spread tradition, John was the youngest of all the apostles. If this is accepted, it adds to the probability of the assertion that he died a very old man after the accession of Trajan, 98 A.D. ### 2. His Family The father of James and John pursued with them and with several hired men (Mark i. 20) the trade of a fisherman at Capernaum. More is known of the mother; she accompanied Christ on his last journey to Jerusalem, and by her request for places of honor in the Messianic kingdom for her sons showed not only her own ambition but her firm belief in the coming of that kingdom; she was seen again at the cross and appears as one of the women who had helped to support the Savior in Galilee and on this last journey, and cared for the proper burial of his body after the crucifixion. Her name, Salome, is preserved by Mark (xv. 40, xvi. 1; cf. Matt. xxvii. 56). The comparison of John xix. 25 with this last passage and Mark xv. 40 leads to a tempting hypothesis that she was the sister of Mary, the mother of Jesus, which would tend to explain more than one traditional statement about the boldness of her demand for her sons. Their call, as well as that of Peter and Andrew, is placed by the Evangelists among the first acts of the ministry of Jesus in Galilee after the imprisonment of John the Baptist, whose disciples they had apparently been, therefore being fully acquainted with the personality and teaching of Jesus. ### 3. His Character With Peter the two brothers formed the inner circle of his associates, whom he took with him to the house of Jaïrus, to the mount of the transfiguration, and to Gethsemane. A comparison of Mark x. 35 with Matt. xx. 20 shows that they shared their mother's ambitions for their future; though it must not be forgotten that in reply to the searching question of Jesus, they declared their readiness to go through all the trials and sufferings which must precede his glorification. It is they, with Peter, who come to the mind in reading of strife as to precedence among the apostles (Matt. xviii. 1; Mark ix. 33; Luke xxii. 24). In connection with one of the admonitions of Jesus on these occasions occurs the account of John's complaint of the man who worked wonders in his name without being his avowed disciple (Luke ix. 49). It was not their own honor, however, that they wished to see avenged by a divine judgment upon the Samaritan village in the following passage (ib. verses 51-56). It can scarcely be doubted that it was such expressions of an unchastened spirit that caused Christ to give them the name of Boanerges (Mark iii. 17). That both the brothers afterward learned to master their impetuous wrath and their jealous ambition is amply attested. A story of James preserved by Eusebius (*Hist. eccl.*, II., ix. 2, 3) gives a touching evidence of it; and the whole history of John speaks for it, though his natural disposition appears not extirpated but purified and regulated in the words and actions of his old age. It must have been his natural gifts and fiery zeal which procured for him, even in the lifetime of his elder brother, so commanding a position among the apostles and in the church of Palestine (Acts iii. 1-11, iv. 13, 19, viii. 14). In Acts xv., indeed, he does not appear so prominently as Peter and James in the discussions of the council at Jerusalem; but Paul names him with them as a pillar of the Church (Gal. ii. 9). Paul refutes the assertions of his Galatian opponents by facts which he could not have invented and would not have adduced if they were not demonstrable; all that those assertions prove is that John, like Peter and James, continued to live, with the churches immediately subject to their guidance in Palestine, according to the forms of the Jewish law, while they solemnly declared themselves satisfied with the missionary vocation of Paul and the independence of his non-Jewish converts. The position of John in regard to these burning questions of the middle of the first century is the last historical notice of him in the New Testament, outside of the Johannine writings themselves. **II. The Writings Attributed to John:** The works to be discussed under this heading are five books of the New Testament, viz., the Fourth Gospel, three Epistles, and the Book of Revelation or Apocalypse. ### 1. The Apocalypse: 1. Preliminary Considerations. This comes first in order because it is the only one which bears John's name upon its face. If the author of such a pastoral letter to the seven churches of Asia did not think it necessary to identify himself any further than by the bare mention of his name and his designation as a servant of God, it follows that his personality must have been well known to all these churches, somewhat widely scattered throughout Asia Minor, and that at the time of its composition there was no other John in those parts with whom he could be confused. It follows, again, from the addresses to the individual churches that the writer was as well acquainted with the circumstances of these churches as the churches were with him. A third fact to be borne in mind is that the book was not only destined originally to be read in their gatherings, but that in these very churches it was actually received from the beginning of the second century as a divine revelation. ### 2. External Testimony. Papias, bishop of Hierapolis near Laodicea, attests its credibility about 125; Justin includes in his "Dialogue with Trypho" (written about 155 A.D.) a report of a discussion held at Ephesus to prove that the gift of prophecy had passed over from the synagogue to the Church; the "presbyters in Asia," whom Irenaeus reveres as disciples of John, taught by his own lips, occupied themselves with a discussion of the number of the beast (Rev. xiii. 18); the "Acts of John," composed in the same province hardly later than 160-170 by one "Leucius" of the school of Valentinus, attributes the order of the seven churches to the successive migrations of the apostle. About the same time the Alogi (q.v.), who, in their opposition to Montanism, wished to see all prophecy, and thus the Apocalypse with the other Johannine writings, banished from the Church, could press this demand only by the assertion that the heretic Cerinthus, John's contemporary at Ephesus, had foisted the Apocalypse on the Church under John's name. Baur and his school held to Johannine authorship, and, in fact, considered the Apocalypse the only authentic work of the apostle. ### 3. John the Presbyter. Those who could not accept the book as written by the brother of James, and yet shrank from the pseudonymous theory, at least in the startling form in which it was held by the Alogi and Caius of Rome, cast about to find another John who would serve the purpose. Thus Dionysius of Alexandria (c. 260) attempted to support the possibility of there having been such a man, at the time and place, by the fact of the existence of a twofold tradition as to the burial-place of John at Ephesus. Eusebius followed him, and discovered the other John in the prologue of Papias (*Hist. eccl.*, III., xxxix. 5, 6), calling him "John the Presbyter." This view has been taken by Lücke, Bleek, Ewald, and others in modern times; and recently a strong tendency has shown itself to make this "John the Presbyter" responsible for all that bears the name of John (Meyer-Bousset, Harnack). Even John Mark, who was set aside by Dionysius as out of the question, has been taken up by Hitzig as the author of the whole Apocalypse, and by Spitta as the author of what he considers the original nucleus ( i. 4-vii. 17, xxii. 8-21). ### 4. The Date of Composition. Space forbids going into the long history of the hypotheses which have been set forth as to the growth of the book, which is frequently held to have been a lengthy process. The following conclusions, however, seem safe. The assertion of Irenaeus (*Haer.*, V., xxx, 3) that the visions were seen and the book written toward the end of the reign of Domitian, or about 95, finds support in the numerous historical data of the opening chapters. The designed and immediately accomplished introduction of the book into public liturgical use precludes the possibility of any notable alterations in it between 100 and 150. The author, as his name and idiom show, is of Hebrew birth, and about 95 had a recognized position of authority over the church of the province, without having any contemporary rival of the same name. He is the only John of Ephesus of whom anything is known from a tradition reaching back into his lifetime and in decisive points independent of his own writings. That he does not call himself an apostle is no proof that he was not one; his apostleship had no immediate connection with his apocalyptic purpose, and he does not describe himself at all. ### 2. The Epistles: 1. I John. Of the Epistles, the first, which Papias cites and Polycarp obviously imitates, is not in form a letter. Not only is the introduction (i. 1-4) unlike the ordinary beginning of a letter, but it lacks at its close, too, what would be expected. There is almost no allusion to any local conditions of the readers. From v. 21 it may be inferred that the readers lived amid pagan surroundings; the repeated "I write unto you" shows that it was not a homily delivered before an assembled community, but rather a treatise addressed from a distance to a number of local churches of non-Jewish origin. The tone is that of an aged man who enjoyed high consideration as a teacher, and who spoke not only in his own name but in that of others who have likewise seen and heard Christ on earth, and stood as witnesses to a great fact. (i. 1 sqq., iv. 14). A personal follower of Christ (named John, according to all tradition except that of the Alogi), who, with his colleagues of similar qualifications, had been occupied in other fields, in his old age addressed himself to some communities of Gentile converts as a teacher possessing great authority, presumably superior to that of others laboring among them. History knows of no one who fulfils all these conditions except the John who at the end of the first century ruled the Church of Asia Minor from Ephesus. That the writer was an apostle, as in the second century not only his disciples but (in their way) his opponents admitted, is rendered extremely probable by the strong expressions of the opening verses. ### 2. II and III John. The second and third Epistles are intimately connected with the first by their language and line of thought, by the combating of the same errors (I John ii. 18-26, iv. 1-3, v. 5-12; II John 7-11), and by the position of the writer, which stands out even more clearly from them than it does from the first Epistle and the Apocalypse. That this position was not unquestioned appears from I John iv. 6; and in II John 8-11 the author charges the churches to have nothing to do with those who refused to receive his teaching. From III John 9, 10 it appears that a leader of the Church has not only employed "malicious words" against John but has renounced communion with John's associates and attempted to cut off those who received them. Asserting his authority, John writes not to the insubordinate Diotrephes, but to one Gaius who is in close relation with himself, sending a letter at the same time to the whole Church of the region-for there should be no doubt that the reference in III John 7 is to II John. In II John 12 and III John 13, 14, the intention is expressed of coming to call Diotrephes to account. John's confidence in his own position is noteworthy, especially in connection with the question why and in what sense he designates himself (II John 1; III John 1) as "the elder." Since in the province there were certainly far more than the seven churches of Rev. i., each with its own local presbyter, he could hardly, writing to another church (II John 13) as one of the elders of his own community, have called himself simply "the elder," even if (as III John and Rev. i.-iii. seem to show) the monarchical episcopate had already developed in that region. It is more probably a title of honor, not chosen by himself but open to him to use after it had become customary in the churches to call him by it in the sense of the venerable teacher of the whole region, the father who calls all the Christians in it his children. That there was such a venerable old man in Asia Minor at that time, who would be designated with quite sufficient clearness by the title "the elder," and that his name was John, is known from Papias, who was a disciple of his (Eusebius, *Hist. eccl.*, III., xxxix. 15), and so return is made to John of Ephesus as the assumed or actual author of the two short letters. That elsewhere, in places where this designation was not familiar, doubts were raised as to the identity of authorship with I John precisely on the ground of this peculiar designation, can be readily understood, as also that after the discovery of a "John the Presbyter" these epistles were ascribed to him, as by Jerome (*De vir. ill.*, ix., xviii.) after the suggestion of Eusebius (*Hist. eccl.*, III., xxv. 3). ### 1. Its Character. **3. The Gospel:** This resembles the works already discussed in being directed not to a general public but to a definite circle of readers, whom the author twice addresses (xix. 35, xx. 31) as a preacher might his hearers. By this fact and by tradition the view is supported that the author of the Apocalypse and the Epistles is here addressing the same churches; and it is confirmed by the undeniable likeness of both language and religious views, to say nothing of the obvious fact that the Gospel is destined for readers unfamiliar with the speech and customs of the Jews. In i. 14, 16, as well as in xix. 35, he reckons himself, precisely as in the Epistles, among the eye-witnesses of the facts which he relates. ### 2. Internal Testimony to Authorship. Note must be taken, however, of the theory of Weizsäcker, that the book is a product of the school of John the apostle, written in the spirit and the name of the master, and that of Renan (from the thirteenth edition of his *Vie de Jésus *on; followed, though a little less definitely, by Harnack) that "John the Presbyter," a disciple of the apostle and depending on his narrative, wrote it. If it be noticed that throughout the whole Gospel the two apostles who with Peter stood next to Jesus are never once named, it appears that this is too constant an attitude to be fortuitous, and that it can be explained only by the author's feeling that it was unfitting to introduce into the sacred history his own and his parents' names. The "disciple whom Jesus loved" of the last supper (xiii. 21-25) must have been an apostle, and one of the inner circle even among the apostles. That he was the author of the book is expressly stated in the supplementary chapter xxi. The solemn close of chapter xx., looking back upon a completed work, shows that this was not written at the same time with the rest; but the fact that neither in the Fathers nor in the oldest versions and the extant Greek manuscripts is there any trace of an existence of the book without this chapter shows that it must have been added before the Gospel had been widely circulated, or soon after the composition of the first twenty chapters. Whoever, then, wrote xxi. 24 testified in the apostle's lifetime that he was the author of the book; and the internal evidence for its authenticity is supported by a unanimous tradition which apparently can be traced up to his very friends and disciples. If the relation between the writer and the first readers was as close as it appears to have been, there is no room for deliberate deceit on the part of the former or for unconscious error of the latter. Those who have upheld the opposite theory have depended far too little on positive study of the text and positive information to assert that the book was written by Cerinthus, or by a second-century Gentile Christian with Gnostic tendencies, or by a Jewish Christian who had never been outside of Syria, or by a disciple or disciples of John at Ephesus, or by a "Presbyter John." ### 3. Objections to Johannine Authorship. The upholders of these various views have agreed only in the negative judgment that an immediate disciple of Christ can not have written the book, for the reason that its contents are incredible on historical, psychological, or philosophico-dogmatic grounds. Of these grounds the following brief sketch will suffice: (1) On account of the great difference in language and manner of thought it seems impossible, they say, that the same man (even at different periods of his life) could have written the Gospel and the letters on one side and the Apocalypse on the other. (2) If the synoptic Gospels are older than the fourth, as both tradition and criticism show, and are a trustworthy reproduction of the general tradition of the years 60-100, then the incompatibility of their narrative with John's in the whole plan of the story and in certain important details (for example the chronology of the Passion) will render impossible a belief in the composition of the Fourth Gospel by an eye-witness. (3) Still more, the picture given in it of the person of Jesus, his relation to his disciples, and the tone of his reputed speeches differ fundamentally from these given by the synoptics; and this difference leads to the belief that the Fourth Gospel was written by a man of the second or third generation, under the influence of speculative and churchly ideas. (4) One of these ideas is the doctrine of the Logos, which comes from Philo or the Alexandrian philosophy and can not have been known by the Galilean fisherman. (5) The way in which the writer introduces himself with apparent unconsciousness, at the same time putting himself forward as the favorite disciple, is morally more conceivable in a later writer who more or less assumed the character of the apostle than in the latter himself. (6) Evidences of ignorance of the historical and geographical conditions of Palestine in the time of Christ are adduced, though less confidently in modern times than was formerly the case. (7) The tradition as to the residence of the apostle John at Ephesus is partly uncertain, because depending on the testimony of writings bearing his name; partly equivocal in that the apostolic character of the John who lived there between 70 and 100 is not clearly shown; and partly unfavorable to the composition of the Fourth Gospel by this John, of whom words and acts are reported (e.g., in connection with the Quartodeciman controversy) which do not harmonize with the thought of the evangelist. While a discussion of the first six points is impossible here, the last must be dealt with at some length, because it relates to the last period of the apostle's life and because the whole historical foundation for his literary activity is involved in it. ### 4. John's Residence at Ephesus. Even if the Apocalypse is pseudonymous, which few nowadays maintain, it still teaches that at the date of its composition (about 95 A.D.) there was a well-known and revered Christian of Jewish birth named John, whose permanent home was on the mainland and his enforced habitation at that time the island of Patmos. As far as tradition speaks clearly, it constantly designates him as an apostle, whether it mentions him as the author of the Johannine writings, or as a teacher in the province of Asia, or as an authority for the ecclesiastical usages prevalent there. There has been much discussion of the passage in Eusebius where he cites Papias, and apparently in part at least misunderstands him. Without discussing this at length, it is safe to say that the "Presbyter John" is a product of the critical and exegetical weakness of Eusebius; and the question becomes merely who was the John who (according to the testimony of the Apocalypse and of his disciples Polycarp, Papias, and the other "presbyters" mentioned by Irenaeus) lived at Ephesus in the closing years of the first century, exercised a predominant influence on the Church of the province, died after the accession of Trajan or about 100, and (by the testimony of Polycrates, bishop of Ephesus, who was baptized about 125-130) was buried there. All clearly intelligible tradition says that he was the son of Zebedee chosen by Christ as an apostle. There is not a counter-statement to be found in the first eight centuries; an apparent assertion of Papias that the apostle John was put to death by the Jews in Palestine is seen when investigated to refer to John the Baptist. ### 5. Conclusion. It is safe, then, to say that the apostle John, with other disciples of Christ, came from Palestine to Asia Minor. If Polycarp, on the day of his death (Feb. 23, 155), was looking back on eighty-six years of life as a Christian, not as a man, and was thus baptized in 69, and if his conversion (according to Irenæus, *Haer.*, III., iii. 4) was the work of an apostle, this migration to Asia Minor must have occurred before that date, possibly as a result of the outbreak of the Jewish war. John, then perhaps not more than sixty or sixty-five, would thus have been able to devote some thirty years to the fostering of Christian life in the province. His image as a priest in pontifical garments long lived in the memory of the Christians of Ephesus (Eusebius, *Hist. eccl.*, V., xxiv. 3). The whilom "Son of Thunder" was not in his old age a subtle philosophical disputant nor the soft-hearted preacher of a weak tolerance, but stands out a sharply defined character, his own position firmly taken and earnestly pressing others to decide between light and darkness, Christ and Antichrist. The John of the years between 27 and 52 pictured in the older New-Testament writings, stands out less clearly in the Apocalypse, in which his task was merely to reproduce what had been given him, than in the Epistles, in which he exercised his office as teacher and head of the Church of Asia Minor with unexhausted power. He is recognized again in the story left by his disciple Polycarp (Irenæus, *Haer.*, Ill., iii. 4) of his encounter with the heretic Cerinthus in the public bath at Ephesus, and in the account (Eusebius, *Hist. eccl.*, V., xxiv. 3, 16) of his celebration of the Christian Passover in the form borrowed from the old covenant and familiar to him in Palestine. (T. ZAHN.) BIBLIOGRAPHY: Various phases of the subject are discussed in the treatises on the Church history of the period, e.g., Schaff, *Christian Church*, i. 406-431; in works on the theology of the Bible and the N. T. (so particularly Beyschlag); and in works on introduction to the Bible and the N. T. Some of the most elaborate introductions are prefixed to the commentaries, e.g., to Westcott's treatment in the *Bible Commentary.* On the life of St. John consult, besides Schaff, ut sup., and McGiffert, as below: F. Trench, *The Life and Character of St. John*, London, 1850; M. Krenkel, *Der Apostel Johannes*, Leipsic, 1871; J. M. Macdonald, *The Life and Writings of St. John, *New York, 1880; P. J. Gloag, *Life of St. John, *London, 1892. General commentaries on the Johannine writings are H. Ewald, *Die johannischen Schriften*, 2 vols., Göttingen, 1861; J. T. Harris, *The Writings of the Apostle John*, 2 vols., London, 1889; H. J. Holtzmann, *Evangelium, Briefe, und Offenbarung des Johannes*, Tübingen, 1908. An excellent review of recent Johannean literature is furnished in the *Theologische Rundschau*, Sept.-Oct., 1906, Apr.-May, 1907 (all of these very valuable to the close student). Questions of introduction to the Apocalypse are discussed in: F. Lücke, *Einleitung in die Offenbarung Johannes, *Bonn, 1852; H. Gebhardt, *Der Lehrbegriff der Apokalypse und dem Verhältniss zum Lehrbegriff des Evangeliums und der Epistel des Johannes*, Gotha, 1873, Eng. transl., Edinburgh, 1878; D. Völter, *Die Entstehung der Apokalypse*, Freiburg, 1885; idem, *Das Problem der Apokalypse*, ib. 1893; E. Vischer, *Offenbarung Johannis, *in *TU*, ii. 3 (1886); H. Schön, *L'Origine de L'Apocalypse*, Paris, 1887; P. Schmidt, *Ueber die Composition der Offenbarung*, Freiburg, 1891; W. Bousset, *Der Antichrist in der Ueberlieferung des Judentums, des N. T., und der alten Kirche*, Göttingen, 1895; H. Gunkel, *Schöpfung und Chaos in Urzeit und Endzeit*, ib. 1895; J. Wellhausen, *Analyse der Offenbarung Johannis*, Berlin, 1907. The exegetical literature on the Johannine writings is exceedingly voluminous; the following is a selection of that on the Apocalypse: H. B. Swete, London, 1909 (best); A. Ewald, Leipsic, 1828; M. Stuart, 2 vols., Andover, 1845; E. W. Hengstenberg, 2 vols., Leipsic, 1861-62, Eng. transl., Edinburgh, 1851-52; J. H. A. Ebrard, Königsberg, 1853; F. Bleek, Berlin, 1862, Eng. transl. London, 1875; E. B. Elliott, 4 vols., ib. 1862; G. Volkmar, Zurich, 1862; H. Kienlen, Paris, 1870; E. Renan, *L'Antechrist, *Paris, 1873, Eng. transl., London, 1897; T. Kliefoth, Leipsic, 1874; F. Düsterdieck, Göttingen, 1877; W. Lee, in *Bible Commentary, *London, 1881; C. J. Vaughan, ib. 1882; J. T. Beck, Gütereloh, 1884; J. Waller, Freiburg, 1885; E. Vischer, Leipsic, 1886; A. Chauffard, 2 vols., Paris, 1888; G. Spitta, Halle, 1889; W. H. Simcox, in *Cambridge Bible, *Cambridge, 1890; D. Brown, London, 1891; B. Weirs, Leipsic, 1891; W. Milligan, London, 1892; W. Bousset, Göttingen, 1895; J. M. Gibson, *Apocalyptic Sketches, *London, 1901; E. Huntingford, ib. 1901; J. A. Petit, Paris, 1901; L. Pragen, 2 vols., Leipsic, 1901; A. Raymond, Lausanne, 1903; J. B. Knappenberger, Syracuse, N. Y., 1908; J. J. L. Ruttow, *Essays on the Apocalypse, *London 1908; J. L. Scott, ib. 1909. Commentaries on the Epistles are: B. F. Westcott, London, 1892; W. Augusti, *Die katholischen Briefe, *2 vols., Lemgo, 1801; J. W. Grashof, Essen, 1830; J. H. A. Ebrard, Königsberg, 1859, Eng, transl., Edinburgh, 1860; W. Alexander, in *Bible Commentary, *London, 1881; idem, in *Expositor's Bible, *ib. 1889; A. Plummer, ib. 1886; J. J. Lias, *The First Epistle of St. John, *ib. 1887; E. Dryander, *The First Epistle of St. John, *ib. 1899; J. E. Belser, Freiburg, 1906; R. Law, *The Tests of Life. A Study of I John, *Edinburgh, 1909; G. G. Findlay, London, 1909. Critical discussions concerning the Gospel may be found in: F. C. Baur, *Kritische Untersuchungen über die kanonischen Evangelien, *Tübingen, 1847; A. Hilgenfeld, *Die Evangelien nach ihrer Entstehung, *Leipsic, 1854; A. Sabatier, *Essai sur les sources de la vie de Jésus, *Paris, 1866; G. Volkmar, *Der Ursprung unserer Evangelien, *Zurich, 1866; G. Müller, *Die Entstehung der vier Evangelien, *Berlin, 1877; C. Tischendorf, *Wann wurden unsere Evangelien verfaast? *Leipsic, 1880; B. F. Westcott, *Introduction to the Study of the Gospels, *London, 1895; C. Weizsäker, *Untersuchungen über die evangelische Geschichte, ihre Quellen und den Gang ihrer Entwicklung, *Tübingen, 1901. Consult also the special discussions: B. Bauer, *Kritik der evangelischen Geschichte des Johannes*, Bremen, 1840; C. Wittichen, *Der geschichtliche Charakter des Evangeliums Johannes, *Elberfeld, 1868; J. Orr, *Authenticity of St. John's Gospel, *London, 1870; C. E. Luthardt, *Der johannische Ursprung des 4. Evangeliums, *Leipsic, 1874, Eng. transl., Edinburgh, 1885; W. Beyschlag, *Zur johannischen Frage, *Gotha, 1876; W. Sanday, *Authorship and Historical Character of the Fourth Gospel, *London, 1876: idem, *Criticism of the Fourth Gospel, *ib. 1905; E. Abbot, *Authorship of the Fourth Gospel, *Boston, 1880; A. Thoma, *Die Genesis des johannischen Evangeliums *Berlin, 1882; F. Godet., *Authorship of the Fourth Gospel, *London, 1884; H. H. Evans, *St. John the Author of the Fourth Gospel, *ib. 1888; H. W. Watkins, *Modern Criticism in its Relation to the Fourth Gospel, *ib. 1890: P. J. Gloag, *Introduction to the Johannine Writings, *Edinburgh, 1891; G. W. Gilmore, *The Johannean Problem, *Philadelphia, 1895; A. C. McGiffert, *Hist. of Christianity in the Apostolic Age*, pp. 606-635, New York, 1897; J. Reville, *Le Quatrième Evangile, *Paris, 1900; H. T. Purchas, *Johannine Problem, *London, 1901; J. Grill, *Die Entstehung des 4. Evangeliums, *Tübingen, 1902; W. Wrede, *Charakter und Tendenz des Johannisevangeliums, *ib. 1903; J. Drummond, *The Character and Authorship of the Fourth Gospel, *London, 1904; H. L. Jackson, *The Fourth Gospel and Some Recent German Criticism, *New York, 1906; K. Meyer, *Der Zeugniszweck des Evangelisten Johannes, *Gütersloh, 1906; W. Richmond, *The Gospel of the Rejection: a Study of the *Relation of the Fourth Gospel to the Three, *London, 1906; E. F. Scott, *The Fourth Gospel, its Purpose and Theology, *Edinburgh, 1907; E. A. Abbott, *Johannine Vocabulary, *London, 1905; idem, *Johannine Grammar, *ib. 1906; J. d'Alma, *La Controverse du Quatrième Évangile, *Paris, 1907; H. P. Forbes, *The Johannine Literature and the Acts of the Apostles, *New York, 1907; J. A. Robinson, *The Historical Character of St. John's Gospel, *London, 1908; J. Wellhausen, *Das Evangelium Johannis, *Berlin, 1908; F. W. Worsley, Edinburgh, 1909. * Commentaries on the Gospel are: H. Klee, Mainz, 1829; F. Lücke, 4 vols., Bonn, 1843; A. Maier, 2 vols., Freiburg, 1843-45; A. Tholuck, Hamburg. 1857, Eng. transl., Edinburgh, 1870; S. J. Astié, Geneva, 1864; E. W. Hengstenberg, Berlin, 1867, Eng. transl., Edinburgh, 1865; E. H. Sears, Boston, 1874; C. E. Luthardt, Nuremberg, 1875, Eng. transl., 3 vols., Edinburgh, 1876-79; D. B. von Haneburg, 2 vols., Munich, 1880; A. Plummer, in *Cambridge Bible, *Cambridge, 1881; F. Godet, 3 vols., Paris, 1881-85, Eng. transl., 2 vols., New York, 1885; B. F. Westcott, new ed., London, 1908; P. Schanz, Tübingen, 1885; A. Hovey, Philadelphia, 1886; R. Govett, London, 1887; O. Holtzmann, Darmstadt, 1887; G. F. Wahle, Gotha, 1888; T. Whitelaw, Glasgow, 1888; W. Bruce, London, 1891; M. Dods, 2 vols., London, 1890-92; W. Milligan and W. F. Moulton, Edinburgh, 1898; J. C. Ceulemans, Molines, 1901; A. E. Hillard, London, 1901; E. W. Rice, New York, 1902; A. Loisy, Paris, 1903; A. Plummer, in *Cambridge Greek Testament;* J. E. Belser, Freiburg, 1905; W. Kelly, London, 1908; T. Zahn, Leipsic, 1908.
JOHN OF AVILA John of Avila

韩

暂时没有译文正文。

英

**JOHN OF AVILA.** See AVILA, JUAN DE.
JOHN THE BAPTIST John the Baptist

韩

暂时没有译文正文。

英

**JOHN THE BAPTIST:** ### Life and Preaching. The forerunner of Christ. The date and place of his birth are uncertain, possibly at Hebron, six months before Christ (cf. Luke i. 36); d. c. 29 or 30 A.D. He was the son of the priest Zacharias and of his wife Elizabeth, of Aaronic descent, born in their old age. His birth was announced by an angel (Luke i.13). The angelic injunction that he should drink neither wine nor strong drink points to his taking the vows of a Nazarite. Luke i. 80 does not definitely indicate a priestly education, but his familiarity with the prophets, especially with Isaiah, must have had some basis in instruction. His early retirement into the desert of Judah may be connected with the death of his aged parents and also indicates a break with Pharisaic conceptions. His appearance was that of an ascetic: his clothing consisted of a garment of camel's hair bound by a leathern girdle; his food, locusts and wild honey (Matt. iii. 4; Mark i. 6); indeed, John shared with the Essenes and related spirits the ascetic tendency which had its basis in the earnestness of the time. The ideals of the independent tendency of his spirit were the prophets of Israel, Elijah, the man of actions, and Isaiah, the man of words. The central theme of his preaching was, in opposition to the righteousness of works, repentance because of the near approach of the kingdom of God; but God's kingdom and God's judgment were in the eyes of this greatest of prophets, as well as in those of his predecessors, inseparably connected. In the coming judgment God's wrath will reveal itself; whoever intends to escape it must make mighty efforts (Matt. iii. 7, 8); the announcement of the kingdom and of the judgment involves the Baptist's Messianic preaching. The Messianic salvation is for him so near that he considers himself the herald who precedes the appearance of the king. He was in reality the second Elijah, although in his humility he rejected this claim. There is an important distinction between John's Messianic preaching of judgment (as compared with the earlier prophets) and the expectation of the people. According to the latter, the judgment spares the people of Israel; according to John, Israel is affected first by it. Here is that break with narrow nationalism which was developed more fully in Paul. The preaching by John of the kingdom, the judgment, and repentance created a sensation in the land. His fame extended far and wide and among all classes, publicans and soldiers, Pharisees and Sadducees (Matt. iii. 7, xi. 7); but these representatives of official and pious Judaism he greeted as a "generation of vipers" (Matt. iii. 7) of whom the first requirement was renewal of the heart. John represented himself, in accordance with Isa. xl. 3, as a "voice crying in the wilderness" (John i. 23). ### His Baptism, Teaching, and Death. In accordance with the words of Isa. i. 16, "Wash ye, make you clean; put away the evil of your doings," he introduced baptism as an action symbolic of his spoken word. He baptized all who came receptively to hear him at Bethabara, of the Jordan (Matt. iii. 6; Mark i. 5), connecting with the rite a confession of sins, and the purpose was forgiveness of sins. John gathered his disciples from all sides, and, according to Luke xi. 1 and Mark ii. 18, taught a definite form of prayer, inducing them not only to adopt an ascetic mode of life, but also to engage in regular fasts. It was at Bethabara that the meeting of Jesus with John and his baptism took place. Josephus mentions John the Baptist in connection with the war between Aretas, king of Petra, and Herod. The Jewish people, according to Josephus (*Ant*., XVIII., v. 2), saw in the defeat of Herod a just divine punishment for having unjustly killed John "called the Baptist." Herod, he continues, killed him because of fear that his powerful influence upon the people might lead to rebellion. John was cast into the prison of Machaerus and then beheaded. Josephus describes John as an excellent man, who admonished the Jews to come to baptism, practising virtue and justice toward each other and piety toward God. To Josephus John was only a preacher of morals; the political historian could not do justice to John's religious and Messianic importance. The accounts of Josephus and of the Gospels, Matt. xiv.; Mark vi.; Luke ix., differ in regard to the motive for the execution of John; Josephus considers it merely political, while the Gospels positively connect it with Herod's marriage with his sister-in-law contrary to Levitical law (Lev. xviii.16). ### Chronology and Significance of John. The time of the death of John can not be definitely decided. Herod's journey to Rome with the following marriage of Herodias must have taken place before the overthrow of Sejanus, 31 A.D. If John appeared publicly in the fifteenth year of Tiberius and labored about six months, and if there followed an imprisonment of several months, his execution may have occurred in the fall of 29 or in 30. Jesus praised John for his indomitable firmness (Matt. xi. 7 sqq.) and conceded to him the highest rank in the economy of Matt. xi. 11). But at the same time he did not fail to define his limitations in that the trend of his teaching was Pharisaical, concerned with the covenant of the law and with a legal justice that could not dispense with fasting (Mark ii. 18 sqq.) and therefore did not lead further than to the baptism of water. Yet a large number of passages in the Gospels make clear John's importance in relation to the Messianic kingdom, the immediate coming of which he was able to announce. (A. RUEGG.) BIBLIOGRAPHY: The subject is discussed with fulness in many of the works on the life of Christ--this literature is often especially rich--and in the works on the Apostolic age of Christianity. Special treatment is to be found in: R. Holmes, *On the Prophecies and Testimony of John the Baptist*, London, 1783; W. C. Duncan, *The Life, Character, and Acts of John the Baptist*, New York, 1853; E. Haupt, *Johannes der Täufer*, Gütersloh, 1874; E. Breesh, *Johannes der Täufer*, Leipsic, 1881; A. M. Rymington, *Vox clamantis; Life and Ministry of John the Baptist*, London, 1882; H. Köhler, *Johannes der Täufer*, Halle, 1884; A. McCullagh, *The Peerless Prophet; or, The Life and Times of John the Baptist*, New York, 1888; R. C. Houghton, *John the Baptist, . . . his Life and Work, *ib. 1889: R. H. Reynolds, *John the Baptist*, London, 1890; E. Barde, *Jean-Baptiste*, Paris, 1892; A. C. McGiffert, *Hist. of Christianity in the Apostolic Age*, passim, New York, 1897; P. A. E. Sillevis Smith, *Johannes de Dooper, de Wegbereider des Heeren*, Amsterdam, 1908; T. Innitzer, *Johannes der Täufer*, Vienna, 1908; Schürer, *Geschichte*, i. 436 sqq., Eng. transl., I., ii. 23-29; *DB*, ii. 677-680; *EB*, ii. 2498-2504; *JE*, vii. 218-219.
JOHN OF BASEL John of Basel

韩

暂时没有译文正文。

英

**JOHN OF BASEL.** See HILTALINGER, JOHANN.
JOHN OF CAPISTRANO John of Capistrano

韩

暂时没有译文正文。

英

**JOHN OF CAPISTRANO.** See CAPISTRANO, GIOVANNI DI.
JOHN OF CHUR John of Chur

韩

暂时没有译文正文。

英

**JOHN OF CHUR (COIRE),** surnamed **RUETBERG.** See FRIENDS OF GOD.
JOHN OF THE CROSS John of the Cross

韩

暂时没有译文正文。

英

**JOHN OF THE CROSS.** See CARMELITES, § 3.
JOHN OF DAMASCUS John of Damascus

韩

暂时没有译文正文。

英

**JOHN OF DAMASCUS**(called Chrysorrhoas, "streaming with gold," i.e., the golden speaker): ### Life. The last of the Greek Fathers and the most authoritative theologian for the whole Eastern Church; b. presumably in Damascus and before 700; d., in all probability at the monastery of Mar Saba (8 m. s.e. of Jerusalem), shortly before 754 (cf. acts vi. and vii. of the Second Council of Nicæa, 787, in Mansi, *Concilia*, xiii. 356, 400). His family, though Christian, held a high hereditary public office under the Moslem rulers of Damascus, apparently that of head of the tax department for Syria. John's father filled this position, as did John himself for a time. The Arabs gave to the family the surname Mansur, which was also borne by John. Shortly after 730 he became a monk and went to Mar Saba, whither his brother by adoption, the poet Cosmas, and his teacher had preceded him. The latter was an Italian monk who had been brought to Damascus a prisoner of war and was freed by John's father. To him John owed his introduction into theology and philosophy and his comprehensive knowledge of secular science. He was ordained priest by Patriarch John V. of Jerusalem shortly after entering the monastery, but declined further advancement in hierarchical rank. When called to Jerusalem as priest of the Church there he soon returned to Mar Saba. There he wrote his chief works. Toward the end of his life he gave his writings a careful revision. His grave was shown at Mar Saba in the twelfth century, but in the fourteenth his body is said to have been transferred to Constantinople. He is honored as a saint by the Greek Church on Dec. 4, by the Latin on May 6. ### Writings in Defense of Images. Probably the earliest of John's writings, at any rate those which made his reputation, are the three "Apologetic Treatises against those Decrying the Holy Images" (Eng. transl. by Mary H. Allies, *St. John Damascene on Holy Images, Followed by Three Sermons on the Assumption*, London, 1899), called forth by the vigorous measures of the Emperor Leo III. (see IMAGES AND IMAGE-WORSHIP, II). The first (*MPG*, xciv. 1232 sqq.), written while John was still in public life in Damascus, is complete, learned, and skilful, and straightway put a good literary defense in the hands of the friends of images. Since John was out of his power, Leo attempted to bring him under suspicion of treason to the caliph (cf. "Life," ut inf., chaps. xv.-xvi.). Addressing himself to the people and patriarch of Constantinople, John professes to write reluctantly, from a sense of duty, wishing only "to reach a helping hand to truth when attacked." His manner is definite and incisive, yet restrained and dignified, that of a man of good breeding, inflexible energy, and knowledge of ecclesiastical matters. Images are justified on the ground that God, who is "not to be attained unto, without body, invisible, not circumscribed in space, and without form," yet has become visible in the Logos, which was made flesh. Therefore an image of "the flesh of God which has been seen" can be made, and in making it there is nothing forbidden or unchristian. The Mosaic prohibition was directed against some thing quite different. "Worship" (*proskunesis*) is a symbol of dependence and reverence; it has many forms, the highest being *latreia*, which is due to God alone; elsewhere for Christians it is merely an expression of reverence (*sebeia*), and is properly accorded to everything connected with salvation--the cross, the Gospels, the altar, etc. "I worship not the material [*hyle*]," he declares, "but I worship the fabricator [*demiourgon*] of the material, the one who . . . through the material has wrought my salvation." The image becomes for him one of the means of salvation, and it and the God-man approach so close together that there is little practical difference between them. Refined speculations, like the attempt to measure the extent of the consonance, belong to a later stage of the controversy. Furthermore, John does not attempt to brand the Christology of the iconoclasts as heretical. Images of the "mother of God" are to be tolerated beside those of Christ, and also of the saints. Finally, he cites passages from the Fathers with comments to show that the entire doing away with images would be a sad departure from tradition. The second and third treatises (*MPG*, xciv. 1284 sqq.) contain nothing essential which is not also in the first. The second is the most popular and vehement, the third the most formal and theological. The second presupposes the situation of 730 when Leo had deposed the Patriarch Germanus, the third may have been written or revised after John became a monk; it is to some extent a compilation of the other two. The "Demonstrative Treatise about the Images" ( *MPG*, xcv. 309 sqq.), the "Letter to Theophilus" ( *MPG*, xcv. 345 sqq.), and the tract in *MPG*, xcvi. 1348 sqq., are not genuine. ### Chief Dogmatic Work. John was no mystic, and he hardly touched the problems which later agitated the mystagogic theology (see MYSTAGOGIC THEOLOGY); but nearly all fruitful and instructive theological questions were treated by him, and his treatment is definitive for the East. In the West, too, his influence has been considerable, but here men like Peter Lombard and Thomas Aquinas surpassed and displaced him. For the East his great work, the "Fount of Knowledge" (*MPG*, xciv. 521 sqq.) became the standard. It is commended by substantial merits in the author. He is pious and scientific, deferential to authority but learned and acute, able to accept the current body of dogmas and yet give it new significance and spiritual vitality. If he never rises above the level of a good average excellence, he never falls below it. He had no ideas of his own and so never disturbed the peace of the Church or fell under suspicion as an unsafe leader. For modern times he presents a convenient and instructive summary of what the ancient Greek Church accomplished in the field of dogma--a sum total of holy concepts enigmatical in character and supernaturally perceived. The work is dedicated to John's brother by adoption, Cosmas, at one time a monk of Mar Saba, later (743?) bishop of Majumas (the port of Gaza). John explains this plan as threefold. First, he will present "the best things of the wise among the Greeks" and, like a bee, "will gather salvation from the enemy" (i.e., the philosophers, especially Aristotle). Then he will set forth "the vaporings of heresies hated by God." Thirdly, he will exhibit the truth in the words of "the God-inspired prophets and the God-taught fishermen and the God-filled [*theophoros*] shepherds and teachers"; that is, by quotations from the Bible and the Fathers, the latter receiving much the greater consideration. The "Philosophical Chapters" (part i.; 68 chapters in Le Quien and Migne; a shorter edition in 15 may be earlier) comprise a comprehensive treatise on dialectics and are cited under this title. In the second part John follows Epiphanius for the older time (the first 80 heresies), then Theodoret and others, and finally makes some independent remarks, especially concerning Mohammedanism. Some codices give 100 heresies, others a few more. The third part ("Exposition of the Orthodox Faith"; Eng. transl. in *NPNF*, 2d ser., ix.) was divided by John himself into 100 chapters. Later and in the West it was made up in four books, of which the first treats of the God-head (the Trinity), the second of the created universe (heaven and earth, angels, devils, mankind, freedom of the will, providence), the third chiefly of the person of Christ, then the mysteries, images, church festivals and customs, and the like, finally of Antichrist and the resurrection. Manuscripts often contain only parts i. and iii., part ii. being less important and copied separately. ### His Teaching John writes clearly and concisely, speaking for the most part in the words of his sources, but seldom names his authorities, the chief of whom are Gregory Nazianzen, Basil, Dionysius the Areopagite, and Leontius. As philosopher he is an Aristotelian of the fifth and sixth centuries, that is, with a strong infusion of Neoplatonism. Philosophy furnishes the first principles, but it is unable to apprehend and develop them aright especially as concerns the true knowledge of God, being but the handmaiden of faith, which is the queen. In final analysis, philosophy for John is merely the teacher of the right terminology, theology is nothing more than a working over of the opinions of "the holy fathers," who have first been able to understand the terms correctly. It is the juristic method applied to dogmatics-in fact, scholasticism in general is the incursion of jurisprudence into the field of theology. John's conception of God stops short of making him a person. It is true he ascribes personal attributes to the supreme being and herein influenced appreciably the Eastern Church; but, notwithstanding, he attained to no other idea of fellowship and communion with God than a physical blending through *theoria*, "vision." Herein is the religiously significant motive of the image question. More extended analysis of John's idea of God will be found in F. Kattenbusch, *Vergleichende Konfessionskunde*, i. 310 sqq., Freiburg, 1892. For his doctrine of the Trinity and Christology the histories of dogma mentioned in the bibliography must be consulted; that by Bach (i. 49 sqq.) is particularly instructive. John does not allegorize the Scriptures, and he propounds no doctrine of the Church or the hierarchy. He refrains from discussion of the creed and characterizes the formula of faith ("Orthodox Faith," iv. 11) as a simple and inartistic composition, showing that he had the creed before him. His section on the creation ("Orthodox Faith," ii.) is a whole treatise on astronomy and geography with the science of water, air, and fire. His doctrine of the Eucharist deserves mention because it is one of the few vital questions on which he did not speak the final word for his Church, although he gave the direction to later thought (cf. Steitz, *Die Abendmahlslehre der griechischen Kirche* in *Jahrbücher für deutsche Theologie*, xii. 275 sqq., Gotha, 1867; Kattenbusch, *Konfessionskunde*, ut sup., i. 415 sqq.). The chief points are three: (1) that there is a real change (*metabole*) and remaking (*metapoiesis*); (2) that the eucharistic body which results from the change is that born of the Virgin Mary; (3) that the change is analogous to that by which food is assimilated and changed into our flesh. He disclaims the doctrine that Christ's body comes again to earth in any manner in the eucharistic form, and teaches not transubstantiation, but "transformation" through "assumption." The "Fount of Knowledge" was brought to the West in the twelfth century and was translated into Latin by Burgundio of Pisa in the time of Pope Eugenius III. (1144-53). Neither Burgundio's translation nor another by Panetius, a Carmelite, has been printed. ### The "Sacred Parallels." A counterpart to the "Fount of Knowledge" is furnished in the "Sacred Parallels" (*MPG*, xcv. 1040-xcvi. 544), ascribed to John of Damascus, but not universally accepted as his work. As printed in Le Quien and Migne it has two prefaces, of which the second outlines a collection of ethical and hortatory maxims from the Bible and the Fathers arranged alphabetically under titles. There are to be three books treating respectively of God, human things, and virtue and vice. The title is given simply as "the Holy Things" (*ta hiera*), and, indeed, it is hard to see how the matter of books i. and ii. could be arranged in parallels. The first preface, however, which is much shorter, gives a description for the entire work applicable only to the third book of the second preface, and promises to set "the virtues and the corresponding vices" as "parallels." Quotations from Philo and Josephus are to be added to those from the Fathers. The work which follows in Le Quien and Migne in not in three parts, but is a single book, although it contains material which fits the plan of the second preface and is alphabetically arranged. It is very evidently a revision of another and more extensive writing, made, presumably, by combining and compressing the three books into one and arranging the matter alphabetically. The manuscripts differ widely. Loofs showed that the two manuscripts known to Le Quien are both based upon an original work in three parts, two of which are preserved independently and separately and the third in a revision by the so-called Antonius Melissa (more correctly in the *Melissa* of the monk Antonius) of the eleventh century. The conclusions of Holl are to be accepted in the main as correct. He says: "The *Hiera* comprised originally three books. . . . In each the matter was arranged in a long list of chapters (*titloi*), some more comprehensive, some more concise. . . . The chapters of the first and second books were arranged alphabetically according to the catch-words; in the third book the author abandoned this arrangement and, following a favorite method, chose to set a virtue and a vice one against the other, whence he named this book 'the Parallels.' . . In richness and copiousness the work surpassed all similar collections; the citations reached to the thousands and included parts of sermons of Basil and Chrynostom. To this great extent of the work is it due that it has not been preserved entire. . . . Neither of the two extant codices of books i. and ii. is a faithful copy, but each is an abridgment of the corresponding book of the original work." Concerning the author, Holl pronounces decidedly for John of Damascus, arguing from the very good tradition which ascribes the work to him and a comparison of the "Sacred Parallels" with the "Fount of Knowledge." Loofs, relying on a scholium to the manuscript of the second part, suggested Leontius of Byzantium (d. 543). Holl finds that John was largely dependent on Maximus Confessor, from whom he borrowed the ides of an edifying book made up of sentences from the Bible and the Fathers, even incorporating a work of Maximus in his own. However, in the number of themes treated and authorities cited, as well as in the length of the passages quoted, he greatly surpassed Maximus; and he attempted to give an orderly arrangement to his work as Maximus did not. "It is surprising," Holl continues (p. 392), "what antitheses are set side by side--motives of the most paltry worldly wisdom by the side of ideas of the highest moral import; and there is as great lack of connection between the individual ethical problems as of effort to solve them by any principle." The explanation is not far to seek. "There is no close connection between dogma and moral duty. Only two dogmas enter at all--the doctrines of the Trinity and of the last judgment form the framework in which the whole is enclosed." The "Parallels" are a true picture of the type of moral thought which remains peculiarly that of the Greek Church. ### Hymns and Minor Writings. John is not only the most renowned theologian of the Eastern Church, but, with his brother Cosmas, he is also its most esteemed hymn-writer. He was formerly thought to be the originator of the *oktoichos* (the hymn-book for the daily service), but more probably he only revised and improved it. Like Eastern hymn-writers in general he composed both words and music. His "canons" (compositions of highly complicated structure consisting of eight or nine hymns, each of three or four strophes and each having its own form and melody) reached the highest point of art and skill. Those in iambic meter for Christmas, Epiphany, and Pentecost are peculiar in that they are both quantitative and rhythmical; they are also very difficult acrostics and two have each 130 lines and the same number of letters in the distichs. Of minor writings ascribed to John, the early "Tract on Right Thinking" ( *MPG*, xciv. 1421 sqq.) is genuine. It is a reverent and submissive apology for everybody under the metropolitan of Damascus, treating first of the creed, then naming all heresies which were to be rejected. A dislike, even contempt, for Origen, is evident (vi.). Theologically the tract has little significance. But it shows the regard felt for John in Damascus. Perhaps the same may be said of the "book" which immediately follows in Migne (xciv. 1436 sqq.), said to have been written at the request of Peter, metropolitan of Damascus, for an exposition of the faith. Other tracts are interesting because of their form (some of them dialogues) or because they are designated as "dictated" by John and so present him answering questions propounded by disciples (e.g., the "Dialogue against Manicheans," *MPG*, xciv. 1505 sqq.; the "Conversation between a Saracen and a Christian," *MPG*, xciv. 1585 sqq.; the "Introduction to Elementary Dogmatics," *MPG*, xcv. 99). For other dogmatic tracts, consult Langen, 161 sqq., 173 sqq. The contents of John's ascetic writings are important for the Greek Church. Langen gives summaries of them, as of all of John's writings (for "On the Fasts," *MPG*, xcv. 64 sqq., cf. Langen, 166 sqq.; for "On the Eight Spirits of Vice," *MPG*, xcv., 80 sqq., cf. Langen, 169 sqq., and O. Zöckler, *Das Lehrstück von den *Sieben Hauptsünden*, pp. 53 sqq., Munich, 1893). The "On Dragons" and "On Witches" (*MPG*, xciv. 1600 sqq.) are only fragments of a larger work. The two short expositions of the Eucharist (*MPG*, xcv. 401 sqq.) and the tract "On the Unleavened Bread" (*MPG*, xcv. 388 sqq.) are of doubtful authenticity. The great commentary (on all the Pauline epistles and the Hebrews) ascribed to John (*MPG*, xcv. 441 sqq.) needs further investigation. For the many homilies which go under his name (*MPG*, xcvi. 545-814; Eng. transl. of three on the Assumption in Allies, *St. John Damascene*, ut sup.), consult Langen, 213 sqq. For the "Barlaam and Josaphat," see the article under that title. The "Letter on Confession and on Binding and Loosing" (*MPG*, xcv. 284 sqq.) belongs to Symeon the New Theologian (cf. K. Holl, *Enthusiasmus und Bussgewalt im griechischen Mönchtum*, Leipsic,1898). * (F. KATTENBUSCH.) BIBLIOGRAPHY: The indispensable edition of the works of John is by M. Le Quien, 2 vols., Paris, 1712, Venice, 1748, practically reproduced in *MPG*, xciv.-xcvi. The prolegomena to Le Quien are excellent. There is an Eng. transl. of the *De fide orthodoxa* in *NPNF*, 2 ser., vol. ix. His work on "Holy Images" and three "Sermons on the Assumption" are translated by Mary H. Allies, in *St. John Damascene*, ut sup. The early life, by "John, Patriarch of Jerusalem" (possibly the one who died c. 970, cf. Le Quien, *Oriens Christianus*, iii. 466 sqq., Paris, 1740) and based upon an older lost Arabic work, is in *MPG*, xciv. 429-489. It is hagiographic in style and selection of facts. The best modern treatise is J. Langen, *Johannes von Damaskus*, Gotha, 1879, in which summaries of the writings of John are given. Other monographs are: F. A. Perrier, Strasburg, 1861; J. D. Grundlehner, Utrecht, 1877; J. H. Lupton, London, 1883. On the theology of John consult the works on the history of doctrine (*Dogmengeschichte*) of F. A. B. Nitzsch, Berlin, 1870; J. Bach, Vienna, 1873; G. Thomasius, ed. Bonwetsch, Leipsic, 1886; F. Loofs, Halle, 1893; R. Seeberg, vol. i., Erlangen, 1895; A. Dorner, Berlin, 1899, and Harnack, *Dogma*, vols. iii.-vii., passim. Further references are F. Nève, in *Revue belge et étrangère*, xii (1861), i. sqq., 117 sqq.; *DCB*, iii. 409-423 (an elaborate discussion); Krumbacher, *Geschichte*, pp. 68 sqq., 674 sqq.; O. Bardenhewer, *Patrologie*, Freiburg, 1894; and especially F. Kattenbusch, *Vergleichende Konfessionskunde*, vol. i., Freiburg, 1892. On the "Sacred Parallels" consult Krumbacher, ut sup., pp. 216 sqq., 600 sqq.; F. Loofs, *Studien über die dem Johannes von Damaskus zugeschriebenen Parallelen*, Halle, 1892; K. Boll, in *TU*, xvi. 1 (1897), xx. 2 (1899). On John as a hymnologist and for specimens of his hymns consult: *MPG*, xcvi. 817-856, 1364-1408 (the canons at 1372-1408 are for the most part erroneously ascribed to John); *Anthologia Graeca*, ed. W. Christ and M. Paranikas, pp. xliv.-xlv., 117 sqq., 205 sqq., Leipsic, 1871; Kattenbusch, ut sup., i. 484 sqq.; Krumbacher, ut sup., pp. 674 sqq., 690 sqq.; J. Jakobi, in *ZKG*, v (1882), 177 sqq.; A. Nauck, *Mélanges gréco-romain,* vi. 2 (1894); Julian, *Hymnology*, pp. 603-604; Eng. transl. of nineteen pieces in B. Pick, *Hymns and Poetry of the Eastern Church*, pp. 111 sqq., New York, 1908. Consult also W. F. Adeney, *The Greek and Eastern Churches*, pp. 211, 284, New York, 1908.
JOHN OF DARA John of Dara

韩

暂时没有译文正文。

英

**JOHN OF DARA:** Jacobite bishop of Dara, in Mesopotamia, in the first half of the ninth century. He was a contemporary of Dionysius of Telmera (d. 845), who dedicated to him his great chronicle. Four of his works are known: (1) "On the Resurrection of the Bodies," in four books: (2) "On the Heavenly and Ecclesiastical Hierarchy," two books, based on the pseudo-Dionysius Areopagita (cf. Frothingham, *Stephen bar Sudaili*, Leyden, 1886, p. 66): (3) "On the Priesthood," four books (fragments in Overbeck, *Opera Ephraemi Syri*, Oxford, 1865, pp. 409-413, and *Monumenta Syriaca*, i., Innsbruck, 1889, pp. 105-110; of notice by Zingerle in *TQ*, 1867-68); (4) a book on the soul (extracts in *Codex Vaticanus Syriacus* 147). There is also an anaphora. E. NESTLE. BIBLIOGRAPHY: J. S. Assemani, *Bibliotheca orientalis, ii. 118, 219, 347, Rome, 1719-28; G. Bickell, *Conspectus rei Syrorum literariae*, p. 42, Münster, 1871; W. Wright, *Short Hist. of Syriac Literature*, London, 1894; R. Duval, *Littérature syriaque*, Paris, 1899; *DCB*, iii. 389.
JOHN OF EPHESUS John of Ephesus

韩

暂时没有译文正文。

英

**JOHN OF EPHESUS (JOHN OF ASIA):** Monophysite church historian of the sixth century; b. at Amida in Mesopotamia early in the sixth century; place and date of death unknown. He became deacon in Amida in 529, was in Palestine at the outbreak of the plague in 534, and from 535 was in Constantinople, where the Monophysites had a monastery near the Golden Horn. For thirty years he was a favorite of the Emperor Justinian, who from 546 employed him to combat heathenism in Asia Minor and the capital. He styles himself "the teacher" or "overseer of the heathen" and "the destroyer of idols." He is said to have converted 70,000 and to have built ninety-six churches. He was interested in the missions to the Nubians and Alodes and recommended not to trouble them with the Christological controversies. After the death of Justinian, John suffered in the persecution of the Monophysites and excused the confused state of his church history by the incidents of his life, which forced him to write it in single leaves and to keep it concealed for several years. The first two parts, each in six books, extend from Caesar to the sixth year of Justin (571); part. i. is entirely lost; a good portion of part ii. is preserved in the so called "Chronicle" of Dionysius of Telmera. The third part, containing biographies of men personally known to the writer--Jacobus Baradæus, Severus, Theodosius, Anthimus, and others--collected about 569, is a source of first-rate importance for the time. E. NESTLE. BIBLIOGRAPHY: The third part of the "Ecclesiastical History" was edited by W. Cureton, Oxford, 1853, Eng. transl. by P. Smith, ib. 1860; the rest of his writings were edited by J. P. N. Land, in *Anecdota Syriaca*, vol. ii., 4 vols., Leyden, 1862-75, and translated into Latin by W. J. van Dowen and J. P. N. Land, Amsterdam, 1889. An analysis of the second part of the "History" by F. Nau is in *Revue de l'orient chrétien*, ii (1897), 4 sqq. Consult: J. S. Assemani, *Bibliotheca orientalis*, i. 359, ii. 48, 84, Rome, 1719-1728; Gregory bar Hebraeus, *Chronicon ecclesiasticum*, i. 196; J. P. N. Land, *Johannes von Ephesus*, Leyden, 1856; idem, in *Verslagen en Mededeelingen der Koninklijke Akademie, Letterkunde*, vol. iii., part v., Amsterdam, 1888; W. Wright, *Short Hist. of Syriac Literature*, London, 1894; R. Duval, *Littérature syriaque*, Paris, 1899; *DCB*, iii. 370-373.
JOHN FREDERICK, THE MAGNANIMOUS John Frederick, The Magnanimous

韩

暂时没有译文正文。

英

**JOHN FREDERICK, THE MAGNANIMOUS:** Son of John the Steadfast and elector of Saxony, 1532-1547; b. at Torgau June 30, 1503; d. at Weimar Mar. 3, 1554. He received his education from Spalatin, whom he highly esteemed during his whole life. His knowledge of history was comprehensive, and his library, which extended over all sciences, was one of the largest in Germany. He came early into personal relations with Luther, beginning to correspond with him in the days when the bull of excommunication was hurled against the Reformer, and showing himself even then a convinced adherent of the Gospel. With vivid interest he observed the development of the reformatory movement. He eagerly read Luther's writings, urged the printing of the first complete (Wittenberg) edition of his works, and in the latter years of his life promoted the compilation of the Jena edition. His father introduced him into the political and diplomatic affairs of the time, and he conducted the first negotiations of a treaty with Hesse in Kreuzburg and Friedewald. He took an active part in the disturbances caused by the Pack affair (see J OHN THE S TEADFAST), and Luther was grateful to him for his exertions, in spite of his youth, for the maintenance of peace. During the second diet of Speyer (1529) he temporarily assumed the reins of government in place of his father. The intrigues of Archduke Ferdinand induced him after the diet to draw up a federal statute for the Evangelical estates, which shows that he was more decidedly convinced of the right and duty of defense than his father. He accompanied the latter to the diet of Augsburg in 1530, signed with him the Augsburg Confession and was active in the proceedings. His attitude did not remain unnoticed, and won him the emperor's dislike. At the age of twenty-one John Frederick succeeded his father. In the beginning he reigned with his stepbrother, John Ernest, but in 1542 became sole ruler. Chancellor Brück, who for years had guided the foreign relations of the country with ability and prudence, remained also his councilor, but his open and impulsive nature often led him to disregard the propositions of his more experienced adviser, so that the country was in frequent danger, especially as John Frederick was not a far-sighted politician. He consolidated the State Church by the institution of an electoral consistory (1542) and renewed the church visitation. He took a firmer and more decided stand than his father in favor of the Evangelical league, but on account of his strictly Lutheran convictions was involved in difficulties with the Landgrave of Hesse, who favored a union with the Swiss and Strasburg Evangelicals. He was averse to all propositions of Popes Clement VII. and Paul III. to win him for a council, because he was convinced that it would only serve "for the preservation of the papal and anti-Christian rule"; but to be prepared for any event, he requested Luther to summarize all articles to which he would adhere before a council, and Luther wrote the Schmalkald articles. At the diet of Schmalkald in 1537 the council was refused, and the elector treated the papal legate with open disregard and rejected the propositions of Dr. Held, the imperial legate. He followed the efforts at agreement at Regensburg in 1541 with suspicion and refused to accept the article on justification which had been drawn up under the supervision of Contarini to suit both parties, and Luther, his steady adviser, confirmed him in his aversion. The efforts at agreement failed, and the elector contributed not a little to broaden the gulf by his interference in the ecclesiastical affairs of Halle and by aiding the Reformation which had been introduced there by Justus Jonas. His attitude became more and more stubborn and regardless of consequences, not to the advantage of the Protestant cause. In spite of the warnings of the emperor, of Brück, and of Luther, he arbitrarily set aside in 1541 the election of Julius von Pflug to the episcopal see of Naumburg, instituted Nicolaus von Amsdorf as bishop, and introduced the Reformation. In 1542 he expelled Duke Henry of Brunswick-Wolfenbüttel from his country to protect the Evangelical cities Goslar and Brunswick and introduced the Reformation there. New war-like entanglements hindered Charles V. from interfering and by apparently yielding he succeeded in concealing his true intentions. The elector appeared personally at the diet of Speyer in 1544. The harmony of the emperor with the Evangelicals appeared never greater than at that time. He permitted the Regensburg declaration of 1541 to be embodied in the new recess and acknowledged all innovations which the Evangelicals had made between 1532 and 1541 because he needed the aid of the Protestants against France (see SPEYER, DIETS OF). John Frederick actually thought that peace had come and continued the ecclesiastical reforms in his country. Even the growing discord among the allies did not disturb him. When the Schmalkald War broke out (1546) he marched to the south at the head of his troops, but the unexpected invasion of his country by Duke Maurice compelled him to return. He succeeded in reconquering the larger part of his possessions and repelling Maurice, but suddenly the emperor hastened north and surprised the elector. The battle of Mühlberg, Apr. 24, 1547, went against him and dispersed his army; being wounded, he fell into the hands of the conqueror. The emperor condemned him to death as a convicted rebel; but, not to lose time in the siege of Wittenberg, which was defended by Sibylla, the wife of the elector, he did not execute the sentence and entered into negotiations. To save his life, John Frederick conceded the capitulation of Wittenberg, and, after having been compelled to resign the government of his country in favor of Maurice, his condemnation was changed into imprisonment for life. He was never greater and more magnanimous than in the days of his captivity, as is evident from the correspondence with his children, his wife, and his councilors. Friends and foes were compelled to acknowledge his calm behavior, his unwavering faith, and his greatness under misfortune. He steadfastly refused to renounce the Protestant faith or to acknowledge the Interim, declaring that by its acceptance he would commit a sin against the Holy Ghost, because in many articles it was against the Word of God. The sudden attack upon the emperor by Elector Maurice made an end of his imprisonment, and he was released on Sept. 1, 1552. He firmly refused to bind himself to comply in matters of religion with the decisions of a future council or diet, declaring that he was resolved to adhere until his grave to the doctrine contained in the Augsburg Confession. His homeward journey was a triumphal march. He removed the seat of government to Weimar and reformed the conditions of his country, but died within two years. A special object of his care was the University of Jena, which he planned while a prisoner in place of Wittenberg, which he had lost (1547). (T. KOLDE.) BIBLIOGRAPHY: A. Beck, *Johann Friedrich der Mittlere*, 2 vols., Weimar, 1858; F. von Bezold, *Geschichte der deutschen Reformation*, Berlin, 1886; and literature under LUTHER; REFORMATION.
JOHN OF GOD John of God

韩

暂时没有译文正文。

英

**JOHN OF GOD.** See CHARITY, BROTHERS OF
JOHN OF GORZE John of Gorze

韩

暂时没有译文正文。

英

**JOHN OF GORZE:** A monastic reformer of the tenth century; b. at Vendière (near Pont-à-Mousson, 18 m. s.s.w. of Metz); d. at Gorze (9 m. w.s.w. of Metz) Mar. 7, 974. His tastes early led him in the direction of theological study and asceticism, but when he wished to retire from the world he could find no monastery near him in which strict discipline was maintained. After a visit to Rome and Monte Cassino, he drew still closer the relations which had bound him to several men of like aims, especially Einald, formerly archdeacon of Toul; and in 933 they were charged by Bishop Adelbero of Metz with the restoration of the decayed monastery of Gorze, of which Einald became abbot, with John as his principal assistant. The number of monks soon became considerable, and the influence of the movement wide-spread. Gorze became a model for the reform of all the monasteries of the diocese, and in 950 Pope Agapetus II. sent thither for monks to restore discipline in the monastery of St. Paul in Rome. After many years of zealous activity at Gorze, John was sent to Cordova by Otho III. on a mission to the Calif Abdalrahman III., and spent several years in Spain. Returning to Gorze, he was elected abbot on Einald's death in 960. The life of Gorze by his friend John, abbot of St. Arnulph at Metz (*MGH, Script.*, iv (1841), 335-377) takes a high rank among historical documents of the tenth century. BIBLIOGRAPHY: The *Vita* by John, ut sup., with commentary, is also in *ASB*, Feb., iii. 686-715. Consult: W. Giesebrecht, *Geschichte der deutschen Kaiserzeit*, i. 745, 785, Brunswick, 1855; Wattenbach, *DGQ*, i (1885), 344, i (1893), 370.
JOHN OF GORZE John of Gorze

韩

暂时没有译文正文。

英

**JOHN OF GORZE:** A monastic reformer of the tenth century; b. at Vendière (near Pont-à-Mousson, 18 m. s.s.w. of Metz); d. at Gorze (9 m. w.s.w. of Metz) Mar. 7, 974. His tastes early led him in the direction of theological study and asceticism, but when he wished to retire from the world he could find no monastery near him in which strict discipline was maintained. After a visit to Rome and Monte Cassino, he drew still closer the relations which had bound him to several men of like aims, especially Einald, formerly archdeacon of Toul; and in 933 they were charged by Bishop Adelbero of Metz with the restoration of the decayed monastery of Gorze, of which Einald became abbot, with John as his principal assistant. The number of monks soon became considerable, and the influence of the movement wide-spread. Gorze became a model for the reform of all the monasteries of the diocese, and in 950 Pope Agapetus II. sent thither for monks to restore discipline in the monastery of St. Paul in Rome. After many years of zealous activity at Gorze, John was sent to Cordova by Otho III. on a mission to the Calif Abdalrahman III., and spent several years in Spain. Returning to Gorze, he was elected abbot on Einald's death in 960. The life of Gorze by his friend John, abbot of St. Arnulph at Metz (*MGH, Script.*, iv (1841), 335-377) takes a high rank among historical documents of the tenth century. BIBLIOGRAPHY: The *Vita* by John, ut sup., with commentary, is also in *ASB*, Feb., iii. 686-715. Consult: W. Giesebrecht, *Geschichte der deutschen Kaiserzeit*, i. 745, 785, Brunswick, 1855; Wattenbach, *DGQ*, i (1885), 344, i (1893), 370.
JOHN, GRIFFITH John, Griffith

韩

暂时没有译文正文。

英

**JOHN, GRIFFITH:** Welsh Congregational missionary; b. at Swansea, Wales, Dec. 14, 1831. At the age of fourteen he began to preach in Welsh, and from 1850 to 1854 studied at Brecon College, after which he spent a few months at the Missionary College at Bedford, England. In 1855 he was assigned by the London Missionary Society to China. Until 1861 he lived in or near Shanghai. Then he removed to Hankow, being the first Protestant missionary in Central China, and made that city his headquarters until 1906. As at Shanghai, he made numerous journeys into the surrounding country, and established many churches and missions in neighboring provinces. He was in Great Britain on furlough in 1870-73 and again in 1881-1882, the latter time visiting the United States, where he has resided since 1906, when failing health obliged him to retire from active missionary life. He is the author of a large number of tracts in Chinese, and also translated the New Testament and a portion of the Old into both easy Wen-li and Mandarin colloquial. BIBLIOGRAPHY: R. W. Thompson, *Griffith John, the story of Fifty Years in China*, New York, 1908.
JOHN OF LEDEN John of Leyden

韩

暂时没有译文正文。

英

**JOHN OF LEYDEN:** The common designation of Jan Beukelszoon, the leader of the Anabaptists in Münster. See ANABAPTISTS; MÜNSTER, ANABAPTISTS IN.
JOHN THE LITTLE John the Little

韩

暂时没有译文正文。

英

**JOHN THE LITTLE** (Johannes Parvus, Jean Petit): French theologian; b. in Normandy; d. 1411. He became known in 1394 by the publication of *Complainte de l'église*, a French poem discussing the ecclesiastical schism and the remedies recommended in 1394 by the University of Paris. He represented the Norman people at the university and was professor of theology there 1400. He treated of the church politics of Burgundy at the national council of 1406 with unusual rigor, and on Mar. 8, 1408, defended the murder of Duke Louis of Orléans, committed at the instigation of John the Fearless of Burgundy. In this he appealed to the scholastic doctrine of tyrannicide regnant since John of Salisbury; but a council of Paris condemned the doctrine (Feb. 23, 1414). A commission of cardinals instituted by John XXIII. reversed the decision on Jan. 15, 1416; moreover, after the death of John, the rising power of Burgundy so tied the hands of Martin V. that there followed a vindication of the theologian. (B. BESS.) BIBLIOGRAPHY: J. B. Schwab, *Johannes Gerson*, pp. 429 sqq., 608 sqq., Würzburg, 1858; P. Tschackert, *Peter von Ailli*, Gotha, 1877; M. D. Chapotin, *La Guerre de cent ans*, Paris, 1889; B. Bess, *Studien zur Geschichte des Konstanzer Konzils*, Marburg, 1891; M. Lossen, *Die Lehre vom Tyrannenmord in der christlichen Zeit*, Munich, 1894; H. Denifle and E. Chatelain, *Chartularium universitatis Parisiensis*, vols. iii., iv., Paris, 1894-97; *KL*, vi. 1746-1748.
JOHN OF MONTECORVINO John of Montecorvino

韩

暂时没有译文正文。

英

**JOHN OF MONTECORVINO:** Franciscan missionary in China; b. at Montecorvino, Rovella (14 m. e. of Salerno), Italy, 1247; d. at Khanbaligh (now Peking), China, 1330. In 1272 he was sent by the Byzantine Emperor Michael Palæologus to Gregory X. in the matter of the union of the Greek with the Roman Church. Subsequently he visited Mongolia. On his return in 1288 he reported to Nicholas IV. the willingness of the Tatar princes to receive Christian teachers, and in 1289 he was sent by Nicholas as a missionary to the Mongolian empire. After laboring for a time in Persia and India he settled at Peking about 1292. Until 1303 he carried on his work alone. He won the friendship of the Great Khan, enlisted his interest, and, despite the determined opposition of the Nestorians, by 1305 he had built two churches and baptized 6,000 heathen adults, besides 150 boys, whom he had bought of heathen parents and collected into a school. He taught them Greek and Latin, and wrote for them psalteries, hymnaries, and breviaries. He also translated the Psaltery and the whole of the New Testament into Tatar. On hearing of the great work accomplished by him Clement V., in 1307, made him archbishop of Khanbaligh (Peking) and gave him a number of suffragans. His work was continued by his successors till 1368. His two letters are in Wadding, *Annal. frat. min.*, for year 1305, one in Eng. transl. in Yule's ed. of Marco Polo (London, 1875). BIBLIOGRAPHY: *KL*, vi. 1719-1721, ix, 292.
来源: public_domain